GRAMMAR LATIN LANGUAGE: |0r % 1st uf Scjproto snfr Calltgts. WITH EXERCISES AND VOCABULARIES BY WM. BINGHAM, A.M. SUPERINTENDENT OF TELE BINGHAM SCHOOL. AUTHOK OF BINGHAM'S LATIN READEH, BINGHAM'S C^SAR, BINGHAM'S ENOLisn GRAMMAR, ETC. PUBLISHED BY E. H. BUTLER & CO. 1871. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1866, by WILLIAM BINGHAM, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Pamlico District of North Carolina. Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870, by WILLIAM BINGHAM, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States for the Pamlico District of North Carolina. CAXTON PRESS OP SHERMAN & CO., PHILADELPHIA. PREFACE TO THE SECOND EDITION. IN preparing the accompanying work, it has been the aim of the author to supply what he has felt in his own experience to be a great desideratum, a practical first book in Latin, simple enough for beginners, and yet full enough for more advanced students. Free use has been made of the works of the best German, English, and American authors, and no pains has been spared to pro- duce a book adapted to the wants of our youth. It will be observed that the paradigms have been syllabi- cated with reference to the English method of pronuncia- tion ; but the teacher can without difficulty use either the Roman or the Continental method. Madvig's system of gender in the third declension has been adopted, as the most philosophical and the shortest, all the rules and exceptions occupying but two pages; and, though teachers will find it inconvenient to have old associations broken up, the author is convinced that a 4 PREFACE. fair trial will satisfy all that this system is the best. The gender of nouns is purposely omitted in the vocabularies, to compel the pupil to apply the rules, which will be found to cover all cases. The exercises have been taken, for the most part, from classical authors, and are so arranged as to constitute a continual review of what precedes. Those teachers who prefer the synthetic method of instruction, to the exclu- sion of the analytic, can omit the exercises, as the work is complete without them. Many facts of the language, which the pupil will readily find out for himself, have been omitted; also a number which properly pertain to the subject cf Latin prose com- position, on which subject the author proposes to prepare a work for the use of schools. In revising for a second edition, great care has been taken to remedy all defects discovered in the practical working of the book as at first presented to the public ; and the author commends it to teachers with the hope that they will find it a valuable auxiliary in their noble work of developing mind. BINGHAM SCHOOL, MEBANEVILLE, N.C. October 30, 1866. CONTENTS. ETYMOLOGY. PAGE LETTERS 9 DIPHTHONGS 10 PRONUNCIATION 10 SYLLABLES 10 EXPLANATION OF MARKS 11 QUANTITY, ACCENT 11 DIVISION OP WORDS 12 NOUNS 12 Gender 13 General Rules 13 Number 14 Case 14 Person 14 Inflection 15 First Declension 15 Second Declension 25 Stems in er 28 Dative Case 29 Ablative Case ., 31 Third Declension 32 Class 1 34 Class II 37 Class III 41 Class IV 43 Class V 45 Masculine Forms 45 Neuter Forms 47 Class VI 48 Masculine Forms 49 Feminine Forms 51 Neuter Forms 53 PAGE Irregular Nouns, Third Decl.... 55 Summary of Rules of Gender.. 57 Masculines 57 Femiuines 58 Neuters 59 Peculiar Case-Endings 59 Fourth Declension 64 Fifth Declension 67 Variable Nouns 69 Heterogeneous Nouns 69 Heteroclites 70 Defective Nouns 70 ADJECTIVES 75 Adjectives of First and Second Declension 75 Adjectives of Third Declension... 80 Numeral Adjectives 85 Cardinals 86 Ordinals, Distributives, and Ad- verbs 88 Comparison of Adjectives 93 Formation of Comparative and Superlative 94 Irregular Comparison 98 Defective Comparison 100 PRONOUNS 105 Substantive Personal Pronouns.. 106 Adjective Personal-, or Possessive, Pronouns , 109 Demonstrative Pronouns 112 Is, idem 114 Hie, Iste, 11U 116 5 CONTENTS. PAGE Intensive Pronoun 118 Relative Pronouns 121 Interrogativt'S 124 Indefinites 127 Correlatives 130 VERBS 19, 133 Moods 19, 134 Tenses 20, 61, 134 Voices 136 Persons and Numbers 136 The Indefinite Verb 137 Conjugation 138 Conjugation of Esse 139 First Conjugation 20, 141 Second Conjugation 71,149 Third Conjugation 102,154 Fourth Conjugation 102, 159 Table of Endings 164 Verbs in io of the Third Conju- gation 167 The Passive Construction.... 169 Deponent Verbs 170 PAGE Irregular Verbs 174 Defective Verbs 184 Impersonal Verbs 187 Endings of 187 PARTICLES 189 Adverbs 189 Comparison of Adverbs 193 Prepositions 193 Prepositions in Composition ... 195 Conjunctions 197 Copulative 197 Disjunctive 198 Adversative 199 Causal 200 Conclusive 201 Final 202 Conditional 202 Concessive 202 Temporal 202 Comparative 202 Interjections 203 SYNTAX. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE 203 AGREEMENT 204 APPOSITION 206 ADJECTIVES 207 RELATIVES 209 NOMINATIVE CASE 210 GENITIVE CASE 211 Genitive of Quality 212 Genitive of Property 212 Partitive Genitive 212 Objective Genitive with Adjec- tives and Verbs 213 Genitive of Crime 214 Genitive of Price 215 DATIVE CASE 220 Dative of Indirect Object 220 Dative of Advantage or Disad- vantage 220 Dative of Reference 221 Dative of Possession 221 Dative of Purpose or End 221 Dative of the Agent 222 Dativus- Ethicus 222 ACCUSATIVE CASE 225 Direct -Object ?, 225 Accusative of Time and Space ... 227 Accusative of Place whither 227 Accusative of Limitation 228 VOCATIVE CASE 231 ABLATIVE CASE 231 Ablative of Cause, etc 231 Ablative of Limitation 233 Ablative of Price 233 Ablative of Separation 233 Ablative of Quality 233 Ablative of Comparison 234 Ablative of Place where 235 Ablative of Time when 235 Ablative of Difference 236 Ablative with Prepositions 236 THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION 2H CONTENTS. PAGE THE INDEFINITE VERB 242 Infinitive 242 Subject Infinitive 242 Complementary Infinitive..-.^ 242 Historical Infinitive 243 Gerund and Gerundive 243 Supine 245 PROPOSITIONS, SYNTAX OF 248 THE MOODS .....249. TENSES 250 Succession of Tenses 250 PARTICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS 251 Ablative Absolute 252 INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS , 255 CAUSAL PROPOSITIONS 259 FINAL PROPOSITIONS 262 CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS 26$ CONCESSIVE PROPOSITIONS .272 COMPARATIVE PROPOSITIONS 274 TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS 276 RELATIVE .PROPOSITIONS 281 INTERROGATIVE PROPOSITIONS 286 ORATIO OBLIQUA 2y APPENDICES. I. GREEK NOUNS OF THE FIRST DE- CLENSION 292 II. GREEK NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION 292 III. GREEK NOUNS OF THE THIRD DE- CLENSION 293 IV. DERIVATION OF NOUNS 293 Denominative Nouns 294 Abstract Nouns 291 Verbal Nouns 294 DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES 295 Denominative Adjectives 296 Verbal Adjectives 296 DERIVATION OF VERBS 297 V. ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATION.... 298 Personal Endings 299 Mood-Signs 299 Tense-Signs 300 Parts on the Present-Stem... 300, 302 Parts on the Perfect-Stem.... 301, 302 VI. PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORM- ATION 303 Tenses formed on the Present- Stem 303 Tenses formed on the Perfect- Stem 303 Compound Verbs 304 VII. THE VARIOUS FORMATIONS OP THE PERFECT AND SUPINK STEMS 304 First Conjugation 304 Second Conjugation 305 Third Conjugation 308 Inceptive Verbs 313 Deponent Verbs, Third Conju- gation 315 Fourth Conjugation 315 Deponent Verbs, Fourth Conju- gation 316 VIII. ROMAN MODE OF RECKONING TIME 317 IX. PROSODY 318 Quantity 318 Increments 321 Singular Increments 321 Plural Increments 322 Increment of Verbs 322 Penults 323 Antepenults 326 Final Syllables 326 Monosyllables 226 Polysyllables 326 Versification 328 Metre and Verses 329 Figures of Prosody 330 Rhythm 331 8 CONTENTS. PROSODY (continued). PAGE Dactylic Metre 332 Anapaestic Metre ?.... 334 Iambic Metre 334 Trochaic Metre 336 Choriambic Metre 337 Ionic Metre 338 Compound Metres 338 PAGE Stanzas 339 Horatian Metres 339 Metrical Key to the Odes of Horace 341 X. FIGURES 342 Figures of Etymology 342 Figures of Syntax 343 XL MODELS OF ANALYSIS 345 VOCABULAKIES. LATIN-ENGLISH 345 | ENGLISH-LATIN . LATIN GRAMMAR. 1. LATIN GKAMMAR is the science of the Latin language. It treats of the words of the language, and of the laws by which they are combined into sentences, It is divided into Etymology and Syntax. ETYMOLOGY. 2. Etymology treats 1. Of the letters which make up words, and their pronunciation ; 2. Of the changes which words undergo; 3. Of their derivation. LETTERS. 3. A letter is a mark used to represent a sound of the human voice. In the Latin alphabet there are twenty-five letters. They are A, a; B, b; C, c; D, d; E, e; F, f; G, gj H, h; I, i; J,j; K, k; L, 1; M, m; N, n; O, o; P, p; Q, q; R, r; S, s; T, t; U, u; V, v; X, x; Y, y; Z, /.. Remark. I and J were originally the same letter; so also were U and V. K, Y, and Z are used only in words derived from the Greek. H is a breathing. The Romans used only the capital letters. 4. Letters are divided into vowels and consonants. The vowels are a, e, i, o, u, y. 10 SYLLABLES. ( four are liquids, 1, m, n, r; ; c , ; ; ,; 'three are c sounds, c, g, q; Of thle consonants, ' : lj 'four are p sounds, p, b, f, v; ( e -I two are t sounds, t, d ; <, r< '< ' l0 r **T * , ' ' (j twtf.are double consonants, x, z. DIPHTHONGS. 5. A diphthong is the union of two vowels in one sound. The diphthongs are ae, oe (often written together, se, oe), ai, au ? ei, eu, oi. PRONUNCIATION. 6. Continental Method. Short a, as in hat. Long o, as in no. Long a, as in father. u, as o in do. Short e, as in met. ce and oe, as a in made. Long e, as a in made. au, as ow in our. Short i, as in sit. eu, as inyew^. Long i, as in machine. ei, as i in ice. Short o, as in not. 7. English Method. The letters are pronounced as in English. Exc. 1. Final a has the broad sound, as in ah. Other final vowels have the long sound. Exc. 2. Es final is pronounced like the English ease. Exc. 3. Os final in plural cases is pronounced like ose in dose. Exc. 4. C has the sound of s before e, i, and y, and the diphthongs ce, 02, and m. Otherwise it has the sound of k. Exc. 5. Ch has the sound of k. Exc. 6. G has the sound of j before e, i, y, ce, and ce. SYLLABLES. 8. There are no silent vowels in Latin ; but every QUANTITY, ACCENT. 11 word has as many syllables as it has vowels or diph- thongs: as, ma-re. A word of one syllable is called a monosyllable; a word of two syllables, a dissyllable; a word of more than two, a polysyllable. The last syllable of a word is called the ultimate; the next 'to the last, the penult; the third from the last, the antepenult. EXPLANATION OF MARKS. $ 9. The marks of punctuation are the comma (,), used to mark the shortest pause; the semicolon (;), used to mark a pause twice as long as the comma; the colon (:), used to mark a pause three times' as long as the comma; the period (.), used to mark the longest pause; the interrogation point (?), which shows that a question is asked; and the exclamation point (!), used to mark expressions of surprise, grief, &c. The marks of quantity are (-) to indicate a long vowel; (~) to indicate a short vowel ; and (- ) to indicate that a vowel is some- times long and sometimes short. The diceresis (") shows that the vowel over which it is placed does not form a diphthong with the vowel before it: as, aer. The circumflex (^) marks a contracted syllable: as, quits for guibus. QUANTITY, ACCENT. 10. Rule 1. All diphthongs are long. Rule 2. A vowel before another vowel is short: as, d$-us, le-o. Rule 3. A vowel before two consonants or a double consonant is long by position: as, o in propter; a in axis. Rule Jf. Dissyllables are accented on the penult : as, cfe-us. J 2 NOUNS. Rule 5. Polysyllables are accented (a) on the penult if the penult is long : as, le-o-nis ; (6) on the antepenult if the penult is short: as, clom* i-nus. DIVISION OP WORDS. 11. I. Words are divided according to their forma- tion into 1. Primitive; i.e. not derived from other words: as, man, king. 2. Derivative; i.e. derived from other words : as, manly, kingdom. 3. Simple; i.e. not made up of other words: as, man. 4. Compound; i.e. made up of other words: as, man- kind. II. Words are divided according to their meaning into eight classes, called parts of speech : viz. the Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Conjunct tion, Interjection. NOUNS. 12. 1. A noun is the name of a thing: as, man, city. NOTE. A. thing is whatever one can think of '. (Thing, think; res, reSr.) 2. A common noun is the name of any one of a class of things : as, man, city. 3. A proper noun is the name of an individual thing : as, Ccesar, Rome. 4. An abstract noun is the name of a quality, action, being, or mode of action or being: as, goodness, running, sickness. 5. A material noun is the name of a substance or material : as, gold, iron, water. 6. A collective noun is a common noun which in the singular denotes more than one : as, multitude. GENDER, NUMBER, CASE, PERSON. 13. 1. To nouns belong gender, number, case, and person. Gender. 2. Gender means kind, or class. As used by gram- marians, it denotes the kind or class of a noun with reference to the sex of the thing the noun denotes. 3. Natural gender is determined by sex: thus, the names of males are naturally masculine. 4. Grammatical gender is determined, not by sex, but by declension and termination : thus, mensa, a table, is feminine (though it is the name of a thing without life), because it is of the first declension. 5. General Rules of Gender. Rule 1. Names of male beings, and of most rivers, winds, months, mountains, and nations, are masculine. Rule 2. Names of female beings, cities, countries, trees, plants, islands, ships, and gems, are feminine. Rule 3. Nouns which are neither masculine nor feminine are neuter. Rule 4- Some nouns are either masculine or feminine. These, if they are names of living beings, are said to be of the common gender; if of things without life, of the doubtful gender. 14 PERSON. Number. 14. Number is the variation of form which shows whether one thing is meant, or more than one. The singular number is the form which denotes one thing: as, stell-a, a star; the plural is the form which denotes more than one: as, stell-ce, stars. Case. 15. Case is the variation of form which shows the relation of the noun to other words. Latin nouns have six cases : viz. (a) The nominative, which answers the question who? or what? and gives the simple name of the thing spoken of. (6) The genitive, which marks those relations expressed in English by of, or the possessive case: as, umbra, the shade (of what?}, sylvce, of the forest. (c) The dative, which denotes that to or for which, or with reference to which, any thing is, or is done. (d) The accusative, which is the object of a transitive verb, or of certain prepositions. (e) The vocative, which is used when a person is addressed. (/) The ablative, which marks those relations expressed in English by from, with, in, by. Person. 16. Person means the character which a noun or a pronoun has, according as it represents the speaker, the person spoken to, or the thing spoken of. A noun or a pronoun representing the speaker is of the FIRST DECLENSION. 15 first person: as, I, Darius, make a decree. Here " I" and " Darius" are of the first person. A noun or a pronoun representing the person spoken to is of the second person : as, Do you hear me, Robert ? Here "you" and "Robert" are of the second person. Remark. Things without life are sometimes addressed, and are then said to be personified, or treated as persons. A noun or a pronoun representing the thing spoken of is of the third person : as, John runs, water freezes. Here "John" and "water" are of the third person. INFLECTION. 17. The changes which words undergo to express their different relations are called inflection. The inflection of nouns is called declension; that of verbs, conjugation. There are five declensions in Latin, distinguished by the endings of the genitive singular. THE FIRST DECLENSION. 18. Latin nouns which have ce in the genitive singular are of the first declension. The terminations are Singular. Plural. Nom &, S3, Gen. S3, arum, Dat. S3, is, Ace. am, as, Voc. a, S3, Abl. a ; is. By adding these terminations to the stem mens-, Avhich means a table, we have the following 16 NOUNS. PARADIGM.* Singular. Plural. Nom. men'-sa, a table. men'-sse, tables. Gen. me^'-sse, o/ a ta6Ze. raen-sa'-rum, o/ tables. Dat. men'-ssd, to or /or a me/i'-sis, o or /or ta&fe. tables. Ace. wim'-sam, a a&fe. men'-sas, tables. Voc. me?i'-sa, table ! men'-sse, a&/es / Abl. men/-sa, with, from, in, men' -sis, with, from, in< by a table. by tables. Remark 1. The Latin has no article: therefore mensa may be rendered a table, or the table, according to the connection. Remark 2. An old genitive in di sometimes occurs. Remark 3. The noun fdmllid has fdmllids in the genitive after pater, mater, fllius, &ndfllid: as, paterfamilias, the father of a family. Remark 4. A contracted genitive plural in um is sometimes found, especially in words of Greek origin. Remark 5. Ded, a goddess, equd, a mare, fllid, a daughter, and -maid, a she-mule, have sometimes abas in the dative and ablative plural. Rule of Gender. Latin nouns of the first declen- sion are feminine. Exc. 1. Names of male beings, rivers, and mountains are mascu- line by the general rule ($ 13) ; but a few names of rivers and mounta ; ns are feminine. Exc. 2. Hadrid, the Adriatic Sea, is masculine; ddmd, a fallow deer, and talpd, a mole, are common. For Greek nouns of first declension, see Appen- dix I. EXERCISE I. 19. Like mensa decline the following nouns, and com- mit to memory their meanings. * In all paradigms the accented syllable is italicized. FIEST DECLENSION. 17 epistola, letter. nauta,* sailor. insuia, island. lun a, moon. medicina, medicine. poeta, poet. reglna, queen. fuga, flight. plum a, feather. fllia, daughter. aquila, eagle. aqua, water. columba, dove. corona, crown. ara, altar. agricola,*' farmer. ala, wing. ancilla, matd-servant. injuria, injury. Belga, a Belgian. I Translate into English. C5lumb9e. Ctfronarum. Aris. Regmam. Filiabils. Injuriis. Belgarum. FugiL Alls. Ancillse. Ancillis. Injuriarum. Columbis. Translate into Latin. Of water. For the farmer. Of the maid-servants. To the farmers. By wings. Of feathers. To sailors. The letter. By the letters. In the island. Of islands. Of the moon. EXERCISE II. 20. Rule of Syntax. A noun in the genitive limits the meaning of another noun denoting a different thing. Thus, pluma means a feather, any feather ; but when the genitive columbse is added, the application of pluma is limited or confined to the dove : columbse pluma means a dove's feather, and no other sort. Observe that thft feather and the dove are different things. Rule of Position. The emphatic word, whether limit- ing or limited, stands first. Thus, fllia reginse, the daughter (not the son) of the queen ; rcglnce filial, the queen's (not the king's) daughter. See 18, Exc. 1. 2* 18 SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. Translate into English. Columbse pluma. Columbarum plumse. Columbse alls. Filia agricolse. Agricolse fllia, Agricolarum flliubus. Reginariim cSronse. Coronas regmarum. Nautse gpistola. Injuria poetse. Insula Belgarum. Fuga ancillse. Ancil- larum fuga. Translate into Latin. (Emphatic words are in italics.) In the island of the Belgians. For the altars of the Belgians. A sailor's letter. The queen's letter. By the flight of the farmer. The flight of the farmer's doves. The injury of the queen's maid-servants. O daughters of the queen's maid-servants ! The water of the island. EXERCISE III. Subject and Predicate. Partial Conjugation of Verbs. 21. I. A proposition is a thought expressed in words : as, snow melts. A simple sentence consists of a single proposition ; a compound sentence consists of several propositions com- bined. 1. Every proposition consists of (a) A Predicate ; i.e. that which is declared; (6) A Subject; i.e. that of which the declaration is made. In the proposition "snow melts" the predicate is "melts" because "melts" is what is declared or asserted about "snow;" the subject is "snow," because it is the thing about which the declaration is made. What melts ? snow. 2. The Predicate consists of a verb alone (as, melts in the above example), or the verb to be with a noun, adjective, or participle : as, snow is cold. VERBS. 19 3. The Subject consists of a noun, or some word or phrase used as a noun, and may be known by asking the question who? or what? with the predicate: us, John runs. ( Who runs ? John.) To play is pleasant. ( WJiat is pleasant ? To play*} 4. The subject and predicate may stand alone, or each may have other words limiting its meaning : as, boys run; some boys run fast. II. A verb is a word which declares or affirms something. 1. Verbs have (a) Moods, or different forms which express different kinds of affirmation. (6) Tenses, or different forms to show the time when the thing declared takes place, and whether the action is complete or incomplete. (c) Voices, or different forms which show whether the subject acts (as, John strikes) or is acted upon (as, John is struck). (d) Persons and Numbers, or different forms which correspond to the person and number of the subject. 2. These various forms are distinguished from one another by certain endings; and the adding of these endings to the stem is called Conjugation. III. 1. The Infinitive expresses the action of the verb simply, without limiting it to any subject: as, am-dr&, to love. 2. The Indicative mood declares a thing as a fact, or asks a question : as, timdt, he loves ; timat-ne 1 ? docs he love ? 20 ACTIVE TERMINATIONS. TENSES. IV. 1. The Present tense expresses incomplete action in present time : as, dmo, I love, I am loving. 2. The Imperfect tense expresses incomplete action in past time : as, timdbdm, I was loving. 3. The Future tense expresses incomplete action in future time: as, dmdbo, I will love, I will be loving. CONJUGATIONS. V. 1. There are four Conjugations, distinguished from one another by the termination of the Infinitive Present Active. The Infinitive Present Active of the First Conjugation ends in -are 1 . Rule. To find the stem of a verb, strike off the In- jmitive ending. ACTIVE TERMINATIONS.* INFINITIVE, a'-rg. INDICATIVE. Present. Imperfect. Singular. 1st Person, 6, a'-bam, 2d " as, a'-bas, 3d " at; a'-bat; Plural. 1st Person, a'-miis, a-&a'-mus, 2d " a ; -tis, a-5a r -tis, 3d " ant. a'-bant. Future. a r -b5, a'-bis, a r -bit ; a&'-i-miis, * Accented syllables are italicized. **< t**/y VERBS. iU*p^ 21 By adding these terminations to the stem dm- of timdrZ, to love, we have the following PARTIAL PARADIGM. INFINITIVE PRESENT, ft-ma'-re", to love. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present. Sing, a'-md, I love, or am loving, thou lovest, or art loving, he loves, or is loving, Plur. ii-ma'-mus, we love, or are loving, a-ma'-tis, ye or you love, or are loving, &'-mant, they love, or are loving. Imperfect. Sing, -ma'-bam, I was loving, a-ma'-bas, thou wast loving, -ma'-bat, he was loving, Plur. m-a-6a'-miis, ive were loving, am-a-6a'-tis, ye or you were loving, ii-ma'-bant, they were loving. Future. Sing, a-wa'-bo, I shall love, a-ma'-bis, thou wilt love, a-ma'-bit, he will love, Plur. -ma6'-i-mus, we shall love, ii-ma&'-i-tis, ye or you will love, a-ma'-bunt, they will love. (The principal parts of a verb are the indicative present, the infinitive present, the indicative present- perfect, and the supine. These will be given in the vocabularies, thus : a'mare', &mavi, matiini, to love.) 22 VERBS. Form the present, imperfect, and future indicative of vol-o, vol-are, vol-avi, vol-atum, to fly. salt-o, salt-are, salt-a\ 7 i, salt-atum, to dance. cant-o, cant-are, cant-avi, cant-atum, to sing. delect-o, delect-are, delect-avi, delect-atum, to delifjlit. par-o, par-are, par-avi, par-atum, to prepare. laud-o, laud-are, laud-avi, laud-atum, to praise. voc-o, voc-are, voc-avi, voc-atum, to call. occup-o, occup-are } occup-avi, occup-atum, to seize. arm-o, arm-are, arm-avi, arm-atum, to arm. aedlflc-o, sedific-are, sedific-avi, aedific-atum, to build. EXERCISE IV. 1. A Transitive verb is one which requires an object to complete the sense : as, poctd regln&m laudat, the poet praises the queen. 2. An Intransitive verb is one which does not require an object to complete the sense: as, aquild vtilat, the eagle flies. 3. Rule of Syntax. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative. 4. Rule of Syntax. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative. (Reginam, above, is the direct object of laudat; i.e. the thing to which the praising is directed.) 5. Rule of Syntax. The verb agrees with its subject in number and person. 6. Rule of Position. The subject usually stands at the beginning of the sentence. 7. Rule of Position. The direct object precedes the verb. 8. To analyze a sentence is to separate it into its parts and show their relation to each other. ANALYSIS. 23 9. To analyze or parse a word is to tell its properties, and its relation to other words. ANALYSIS OF THE SENTENCE. Poeta regmam laudat. (Suggestions to the Learner. We look first for the predicate, which must be a verb (see 21, 2) ; and we find laud-dt, which we see by the ending -at is indicative-present active, third person singular, of lauddre, to praise. We now look for the subject, which, as we have learned, must be a noun in the nominative ( 21, 3; and Rule 3, above) ; and we find by the ending -d that poetd is in the nominative. Hence, we translate poetd laudat, the poet praises. Regindm, as the ending -dm shows, must be in the accusative singular ; so we take it as the direct object of lauddt, and translate the sentence, " The poet praises the queen.") This is a simple sentence, because it consists of but one proposi- tion. The predicate is laudat, because it is that which is declared or as- serted about the poet. The subject is poeta, because it is that of which the praising is declared. (Who praises? The poet.) The predicate is limited by reglnam, the direct object (i.e. the thing upon which the praising is directly exerted). ANALYSIS OF THE WORDS. Poetd, is a common noun, masculine, first declension (here decline it), found in the nominative singular, subject of laudat. Rule, The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative. (Here let the teacher ask, "Why called a noun? Why a common noun? Why masculine? Why of the first declension? Why accented on the penult?" &c.) Reglnam is a common noun, feminine, first declension (here decline it), found in the accusative singular, direct object of laudat. Rule, The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative. Laudat is a verb, transitive, first conjugation, laudo, laudare, lauddvi, laudalum, found in the Indicative-Present active, third person singular (here inflect the tense), agreeing with poeta as its subject. Rule, The verb agrees with its subject in number and person. [Here let the teacher ask, "Why called a verb? Why transitive? Why of first conjugation? Why indicative?" &c.) Translate into English. 22. Agricola poetam araat. Aquila volaMt. Ancillse 24 NOUNS. mgdicinm piirabunt. Belgae aras sedificabant. Nautse insulam occtipabunt. Corona regm&m delectabit. Agri- cola filiam vflcabat. Translate into Latin. The maid-servants are preparing the table. The queen was calling the farmer's daughter. The poets will praise the queen. The sailor's daughter will sing. The farmers are building an altar. The moon delights the poet. We love the queen. You were calling the maid- servants. ^i*~***: EXERCISE V. 23. Vocabulary. umbra, -as, shadow. puella, -93, girl. terra, -33, earth. copias, -arum, forces. incola, -ae, inhabitant. (copia, in the singular, means abun- insidiae, -arum (ambush, dance; in the plural, forces.) (used only in plural), (snares. obscur-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to obscure. 1. The subject, as well as the predicate, may have words limiting its meaning. 2. The pronouns /, thou, we, you, are not usually ex- pressed in Latin, as the endings of the verb show the person and number. 3. The words my, thy, his, their, &c. are not expressed in Latin, where the relation is obvious. Thus, The queen loves her daughter, Regma f ili^m mat. Translate into English. ntences, give the predicate wil i limiters.) Ancilla reginse agrleolse flli&in vtfcabit. Terrse umbra" (In analysis of sentences, give the predicate with its limiters, then the subject with its limiters.) SECOND DECLENSION. 25 lunam obscurat. Fuga" nautariim incolas insulse delectat. Copise Belgarum insiilam occupabant. Nautse puellas vocant. Plumse columbarum regmse ancillas delecta- bunt. Translate into Latin. The flight of the queen delights the Belgians. Farmers love (their) daughters. The sailor loves the queen's maid- servant. The farmer's daughter will prepare the queen's table. A dove's feather delights the sailor's daughter ; a crown delights the queen's daughter.. An eagle's feather delights the queen's maid-servant; a crown delights the queen's daughter. THE SECOND DECLENSION. 24. Latin nouns whose genitive ending is i are of the second declension. Those which have urn in the nominative are neuter ; the rest are masculine. ENDINGS. Masculine. Neuter. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. Nom. US, 1, Nom. um, &, Gen. i, ortim, Gen. i, ortim, Dat. o, Is, Dat. o, is, Ace. iim, 6s, Ace. um, *, Voc. e, i, Voc. tim, & Abl. 6; is. Abl. 6; is. By adding these endings to the stem master, and the stem regn-, kingdom) we obtain the following 3 26 NOUNS. PARADIGMS. Singular. c?#m'-i-nus, a master. Gen. dom'-i-m, of a master. Dat. dom'-i-uo, to or for a master. Ace. c?om'-i-niim, a master. Voc. dom f -i-u&, master ! Abl. dom'-i-no, with, &c. a master. Plural. d8m'-i-m, masters. dom-i-no'-rum, of masters. dom'-i-ms, to or for masters. dom'-i-nos, masters. dom'-i-ul, O masters ! d6m f -i-ms, withy (Sec. masters. D: Singular. Plural. Nom. reg'-num, a kingdom. reg'-nsi, kingdoms. Gen. reg'-iu, of a kingdom. reg-?io'-rum, of kingdoms. 'at. reg -no, reg'-ms, Ace. reg'-ms, to or for king- doms. kingdoms. O kingdoms ! with, &c. king- doms. to or for a kingdom. r eg' -num., a kingdom. Voc. reg'-num, kingdom! Abl. reg'-no, with, &c. a kingdom. Remark 1. Names of trees, plants, &c. are feminine by the general rule.* Alvus, belly; carbasus, linen; colus, distaff; humus, ground ; and vannus, fan, are fern, j and plinthus, brick, is masc. and fern. Virus, juice, and pelagus, sea, are neuter. Vulgus, common people, is neuter, rarely masculine. Remark 2. In proper names in ius, with filius, son, and genius, guardian spirit, the vocative ending e is absorbed : as, Tullius, voc. Tulll. But adjectives and national names in ius retain em the vocative : as, Helvetius, Helvetia. Remark 3. Meus has ml in the vocative, rarely meus. Deus, a god, has deus in the vocative, and in the plural nominative and vocative dil or di; genitive deorum; dative and ablative dils, dels, dis ; accusative deos. * But acanthus, amiantus, cactus, calamus, coctmus, and paliurus, are masc. SECOND DECLENSION. * ff 27 Remark 4> The ending drum of the ^StiJaesplsiSfTs some- times contracted into um, and n in the genitive singular is sometimes contracted into i: as, nummum for nummorum ; ingeni for ing t nil. Remark 5. Neuter nouns of all declensions have the nomina- tive, accusative, and vocative alike ; and these cases in the plural end always in a. EXERCISE VI. 25. Vocabulary. ( master (of a family). Galliis, -i, a Gaul. dominiis, -i, \ ., ( lord. auxihum, -i, aid. servus, -I, slave. _ ( ambassador, legatus, -I, i;,. nuntius, -i, messenger. ( lieutenant. Tullius, -I, Tally. vicus, -I, village. Crassus, -i, Crassus. hortiis, -I, garden. captivus, -I, captive. lupus, -I, wolf. Helvetius, -I, a Helvetian. Gerrrfinus, -I, a German. re-voc-5, -are, -avl, -atum, to call back, recall, (re- means back.) con-voc-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to call together, (con- means together.) rog-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to entreat, ask for. tilul-5, -are,, avi, -atum, to howl. nec-6, -are, -avi, -atum, rarely nectum, to murder, to kill (usually by poi- son, hunger, &c. f sometimes with a weapon). Translate into English. Lupi tiltilant. Dominiis servos iimiit. Regmse filios ^mant. Crassus nuntios Gallorum convocabit. Tullius agric6lae hortum occupabat. Crassus vicos Helvetiorum occupiibit. Galli Germanorum legatos n^cabunt. Ger- mani captivos n^cant. Helvetii legatos revocant. Belga3 insularum inc^las nScabant. Tullius servum v6cat. Latin. Tully's slaves love (their) master. The master calls together (his) slaves. The slaves of Crassus will call the queen's maid-servants. The inhabitants of the island are 28 NOUNS. killing the captives. We will call together the sons of Crassus. Tully's son loves the sailor's daughter. The ambassadors of the Helvetians praise the queen. He will call together the farmer's sons. The messengers ask-for aid. The Belgians will ask-for aid. Stems in r. 26. Nouns whose stems end in %r drop the endings us of the nominative and of the vocative : . as, gen&r, not g$n$rus. Most of them likewise drop the 8 of the stem in the oblique cases : as, dg&r, genitive agrl, not tiyer-i. PARADIGMS. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. (A son-in-law.) (Afield.) N. ge'-n&r, gen'-&-ri. G. D. Ac. V. ^e'-ngr, gen'-&-ri. Ab. ",.._- G. a'-gri, a-gro'-rum. D. d'-gro, d'-gris. Ac. d'-grum, d'-gros. V. a'-ger, d'-gri. Ab. d'-gro, d'-gris. Remark 1. The following nouns retain e of the stem in all the cases: adulter, adulterer; gener, son-in-law; Liber, Bacchus; libeii, children ; puer, boy ; socer, father-in-law ; vesper, evening ; and compounds of fer and ger ; also, the national names Iber and Celtiber. Remark 2. The solitary noun vlr, man, is declined like gener: nom. vlr; gen. virl, &c. For Greek nouns of the second declension, see Ap- pendix II. SECOND DECLENSION. 29 EXERCISE VII. 27. Vocabulary. puer, -i, boy. liberi, -orum, children. vir, -I, ina.n. equus, -I, horse. socer, -I, father-in-law. bellutn, -I, war. goner, -I, son-in-law. folium, -I, leaf. magister. -1, master (of a school). ovum, -I, eyg. ager, -i, field. aper, -i, wild boar. infren-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to bridle. lani-5, -are, -avi, -atuin, to tear in pieces. Translate into English. Agricola gquiim f ilise infrenat. Apri ggnriim regmso laniabunt. Folia silvse ancillam reglnse delectant. M^gis- t^r puSros convocabat. Pu^ri magistrum amant. Tullii f ilia soceriim amabit. German! Gallorum agros occiipa- bant. Columbarum 6v liberos delectant. Viri ^quos in- frenabunt. Bellum Germanos delectat. SoeSr gSnSriim am3.t. Servus domini quum infrenat. Nauta HbSros ^mat. Translate into Latin. The poet's children love the queen. Crassus praises the fields of the Helvetians. The Germans love war. The wolves will v tear in pieces the farmer's children. Wild boars love the shade of the forest. The master will call back the boys. Tully's horse loves his master. The farmer's slaves are bridling the horses. EXERCISE VIII. 28. The Dative Case. 1. The Dative expresses that to or for which, or with reference to which, any thing is, or is done. 2. Rule of Syntax. The indirect object of a verb is 30 NOUNS. in the Dative : as, serves domino medicinam partit, the servant prepares medicine for his master. Remark. The indirect object of a verb is the thing towards which its action tends without necessarily reaching it. Thus, in the above example, the action expressed by parat is exerted directly upon the medicine, medicinam, and the point to which it tends is the master, domino, though it does not necessarily reach that point, since it is not implied that the master receives or uses the medicine prepared for him. 3. Rule of Position. The indirect object precedes the direct. Vocabulary. liber, -I, look, agnus, -i, lamb. via, -ae, ivay. haedus, -I, kid. taurus, -I, bull. monstr-5, -are, ~avi, -atum, to show. mact-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to sacrifice. d-o, dare, dedl, datum, to give. (The only verb of the first conjugation having a in the infinitive present.) Translate into English. Magister pue'ro librum dat. Puella Crasso viam mon- strabat. Agricola diis aram sedificabit. Galli dils taurd's mactant. Servi regmse ha3dum parant. Lupi agnos Mni- abunt. Agrictflse filius puellse ovum dat. Galli Germams insidias parabunt. Crassiis copiis Gallorum insidias parat, Regma agricolse ^quum dat. Galli nautis insulam mon- strant. Eegmse ancilla Gallis Germanorum insidias mon- strat. Translate into Latin. The queen's father-in-law will give (to) the poet a field, The queen of the Helvetians is preparing snares for Tully's forces. The inhabitants of the island were sacrificing a lamb to the gods. The master is preparing a book for the SECOND DECLENSION. 31 boys. The slaves are preparing a way for their master. The master gives (to) his slave a kid. The slave gives (to) the farmer's son a dove's egg. EXERCISE IX. The Ablative Case. 29. 1. Rule of Syntax. The Ablative expresses the cause, manner, means, or instrument: as, Cseciis avarifid, Blinded by avarice. (Cause.) Hoc modo fecit, He did it in this manner. (Manner.} Aquila alls volat, The eagle flies with his wings. (Means.) Captivum gladio occldit, He kills the captive with a sword. (Instru- ment.) 2. Rule of Syntax. The Ablative (usually with the preposition in) expresses the place where. 3. Rule of Position. Expressions of cause, time, and place usually precede the direct object ; those of man- ner, means, and instrument are placed after it ; and all precede the predicate. Remark. A preposition with its case is called an adjunct. Vocabulary. in (preposition with abl.), in. veneniim, -I, poison. terra, -se, the earth, ground, gladius, -I, sword. tuba, -SB, trumpet. Marcus, -i, Marie. signum, -i, signal, sign. culter, -trl, knife. ar-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to plough. vex-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to annoy, to trouble. vulner-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to loound. ambul-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to walk. Translate into English and analyze. Marci filiiis Gallis signum tuba dat. (The predicate is 32 NOUNS. here limited by Gallis, the indirect object; signum, the direct object; and tuba, the ablative of the instrument.) Agricola terrain gquis arat. Captivus Tullium cultro vulnerubit. Poeta in silvis ambiilat. Marcus Helvetios injurils vexa- bat. Nauta regma3 gnrum gladio ngcabit. Germanl captivos gladiis nScant. Aquilse alls volant. Regina filio regnum dat. Ancilla reginse Crassum vSneno nSca- bit. Umbram silvae amamus. Dominus servos tuba con- vocat. Eeginse socSrf ilium Tullii injurils vexat. Translate into Latin. The farmer's sons will plough the fields with horses. The girls are dancing in the forest. The poet was walking in the garden. The slaves of Tully are preparing snares for the ambassadors of the Helvetians in the forest. The in- habitants of the islands will kill the ambassadors with their swords. The Germans were annoying the Gauls with injuries. Doves fly with their wings. The farmer will give the sailor's daughter a lamb. Wolves are howling in the forest. THE THIRD DECLENSION. 30. Nouns whose genitive-ending is te are of the third declension. CASE-ENDINGS. Masc. and Fern. Neuter. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. N. s, es, G. is, iim (iiim), D. I, ibus, Ac. ^m (im), es, V. s, es, Ab. (I) ; ibiis. (e), & (ia), is, um (iiim). i, ibiis, (6), a (ia,), (S), a (i&), (I) ; ibds. THIRD DECLENSION. 33 Remark 1. Many masculine and feminine nouns have no ending in the nominative, but present the simple stem: as, honor. The regular ending of the accusative singular is em; that of the ablative, e ; of the genitive plural, urn. Remark 2. But few neuter nouns have a nominative-ending, most of them presenting the stem alone in the nominative. The regular endings are given in the first column ; the others are oc- casional only. Remark 3. An old accusative-ending Is or els is found with stems that take mm in the genitive plural : as, vallls or vallels. CLASSES. Nouns of the third declension are divided into six classes, according to the formation of the nominative singular : three classes having the nominative-ending s; one, the nominative-ending 8; and two having no nominative-ending at all, but presenting the simple stem. CLASS I. Nouns which add the nominative-ending s to the stem without any vowel change : as, urb-s. (Feminine.) CLASS II. Nouns which add the nominative-ending s to the stem with a connecting vowel e or i : as, stem rup- 9 nominative -rup-e-s, rupes ; stem vail-, nominative vall-i-s, vallis. (Feminine?) CLASS III. Nouns which change the stem-vowel fc into 8, and add s: as, stem mllit-, nominative mil&t-s, miles. (Masculine.) CLASS IV. Nouns which have the nominative-, ending : as, mdr-e 1 . (Neuter.) CLASS V. Nouns which have no nominativfe-ending, - but present the unchanged stem: as, htintir, consul, calcdr. (Masculine and neuter.) 34 NOUNS. CLASS VI. Nouns which have no nominative-ending, but present the stem changed in the nominative : as, stem virgin-, nominative virgo. (Masculine, feminine, and neuter.) Rule of Euphony. A c sound with s makes x : as, leg-s, lex ; arc-s, arx. A t sound with s is dropped : as, font-s, fons. CLASS I. 31. Nouns which add the nominative-ending s to the stem without vowel change. PARADIGMS. Singular. N. u. D. Ac. T. Abl. City. Urb-s, wr'-bis, wr'-bi, w'-bem, urbs, wr'-b6. Law. Lex (leg-s), Ze'-gls, fe'-gT, Ze'-gem, t lex, Ze'-g5. Praise. Laus (laud-s), iaw'-dls, iaw'-di, Zaw'-dem, laus, Zcm'-de. ^;^. Ars (art-s), ar'-tis, ar'-ti, ar'-tem, ars, ar'-te. Citadel. Arx (arc-s), a)*'-cis, ar'-cl, ar'-cem, arx, ar'-ce. m Plural N. (T. D. Ac. & V. Abl. w'-bes, wr'-bi-Om, wr'-bi-bus, w'-bes, wr'-bi-bus. Ze'-ges, . Ze'-gum, %' I-bus, Ze'-ges, Ze^'-i-bfts. /aw'-des, Zaw'-dum, tow'-di-bus, Zcrw'-des, Zcm'-di-biis. a?''-te,^, ar'-ti-tiin, ar'-ti-bus, ar'-tes, ar'-ti-bGs. ar'-ces, ar'-ci-um, a?-'-ci-bus, a>'-ce.s, a?- r -ci-bus. Rule 1. Stems ending in two consonants, with c?os, lls, fraus, vis, faux (nom. obs.), nix, compes, strix, have ium in the genitive plural. Rule 2. Stems of more than one syllable in nt and rt (adding s), with names of nations in as, have ium and sometimes um : as, cliens, clientium or clientum. It-mark 1. Other nouns in as, with forn'tx and palus, some- times have ium. Quins and Samnls have ium. THIRD DECLENSION. 35 Remark 2. Pars, part, and lens, lentil, have sometimes im in the accusative ; and the same, with sors, lot, and trldens, trident, have e or I in the ablative. Partlm is usually an ad- verb. Rule of Gender. Nouns which add the nominative- ending s to the stem without vowel change, are feminine; except Masculines. 1. Dens, tooth, and its compounds ; fons, fountain ; pons, bridge; mons, mountain; cliens, client; rudens, rope (rarely feminine) ; and compounds of as and uncid; paries, wall ; pes, foot ; lapis, stone. 2. Grex, flock ; Greek nouns in ax, ix, yx, ps, and as (antis) ; with cdlix, cup ; fornix, arch; produx, twig; sentix, brier; tra- dux, vine-branch; and/ races, dregs. Masculine or Feminine. Many nouns denoting living beings, with scro'bs, ditch ; stirps, trunk of a tree ; calx, heel ; calx, lime ; and frons, forehead, rarely masculine. EXERCISE X. 32. 1. The ablative is used with prepositions which imply rest in a place : as, \n urb% h&bitat, he lives in the city ; or motion from a place : as, ex urbe Zqtittdt, he rides out of the city. 2. The accusative (the whither case) is used with pre- positions implying motion to a place : as, \n urbZm v$nU, f he conies into the city; ad regZm vbrtlt, he comes to the king. 3. Caution. To, whei* it implies motion, must be translated by ad with the accusative. 4. Rule of Position. A preposition with its case pre- cedes the predicate. 36 KOUNS. Vocabulary. in (with &oo.), into; dens, dent-is, tooth. (with abl.), in. pes, ped-is, foot. ad (prep, with ace.), to, towards. calx, calc-is, heel. e, out of (prep, with abl., used rex, reg-is, king. only with words beginning plebs, pleb-is, common people. with a consonant). g rex > greg-is, flock. ex, out of (prep, with abl., used ferriim, -I, iron, the sword. before vowels and consonants). cliens, client-is, client. rudens, rudent-is, rope. lapis, lapid-is, a stone. . antenna, -ae, sail-yard. malus, -I, mast. pilum, -I, javelin. libertas, Kbertat-is, liberty. Gallia, -s&, Gaul. nobilitas, nobilitat-is, nobility. Germania, -se, Germany. Orgetorix, Orgetorig-is, Orgetorix. cquit-6, -are, -avi, -atum, to ride on horseback. hiem-8, -are, -avi, -atiim, t* winter, spend the winter serv-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to preserve, protect. viol-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to dishonor, violate t break (a law, &c.). habit-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to dwell, live. mand-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to intrust. -destin-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to fasten. a or ab, from, by (prep, with abl., a being used only before conso- nants, ab before vowels and consonants). Translate into English. Orgetftrix leges Helvetiorum violaMt. Plebs liberta- tSm ferro servabit. Nautse antennas ad malos rudentibus destinant. PuSr calc^m servi lapidg vulnSrat. Crassus ex urb6 ad vicum ^quitat. Copise Germanorum in Gallia hiemabunt. Galli in Gallia habitant. Rex nobilitati urb^m mandat. Crassi f iliiis clientes ex agris in urb^m conv5cat. Lupi dentibus agnos laniant. Galli Crasstim pills n^cabunt. German! Gallos bellis vexant. Translate into Latin. The boys are riding from the village to the city. The farmer's sons live in the forest. The doves will fly. out of THIRD DECLENSION. 37 the fields into the forest. The king was calling together the common people out of the village into the city. The king will give the kingdom to his son. Crassus will break the laws of Gaul. The king's son will preserve the liberty of the common people. The boys are wounding the king's messengers with stones. The inhabitants of Germany will winter in the island of the Belgians. Horses walk with (their) feet. A flock of doves is flying out of the forest. The sailor will fasten the yard to the mast with ropes. The king was slaying the nobility with the sword. CLASS II. 33. Nouns which add the nominative-ending .9 to the stem with a connecting vowel (e or i) : as, rup-e-s, vall-l-s. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. PARADIGMS. Singular, rti'-pes, a rock. ru'-pis, ru-pes, val'-lis, a valley. val'-\is, val'-lij val'-l&m, val'-lis, val'-le Plural Nom. ril'-pes, Gen. rw'-pi-um, Dat. ru '-pi-bus, Ace. ril'-pes, Voc. ru'-pes, Abl. rtl'-pi-bus. wf-li-iim, ?W-li-bus, val'-les, val'-les, mMi-bus. 38 NOUNS. Remark 1. The following nouns have im in the aecusa. tive : () Names of places, rivers, and gods in is : these sometimes also have in in the accusative. Scaldla has In and \m ; Llrla has Im, in, and tin ; and Llger has Liyerlm. (b) Amussis, a mason's rule. Ravis, hoarseness. - Buris, a plough-tail. Securis, an axe. Cannabis, hemp. Sinapis, mustard. Cucumis (gen. -is), a cucumber. Sitis, thirst. y Mephitis, foul air. Tussis, a cough. Pelvis, a basin. Vis, strength. Remark 2. The following have im, and sometimes em : Fcbris, a fever. Restis, a rope. Puppis, the stern. Turns, a tower. Remark 3. The following have em, and rarely im : Bipe-nnis, a battle-axe. Messis, a harvest. Praesepis, a stall. Clavis, a key. Navis, a ship. Sementis, a sowing. Strigilis, a flesh-brush. Remark 4- Nouns which have im in the accusative, with names of months in er and is, have I in the ablative : as, vis, vim, vl ; Aprllls, Aprlll. But Boetls, canndbis, and smdpis have e or I. Remark 5. Nouns which have em or im in the accusative have e or I in the ablative: as, turns, turre or twKri. But restls has e only. Remark 6. The following have only em in the accusative, but have e or I in the ablative : Amnis, Canalis, Convallis, Ignis, Postis, Anguis, Civis, Corbis, Mugilis, Sordes, Avis, Classis, Finis, Orbis, Unguis, Bills, Collis, Fustis, Ovis, Vectis. Remark 7. Nouns of this class (adding s with connecting vowel e or i) have ium in the genitive plural. Exc. Canis, dog; jtivems, young man; foris, door; mugilis, mullet; proles, offspring; strues, pile; vates, prophet, have urn ; also, generally, apis, bee; strigilis, flesh-brush; volucris, bird; sometimes mensis, and ccedes. Rule of Gender. Nouns of this class are feminine. Exc. 1. Pdlumbes, vales, vepres, are masculine or feminine. Exc. 2. The following in Is are masculine or feminine : Amnis, river. Canis, dog. Funis, rope. Anguis, snake. Clunis, haunch. Scrobis, ditch. Callis, path. Corbis, basket. Tigris, tiger. Canalis, pipe. Finis (end, f.; boundary, m.). Torquis, chain. Fines, boundaries, is always masculine. Exc. 3. The following are masculine : in es, antes, gausapes, gerres :-^Tn is, Axis, axle. v ' ^Follis, bellows. Piscis,/sA. Burls, plow-tail. Fustis, club. Postis, post. Cassis, net. ** Ignis, fire. Sentis, brier. Caulis, stalk. Manes, pi., shades. Sodalis, companion. Collis, hill. ^ Mensis, month. Torris, firebrand. Crinis, hair. ^ Mugilis, mullet. TJnguTs, nail. Ensis, sword. Orbis, circle. Vectis, lever. Fascis, bundle. ^. Panis, bread. Vermis, worm. Aqualfs- (properly an adjective) is masculine and feminine. ^** EXERCISE XI. 34. 1. Conjunctions connect words which are in the same construction: as, Ccesar H Brutus, Caesar and Brutus ; glddils pilisquV, with swords and javelins. N.B. Et connects things which are separate and distinct, and of equal importance ; qu8 (always written at the end of a word) con- nects one thing closely to another as an appendage, the two making one complete idea. Thus, the "swords and javelins" above con- stitute together offensive armor. Atqug generally introduces some- thing of greater importance. ' 2. If the subject consists of more than one thing, the verb must be plural. Hence Rule of Syntax. A collective noun may have a plural verb : as, plebs clamant, the people shout, Vocabulary. ignis, -is, fire. vallis, -is, valley. pars r part-is, part. pax, pac-is, peace. 40 NOUNS. Athense, -arum, Athens. hostis, -is, enemy ( 13, R. 4). cum, with, in company with (prep. civis, -is, citizen ($ 13, R. 4). with ablative). avis, -is, bird. in (prep, with abl.), on, in; (with ovis, -is, sheep. ace.), upon, into. classis, -is, fleet. per (prep, with ace.), through. collis, -is, hill. Gra)cia, -83, Greece. litera, -83, letter (of the alphabet). Cccrops, Cecrop-is, Cecrops. anncitia, -se, friendship. Cadinus, -I, Cadmus. sitis, -is, thirst. port-5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to carry. im-port-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry in, import. formid-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to dread. vigil-5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to watch. festln-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. confirm-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to establish. vast-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to lay waste. mdif ic-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to build a nest. lev-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to relieve. Translate into English. Cadmii? in Grseciam Htgras importat. Aves in silvis mdif leant. Aqua sitim l^vat. Fons in vallS poetam delectat. Helvetii agros Germanoriim ferro igniqug vasta- bunt. Galli ctim Germanis pac&n gt amlcitiam confirmant. Crassijs ex agro in urbSm festmat. Plebs in urbe nobilita- t^m nScat. Crassiis cdpias gladiis pilisquS armabat. Gives Cecropi claves urbis dant. Lupi oves ^t hsedos laniant. Crassiis in col IS turrina sedificat. Galli naves St copias Germanoriim formidant. Crassus part^m plebis cultris l.apidibusqug armabit. Columbse p^r silvern v6lant. Ce- crops Athenas sedificabit. Canes ^t lupi ^ves laniant. Rex t regma in hortd ambulant. Gives in urbS vigilant. Translate into Latin. Crassus will lay waste the fields of the Belgians with fire and sword (ferro ignique). The nobility dread the fleet of Tullius. The nobility will preserveJthe liberty of THIRD DECLENSION. 41 the citizens with the sword. The maid-servant is prepar- ing a mullet for her master. The queen will walk in the garden with her daughters. The farmer's sons will carry sheep and kids to the city. The nobility will arm their slaves with stones and knives. The farmer's son will show (to) the ambassadors of the Belgians the way through the forest. Tullius will take possession of the hill. Medicine will relieve fevers. into Nom. wile's, Gen. mll'-i-tis, Dat. mit-i-tl, Ace. ml'-i-te / m, Voc. mi'-l&s, Abl. CLASS III. 35. Nouns which change the stem- vowel and add s. PARADIGMS. Mile's (milet-s), soldier. Princeps (princep-s), chief. Singular. Nom. Gen. Dat. prin'-ci-pi, Ace. prin'-ci-p&m, Yoc. ^rm'-ceps, Abl. priri-ci-p&; Plural. Nom. jprm'-ci-pes, Gen. j9TOi'-ci-pum, Dat. prin-c^'-i-bus. Ace. j9riV-ci-pes, Voc. prin'-ci-pes, Abl. prin-cip'-i-bus. Rule of Gender. Nouns which change the stem-vowel into %, and add s, are masculine. Exc. 1. Feminine, merges, sheaf \forfex, shears -,forpex, tongs. Exc. 2. Masculine or feminine, ddeps, grease; cortex, bark; forceps, pincers ; imbrex, tile ; obex, bolt. 4* Kom. mif-i-tes, Gen. ml^-i-tum, Dai mi-ftM-btts Ace. mir-i-tes, Voc. Abl. 42 NOUNS. EXERCISE XII. 36. 1. A noun limiting another, and denoting the same thing, is said to be in apposition with it. 2. Rule of Syntax. Nouns in apposition agree in case : as, Jugurtha rex, Jugurtha the king. Remark. A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is put in the plural: as, Jugurtha et JBocchus, reges, Jugurtha and Bocchus, kings. --. Vocabulary. virtus, virtut-is, valor. hospes, hospit-is, guest. a, or ab,/>-om (prep, with abl.). obses, obsid-is, hostage. proelium, -I, battle. eques, equit-is, horseman. Numldia, -83, Numidia. pedes, pedit-is, footman. numerus, -I, number. horreuin, -I, granary. veles, velit-is, a light-armed sol- merges, mergit-is, sheaf. dier, a skirmisher. comes, comit-is, companion. Davus, -I, Davus. caespes, csespit-is, turf. Balbus, -I, Balbus. trames, tramit-is, by-path. Jugurtha, -ae, Jugurtha. sec-5, sec-are, sec-ui, sectum and sec-atum, to cut. postul-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to demand. viol-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to maltreat, violate. dtiplic-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to double. redintegr-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to renew. explor-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to explore, search out. crem-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn. profilg~, -are, -avi, -atum, to dash to pieces, to rout. fug-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to put to flight, to rout. Translate into English. Milites gladiis csespitem sScabant. Agricola in horreum mcrgites portabit. -Tullius a Germanls obsides postiilat. Jugurtha, rex Niimidise, Crasso obsides dat. Dilvus et Balbus, servi agricolse, domini Hbgros amant. Orgetorix, princeps Helvetiorilm, ab ^Eduis obsides postulabit. Hel- THIRD DECLENSION. 43 vetii Orggtorige'm igni cremabunt. Equites t pgdites prceliiim redintegrabunt. Poeta virtutem Jugurthse, regis Numidi^, laudat. Copise Grass! gquites peditesqug hostium profligabant. Velites Tullii tramites pgr silvam explorant. Comites Orggtorigis, principis Helvetioriim, agros Gal- lorum ferro igniqug vastant. Jugurtha numerum obsidiim dftplicat. Translate into Latin. The farmer is walking with his sons, Davus and Balbus, in the forest. The Gauls dread the ships of Crassus. Davus, the king's slave, will show (to) the boys the way through the forest. Part of the skirmishers will occupy the hill. The Germans will maltreat their guests. Tully will give the signal to the king's horsemen with the trumpet. The horsemen are bridling their horses. '-rum, D. hft-wo'-ri, h6-nor'-i-bus, Ac. ho-fio'-re'm, h5-?i0'-res, V. /w'-nor, lift-no' -res, pa'-t&r, jpd'-tres, Ab. ho-mT-re' ; hft-nor'-i-bus. ^d'-trS; ^tt'-ri-bus. Remark 1. Nouns in ter and ber drop e in the oblique cases : as, imber, imbris ; pater, patrls. Remark 2. Lnber, pugil, and vesper have e or I in the ablative ; imber, linter, venter, uter, have ium in the genitive plural; and ren has utn or mw. Remark 3. Some names of towi*s, when denoting the place where, have I in the ablative: as, Anxurl. Rule of Gender. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in the nominative (except stems in dl, dr, and ur) are masculine. Exc. 1. (OR.) Arbor, tree, is feminine. Ador, spelt, aequor, sea, and marmor, marble, are neuter. Masculines in or have d long in the oblique cases ; neuters have d short : as, honoris, marnwris. Exc. 2. (ER.) LfnTer, boat, is feminine. Cadaver, corpse; spiother, clasp; tuber, swelling; uber, udder; ver, spring; verber, lash; and names 6f trees and plants in cr, are -neuter. But laver and tuber, names of trees, are feminine, and siser is masculine in the plural. Exc. 3. Alec, alec-is, brine, and vas, vas-is, vessel, are neuter. 46 NOUNS. EXERCISE XIV. Vocabulary. Caesar, Caesar-is, Csesar. linter, lintr-is, boat. imperator, -or-is, commander. imber, imbr-is, rain. consul, consul-is, consul. conjux, conjug-is, husband or wife. anser, anser-is, goose. Sagittarius, -I, archer. fratcr, fratr-is, brother. funditor, -or-is, slinger. mater, matr-is, mother. pastor, -or-is, shepherd. soror, soror-is, sister. venator, -or-is, hunter. hiberna, -orum, winter quarters. rnercator, -or-is, merchant. in hiberna collocare, to pnt into telum, -i, dart, winter quarters. colloc-5, -are, -avij-^atum, to place, put together. defens-5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to defend. Translate into English. Plebs libertatgm ferro servabit. Imp^ratSr ^qmtes pMitesqug conv5cabat. Csesar ab urbe in Galliam festi- nabat. Agricola conjug^m libgrosqug amat. Pastor gr^gem a lupo defensabit. Crassus consul in navalibus naves ^t lintres sedif icat. Agricolse ansSres in horto habitant. Milites imperator^m a gladiis telisquS hostiiim defensabunt. Csesar copias in hiberna collocat. Venator in silva apris retia parat. Caesar cum s^gittariis funditoribusqug ad montSm festlnat. Rex mercatores convocat. Balbus, Lucii gSnSr, fratres sororesquS S,m^lt. Imbres agricolas delectant. Translate into Latin. The horsemen will rout the archers and slingers of the enemy. The shepherds are sacrificing bulls and sheep to the gods. The geese are flying into the forest. The sis- ters of Orgetorix are dancing in the garden. The brother of Lucius was defending his mother and sisters with (his) THIRD DECLENSION. 47 sword. The common people intrust their liberty to the consul. The hunter will show (to) the shepherd a by-path through the forest. Csesar will hasten from the winter- quarters into the city. The slingers are wounding the horsemen of the enemy with stones. NEUTER FORMS. 39. Nouns which present the unchanged stem in til, ar, ur. Animal, an animal (neuter). Singular. Plural. N. aTi'-i-mal, an-i-md'-li-a, G. an-i-md'-lis, an-i-wa'-li-um, D. an-i-md'-li, an-i-ma/'-i-bus, Ac. ftn'-l-m&j an-i-?7itt'-li-a, V. cm'-i-mal, an-i-md'-li-a, Ab. an-i-wa'-li; an-i-md/'-i-bus. Calcar, a spur (neuter). Singular. Plural. ca/'-car, cal-cd'-ri-a, cal-ctt'-ris, cal-ca'-ri-iim, cal-ca'-ri, cal-cdr'-i-bus, ca^'-car, cal-cd'-ri-a, ca^-car, cal-cd'-ri-a, cal-cd'-ri ; cal-cd/-i-bus. NOTE. Nouns in e, al, ar, were originally adjectives, the adjective- ending of those in al and ar having been dropped. Thus, amm-a, breath; neuter adjective anlm-al8 (animal], a thing having breath, an animal; calc-s (calx], the heel; calc-ar$ (calc-ar), a thing per- taining to the heel, a spur. Remark 1. Nouns ending in dl and dr hav6 i in the ablative singular, iam in the genitive plural, and id in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural. Remark 2. Baccdr,jtibdr, nectar, and sal have e in the abla- tive singular; and far and lar have um en? ium in the genitive plural. Rule of Gender. Nouns which present in the nomi-* native the unchanged stem in al, ar y ur, are neuter. Exc. Sal, salt, is masculine or neuter in the singular, and always masculine in the plural. Fur, thief, furfur, bran, salar, trout, turtur, dove, vultur, vulture, are masculine. 48 NOUNS. EXERCISE XV. 40. Vocabulary. jumentum, -I, work-horse, beast of furfur, furfur-is, bran. burden. stimulus, -I, goad. jubar, jubar-is, sunshine. tempestas, tempestat-is, tempest. vultur, vultur-is, vulture. templum de mannore, a temple of templum, -I, temple. marble. marmor, marmor-is, marble. de (prep, with abl.), from, of. dic-5, -are, -avi, -alum, to dedicate. concit-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to urge on, stir up, arouse. rapt-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to snatch away, carry off. Translate Into English. Crassiis diis templum de marmore' dicabit. Vultures agnos et hsedos raptant. Jubar nautas delectat. Agri- c6la jumenta stimulo concit^t. Cecrops, rex Grsecise, ^quum calcaribiis concitat. Kegm in insula ar^im de marrnore' sedificat. A^ricolse jumentis furfurgm dant. Velites Csesaris hostiiim sagittarios f unditoresque' fuglbunt. Tempestates maris hostium classSm profligabunt. Translate into Latin. The boys love the master. Csesar will lay waste the fields of the Gauls with fire and sword, Tully will rout the forces of the enemy by sea and land. Tully's foot- soldiers occupy the hill. Farmers plough their fields with work -horses. Eagles and vultures build nests in the rocks. Caesar's skirmishers will search out the by-paths through the forests. Jugurtha, king of Numidia, was storming his brother's towns. Sailors dread tempests. Horsemen urge on their horses with spurs. CLASS VI. 41. Nouns which have no nominative-ending, but present the stem changed in the nominative. THIRD DECLENSION. I. MASCULINE FORMS OF CLASS VI. 49 n of stem dropped. er changed into is. r changed into s. Sermo, speech (m.). Pulvis, dust (m.). Flos, flower (m.). Singular. Singular. Singular. N. ser'-mo, pul'-vis, fids, G. ser-m6'-nis, pul'-V&TlS, yZo'-ris, D. ser-mo'-ni, pul'-V&-Yl, /o'-ri, Ac. ser-mo'-n&n, pul f -v&-Y&m, /o'-r6m, V. ser'-mo, pul'-vis, flos, Ab. ser-mo'-ng; pul'-vt-rt ; /o'-rg; Plural. Plural. Plural. N. ser-mo'-nes, pul'-v&-res, /o'-res, G. ser-mo'-num, pul'-v&-rum, /o'-rum, D. ser-moV-i-biis, pul-ver r -i-bus, /or'-i-bus, Ac. ser-mo'-nes, pul'-v&-res, /o'-res, V. ser-mo'-nes, pul'-v&-res, j^o'-res, Ab. ser-moV-i-bus. pul-t;er'-i-bus. y?or'-i-bus. Remark -/. Two nouns, sanguls, sangmn-ls, blood, and pollls, pollm-ls, fine flour, change n of the stem into s. Remark 2. Some nouns of the fifth class, whose stems end in or, have an old form of the nominative in os: as, T\pnos, arbos, fa? honor, arbor. Cucumis (ms,masc.) is also of class II. ; 33,Rem.l.,6. Remark 3. Mas, mar-is, and glls, gllr-is, have ium- in the geni- tive plural; and mas, milr-is, has urn and ium; r&s, riir-is, has e or I in the ablative singular. Rule of Gender* Nouns which drop n of the stem in the nominative are masculine. Exc. Abstracts in io (mostly formed by adding io to the supine stem of verbs) are feminine. Bubo is masculine and feminine. Rule of Gender. Nouns which change er of the stem into is, r into s, or n into s, are masculine. Exc. 1. JEs, crus, galllcrus, jus, pus, rus, tils, and os, mouth, are neuter. TellUs is feminine. 5 50 NOUNS. Exc. 2. Cinis is masculine or feminine in the singular ; cingres, ashes of the dead, is always masculine. Pulvis, dust, is very rarely feminine. EXERCISE XVI. Vocabulary. mos, mor-is, manner, custom. Varro, -on-is, Varro. ceriturio, -on-is, centurion. oratiS, -on-is, speech, oration. leo, -on-is, lion. Cicer5, -on-is, Cicero. mons, mont-is ($ 31, Exc. 1), orator, -or-is, orator. mountain. more regis, after the manner of a king, Iatr5, -on-is, roller. Spud, among, with (prep, with ac.). pirata, -se, pirate. aptid Helvetios, among the Helvetians. Ca^to, -on-is, Cato. apud Catonem, at the house of Cato, rebellio, -on-is, rebellion. with Cato. trucid-o, -are, -a'vi, -atum, to slay. coen-o, -arQ, -avi, -atum, to sup. rebellionem concitare, to excite, raise a rebellion. NOTE. Rebellio and ordtio, being abstracts in io, are feminine; but centurio is the name of a male being, and is, therefore, mascu- line. Translate into English. Csesar, morS regis, obsides ab Helvetiis postulat. Cen- turio turres ( 33, Remark 2} ^dificat. Varro consiil in silvis morg latronia^ habitat. Orgetorix apud Helvetios rgbellidngm concitabit. CicSrO orator plebgm orationS delectat. Oratio Catonis nobilitatgrn delectat. Pars 116- bilitatis apud regem coen^nt. Leones in montibus ^t silvis habitant. Latrones in .silva f ilium regmse trticidabant. Eex latrones piratasquS trucldabit. Regis filise apud agricolam coenant. Nobilitas rebellion^m apud plebgm formidat. Cecrops nobilitatem concitat. Nautse piratas formidant. THIRD DECLENSION. 51 Translate into Latin. The conversation (sermo') of the poet delights the queen. A lion will tear in pieces the children of Cadmus. The daughter of Cecrops gives flowers to her father-in-law. The common people are breaking the laws of the city. Marcus, the brother of Marius, was building a tower upon a hill. Crassus will sup at the house of Cicero. Caesar dreads a rebellion among the Gauls. Caesar demands host- ages of (from) the Germans. The Gauls, after the manner of the Germans, burn pirates with fire. Kings slay rob- bers and pirates. Part of the nobility dread Cato. The poet loves Cato's daughter. II. FEMININE FORMS OF CLASS VI. 42. Nouns which change In of the stem into o to form the nominative. Virgo, a virgin (feminine ; stem virgin). Singular. Plural. Norn. wV-gS, wV-gi-nes, Gen. wV'-gi-ms, wY'-gi-num, Dat. wV-gi-ni, vir-^m'-i-bus, Ace. wr'-gi-n&n, wV-gi-nes, Voc. w/-g8, wV'-gi-nes, Abl. wY'-gi-ng; vir-^m'-t-bus. Rule of Gender. Nouns 'which change \n of the stem into o are feminine. Exc. Ordo, cardo, and turbo are masculine. Nemo, homo, and margo are masculine or feminine. Remark. Cdro, flesh, has carnis, &c., contracted for cdrinis, and has ium in the genitive plural. 52 NOUNS. EXERCISE XVII. 43. Rule of Position. Adverbs usually stand imme- diately before the words they limit. Rule of Position. A genitive limiting the object of a preposition usually stands between the preposition and its case : as, %n Ccesaris fyorto. Rule oj Syntax. Adverbs limit verbs, adjectives, and other advfcrbs. Vocabulary. multitude, -in-is, multitude. immortalitas, -at-is, immortality. turb5, turbin-is, ivhirlicind. non (adverb), not. ; % origo, origin-is, origin. de (prep, with abl.), concerning. ordo, ordin-is, rank. periciilum, -I, danger. consuetudo, -in-is, custom, habit. animus, -I, soul, mind. magnitudS, -in-is, greatness. ex consuetudine, according to custom. disput-o, -are, -avi, -atiim, to discuss, debate, dispute. turb-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to confuse, disorder. per-turb-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to throw into great confusion) to confound. Translate into English. Oratio Csesaris multitudingm delect^t. Equites Crassf multitudin^m hostium fugabunt. C^to de animi 6rigin6 cum CicSronS disputftt. Magnitudo pgriciili consul^m per- turbsit. Equites copias hostium turbabunt. Rex ex con- suetudm^ in Crassi horto ambulabat. CicSrO de animi immortalitatS disputabat. P^dites ordines non servabant. Nautse piratas ^t turbines formidant. Rex captives non ngcabit. Lucius ex agricolse agro in victim festiniit. Con- sul multitudingm hostium non formidat. V^lites in Hel- vetiorum agris proelium rgdintegrabunt. Translate into Latin. The Gauls sacrifice virgins to the gods. The poet, ac- THIRD DECLENSION. 53 cording to custom, was walking in Tully's field. The king of the Belgians is sacrificing bulls and sheep in the queen's garden. The Gauls do not debate concerning the origin of the soul. The Helvetians will not burn Orge' torix with fire. Csesar will not arm ^ the skirmishers with javelins. Csesar rides into the city after the manner of a king. Tully, according to custom, demands hostages from the Belgians. The soldiers will confuse the ranks of the enemy. Csesar does not dread the whirlwind. III. NEUTER FORMS OF CLASS VI. 44. Nouns which form the nominative by changing \n of the stem into &i, dr into fir, Zr or fir into us, or which change the stem otherwise than as stated under masculine and feminine forms of Class VI. NOTE. Thus, caput, capit-is, forms the nominative by changing It into ut; cdr, cord-is; far, farr-is; f$l, fell-Is; lac, lact-is ; mgl, mell-ls; os, oss-is ; and as, ass-is, drop the last letter of the stem. PARADIGMS. Work. Singular. Verse. Singular. N. car'-mSn, G. ca/-mi-nis, D. car'-mi-ni, Ac. car'-mgn, V. car'-mSn, Ab. car'-mi-ng; Plural. N. car'-mi-na, G. car'-mi-ntim, D. car-mm'-i-bus, Ac. ca/-mi-na, V. car'-mi-na, Ab. car-mw/-i-bus. #'-pus, o'-ptis, op'-^-rS ; Plural. op'-S-ra, op'-S-rum, 6-j9e/-i-bus op'-S-ra, 5* Head. Singular. ca'-put, cap'-i-tis, cap'-\-t\, ca'-put, ca'-ptit, c^p'-i-t^ ; Plural. ca^'-i-ta, cop'-i-tiim, ca-pi^-i-bus, cop'-i-ta, cop'-i-ta, ca-p^-i-bus. 54" --.s .; ^ :> Q - f . -' NOUNS. "*--:rr..;.-.i-.-?i-'"' Remark. Occiput has I in the ablative singular; and mel has e, sometimes i. Os, bone, has ossium in the genitive plural, and as has assiam. Rule of Gender. Nouns which change \n into $n, fir into UT 7 &r or 6r into $s ; Ac., are neuter. Exc. As, ass-is, pound ; lepus, lepor-is, hare ; oscen, oscims, divining bird ; and pecten, pectin-is, comb, are masculine. EXERCISE XVIII. Vocabulary. robur, robor-is, strength. tard-are, to hinder. corpus, corpor-is, body. munus, muner-is, gift. jus, jur-is, justice, law (generally lepus, lepor-is, hare. umorittcn law, as opposed to lex, foedus, foedcr-is, treaty. written law). onus, oner-is, burden. mus, mfir-is, mouse. fliiuien, flumin-is, river. port-are, to carry. tran-are, to sioim across. iiatura, -ae, nature. Tiberis, -is, the Tiber (ft 33, Hem. 1). nemus, nemoris, grove. Translate into English. Dominus robur servi laudat. Kegina ancillis mune'ra dabit. Belgse foedus non violabunt. LSpores et mures in agris habitant. Servi regmse in oppidum onera portant. Carmina poetae impe'ratorem delectant. Crassus Tiberim tranabit. Robur corporis multitudin^m delectat. Robiir animi Caton^m delectat. Equites flumgn tranant. Cicero de jurS l^gibusqu^ disputat. Poeta Csesari carmina dica- bit. Magnitude operis consul^m non tardabit. Puellse in Csesaris n^morS saltant. CicSro de animi t corporis natura disputat. Translate into Latin. The poet was walking with the king in Caesar's garden. : The boys and girls are dancing in Tully's grove. The soldiers ,of Orgetorix will swim across the river. Whirl- THIRD DECL winds will dash in pieces the fleet oi^5Bif^fr* The commander praises the valor of the soldiers. The consul is building ships and boats in the dock-yards of Gaul. / The enemy violates the treaty.- The nature of the work hinders the forces of the enemy. ' Davus and Balbus, Tully's slaves, will carry burdens into the city. 45. IRREGULAR NOUNS OP THE THIRD Singular. Norn. J'il'-pi-te'r, Gen. J"o'-vis, Dat. Jo'-vi, Ace. Jo'-ve'm, Voc. JiV-pi-tgr, Abl. Jo'-veV DECLENSION. Singular. vis, (fern.) vis, vim, vis, vi ; Plural. w'-res, wr'-i-iim, w/-i-bus, w'-res, m'-res, vlr'-i-bus. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. It^r, a journey (neuter). Singular. Plural. 2'-tSr, i-^m'-g-ra, i-im'-^-ris, i-^^'-S-rum, i-Zm'-S-ri, it-i-7ie/-i-bus. Jus-jurandum, oath (neuter), jus-ju-rcw'-dum, ju-ra-ju-r-^ The soldiers bathed in the lake. The consul will hasten with the army to Lake Lemannus. The master will build houses for his slaves in the field. Marcus gave (to) his FIFTH DECLENSION. son Lucius a bow and arrows. father's arrival. The waves will dash in pieces the enemy's ships. The sailors fastened the yar,ds to the masts with ropes. Lions do not dread the horns of bulls. The chief of the Germans lives in a cave. A hunter wounded the consul's son-in-law in the king's forest. THE FIFTH DECLENSION. 49. Nouns which have el in the genitive from es of the nominative are of the fifth declension. They are all feminine except dies, day (masc. or fern, in the singular, and always masculine in the plural), and m&rldies, midday (masculine). ENDINGS. Singular. N. and V. es, Gen. ei, Dat. ei, Ace. em, Abl. e* Plural. es, erftm, ebiis, es, ebus, PARADIGM. Res, a thing. Dies, a day. Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Nona. res, res, di'-es, e&'-es, Gen. re'-i, re'-rum, di-e'-i, di-e'-rum, Dat. rc'-i, re'-biis, " di-e'-i, di-e'-biis, Ace. rem, res, di'-em, di'-es, Voc. res, res, di'-es, c^'-es, Abl. re; re'-bus. di!-Q ; di-e'-bus. NOTE . A vowel before another vowel is short : as, rti. Bu< e between two i's is long: as, di-e-l. 68 NOUNS. Remark 1. Dies, day, is rarely feminine, and thus only when it denotes a fixed day. Remark 2. The genitive and dative singular sometimes end in e or I instead of el. Remark 3. There are only about eighty nouns of the fifth de- clension, and but two of these, res and dies, are complete in the plural. Acies, effigies, eluvies, Jades, oldcies, progenies, series, species, spes, are not found in the genitive, dative, and ablative plural ; and the rest are not found in the plural at all. Remark 4- All nouns of this declension, except fides, faith ; res, a thing ; spes, hope ; and plebes, the common people, end in ies ; and all nouns in ies are of this declension, except dbies, dries, paries, quies, and requies, which are of the third declen- sion. Remark 5. The noun respubllcd, the commonwealth, is com- pounded of the noun res and the adjective publlcd, and is thus declined : Singular. Plural. Nom. and Voc. res-pw&'-li-ca, Gen. and Dat. re-i-pnb' -li-cse, Accusative, rem-p6'-li-cam, Ablative, re-^u&'-li-ca ; N. and V. res-pub' -li-ese, Gen. re-rum-pub-li-cd'-rum, Dat. re-bus-pu&'-li-cis, Ace. res-pui'-li-cas. EXERCISE XXII. senatus, -us, senate ($ 48, Remark 2). currus, -us, chariot. plebes, -ei, common people. fides, -el, faith, promise. tribunus, -I, tribune. spes, -el, hope. acies, -el, edge, point ; also line of victoria, -se, victory. battle. progenies, -el, offspring. parens, -ent-is, parent. effigies, -ei, likeness, image. f acies, -v\,face. prseda, -ae, booty. vultiis, -us, countenance. sceliis, -er-is, crime. sal us, salut-is, snfety, health. dictator, -or-is, dictator. nox, noct-Is, night. Translate into English. SSnatiis dictator! salutm urbis mandavSrat. Animalia proggnigm amant. Leones faci^m vultumqu^ hominis VARIABLE NOUNS. 69 formidant. Spes prsedse latrones d scler concitat. Lucius, tribuniis plebis, centuriones convocavit. Marcus filium acie gladii vulngravit. Spes victories exercitum delectavit. Jiigurtha, rex Numidise, fidem non servavit. Tribuni HbertatSm plebei servaverunt. Crassus consul in templo effigiSm Jovis collocavit. Helvetii exercitiim Cassii consulis fugaver^. P^rentes proggni^m amant. Regmil poetse curriim ^quosquS d^dit. Turbines classgm hostium profligaver^. Translate into Latin. Csesar put his army into winter quarters. The dictator will slay robbers and pirates. Crassus the tribune will not violate his promise. The hope of victory and booty urges the chiefs to (ad) war. The queen's daughter will set-up (collocare) an image of Jupiter in the king's garden. The queen adorned the image of Jupiter with silver and gold. The boy wounded his brother's foot with the point of a knife. The senate committed to . the tribunes the , liberty of the common people. God created day and night. The waves of the sea dashed in pieces the ships of the enemy. The poet's children loved their parents. VARIABLE NOUNS. 50. Nouns which vary in gender are called hetero- geneous ; those which vary in declension are called heteroclites. 1. HETEROGENEOUS NOUNS. (a.) Masculine in the singular, and neuter in the plural: as, Averniis, a hill in Campania. Pangaeus, a promontory in Thrace* Dindyrnus, a hill in Phrygia. Toenarus, a promontory in Laconia. Ismarus, a hill in Ihrace. Tartarus, hell. Msenalus, a hill in Arcadia. Taygetus, a hill in Laconia. 70 DEFECTIVE NOUNS. (b.) Masculine in the singular, masculine and neute^xin the plural : as, jocus, a jest, plural jocl &udjdcd ; locus, a place, plural loci,, passages in books, places ; Idea, places ; slbllus, a hissing, plural slblld, rarely siblll. ^ (c.) Feminine in the singular, neuter in the plural: as, car- basils, a sail, plural carbdsd; Pergdmus, the citadel of Troy, jjTural Pergdmd. (d.) Neuter in the singular, masculine in the plural : as, Argos, Argos, a city in Greece, plural Argl ; Elysium, the Elysian fields, plural Elysil ; ccelum, heaven, plural ccell. NOTE. Argos, in the singular, is used only in the nominative and the accusative. ( 6.) Neuter in the singular, masculine and neuter in the plural : as, frenum, a bridle, plural frenl and frend; rastrum, a rake, plural rastrl and rastrd. (f.) Neuter in the singular, feminine in the plural: as, bal- neum, a bath, plural balnece, seldom balnea ; epulum, a banquet, plural epulce. (g.) Feminine or neuter in the singular, and feminine in the plural : as, dellcid or delirium, plural dcllcice. 2. HETEROCLITES. (a.) Second and third declension in the singular, and third in the plural : as, jugerum, an acre ; gen. jugerl or jugeris ;, abl. jugere or jugero; plural nom. and ace. jtigerd; gen. j tiger am; 0,1)1. jugeris, and jugerlbus from the obsolete jugus or jugvr. (b.} Third declension in the singular, and second in the plural: as, vds, vdsis, a vessel, plural vdsd, -drum. DEFECTIVE NOUNS. 51. Defective nouns want some of their cases. The following list contains such nouns as are most defective. Accitu, abl. ; a calling for. Admonitu, abl. ; admonition. Ambage, abl. ; a winding stair ; pi. entire. Arcessitu, abl.; a sending for. Astus, nom. ; astu, abl. ; craft ; astus," ace. pi. Chaos, nom., ace. ; cha5, abl. ; chaos. VEEBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 71 Cassem, ace.; casse, all.; a net; pi. entire. Coactu, abl. / constraint. Compedis, gen. ; a fetter ; nom. and dat. not used; pi. compedes, -ium, -ibiis. Concessu, abl. ; permission. Daps, nom.; scarcely used; dapis, gen. &c. ; a feast ; wants gen. pi. Data, abl. ; a giving. DespicatuI, dat.; contempt. Dicis, gen. : as, dicis gratia, for form's sake. Ditionis, gen. ; -I, dat. ; -em, ace. ; -e, abl.; power. Diii, abl. ; in the daytime. Divisui, dat. ; a dividing. Ebur, ivory ; not used in the plural. Efflagitatu, abl. ; importunity. Epos, nom. and ace. ; an epic poem. Ergo, abl. (or ado.) ; for the sake. Essedas, ace. pi. ; war-chariots. Fas, nom., ace. ; right. Fauce, abl. ; the throat; pi. en- tire. Feminis, gen. ; -I, dat.; -e, abl. ; the thigh; pi. femina, -ibiis. Foris, nom. and gen.; -em, ace.; -e, abl.; a door ; pi. entire. Grates, nom. and ace. pi. ; grati- bus, abl. ; thanks. Hebdomadam, ace.; a week. Impetis, gen. ; -e, abl. ; a shock. Infitias, ace. pi. ; a denial. Ingriitils, abl. pi. (used adverbi- ally) ; against one's will. Injussu, abl. ; without command. Instar, nom., ace. ; a likeness. Invitatu, abl. ; an invitation. Jugeris, gen.; -e, abl. ; an acre ;- pi. jugera, -um, -ibus. Jussu, abl. ; command. Mandatu, 6. ; a command. Natu, abl. ; by birth. Nauci, gen., with non ; rarely nau Co, dat.; a trifle. Nefas, nom., ace. ; wickedness. Nemo, nobody, wants the pi. ; gen. and abl. rarely used. Nihil, or nihilum, now. and ace.; -I, gen. ; -o, abl. ; nothing. Noctu, abl. ; by night. Opis, gen. ; opi, dat. ; opem, ace. / 5pe, abl. ; help; pi. entire. Oppositu, abl.; an opposing; pi. oppositus, ace. Optis, nom., ace. ; need. Os, the month, wants the gen. pi. Pondo, abl. ; in weight. Prcci, dat. ; -em, acc.y -, abl.; prayer ; pi. entire. Promptu, abl. ; readiness. Rogatu, abl. ; a request. II 6s, dew, wants gen. pi. Rus, the country, wants gen., dat., and abl. pi. Spontis, gen.; -e, abl. ; will, accord* Venui and -6, dat. ; -um, ace. ; -o ; a bl. ; sale. Vicis, gen. ; -I, dat. ; -em, ace. ; -e, abl.; change; pi. entire, except gen. VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. 52. 1. All verbs that have er$ (penult long) in the [nfinitive-Present are of the second conjugation. 72 VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 2. The perfect-stem in verbs of this conjugation is usually formed by adding u, and the supine-stem by adding U, to the present-stem: as, mon-eo, I advise; -ly I have advised, supine m&n-U-um. ENDINGS OF THE INDICATIVE ACTIVE ON THE PRESENT-STEM. Singular. 1st Person. 2d Person. 3d Person. Present. e5, es, t, Imperfect. e'-bam, e'-bas, e'-bftt, Future. e'-bo; e'-bis; e'-bit; Plural. 1st Person. 2d Person. 3d Person. Present. e'-mtis, e'-tis, ent, Imperfect. e-fta'-miis, e-&a'-tis, e'-bant, Future. e6'-i-mus. eb'-i-tis. e'-bunt. ON THE PERFECT-STEM. Singular. 1st Person. 2d Person. Present-perf. i, iV-ti, Past-perf. ^-r^m, ^-ras, Future-perf. S-rd ; ^-ris ; Plural. 1st Person. 2d Person. Present-perf. i-mus, tV-tis, Past-perf. S-ra'-mus, g-m'-tis, Future-perf. e/-!-mus. e/-i-tis. 3d Person. , 3d Person, e'-runt or S-rant, VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. 73 PARTIAL PARADIGM ON THE PRESENT-STEM. Present. Imperfect. Future. / advise. I was advising. I shall or will advise. Sing, mtf'-neo, S. mo-ne'-bam, S. m6-7ie'-b6, m#'-nes, md-Tie'-bas, m6-?ie'-bis, mo'-nt ; mo-Tie'-bat ; mo-ne'-bit ; P. mon-e-&a'-mus, P. m5-ne&' mft-ne'-tis, m#'-nent. mp-Tie'-bant. md-7ie'-bunt. ON THE PERFECT-STEM. Present-perfect. Past-perfect. Future-perfect. I advised or have advised. I had advised. I shall have advised. S. m6n f -v&fi+ /S mon-u-?-ti, mtm'-u-it ; mo-TUt'-S-rat ; mo-?iz/--r]it ; P. mon-u-S-ra r -mus, P. mon-u-er'-i-mus, is, mon-u-e/-l-tis, P. md-m6'-i : mus, mon-u-iV-tis, m6n-u-e'-runt or EXERCISE XXIII. 53. Vocabulary. impetus, -us, attack. castra, -orum, pi., camp. frumentum, -i, corn. frenum, -I (pi. -I and -a), bit. Iegi5, -orris (f.), legion. cornu, -us, horn. hab-e5, hab-ere, habu-i, habit-um, to have, hold. praeb-e5, (for prae-habeo), praeb-ere, praebu-i, praebit-um, to furnish, w offer. lat-e8>J,at-ere, latu-i (no sup.), to lie hid. terr-e5, terr-ere, terru-i, territ-um, to friyhten. per-terr-e<5, -ere, -ul, -itum, to frighten thoroughly, terrify. tim-eo, tim-ere, timu-i (no sup.), to fear. mov-e5, mov-ere, mov-i, mot-uni, to move. man-e5, man-ere, mans-I, mans-um, to remain. 7 74 VERBS, SECOND CONJUGATION. mord-e5, mord-ere, momord-i, mors-um, to champ, bite. tond-e5, tond-ere, totond-I, tons-um, to shear. vid-e5, vid-ere, vid-I, vis-urn, to see. Translate into English. Plebs nobilitate'm timuit. Pur taurum cornibus habe- bat. Impetus gquitum hostes terrgt. Pur librum in manu liab^t. Agric5lse oves totond grant. Canis ancillam mor- debit. Rex Germanoriim castra movSrat. Plebs in regis horto regmam vidit. Leones in sp^cubiis ( 48, Remark Jf) latent. Magnitiido periciili servds perterrebit. Nautse fluctus turbinesque non timent. Exercitiis Grass! in hiber- nis mansit. Galli Ca3saris exercitui friimentum prsebe- bunt. Equi frena momorderS. Hostes impetum ^quitum timebant. Mariiis consul castra ad collem mov^rat. Translate into Latin. The chief of the ^Eduans feared the cruelty of the Helve- tians. The attack of the cavalry thoroughly frightened the enemy's archers and slingers. The skirmishers lay hid in the forest. The works of Cicero the orator delight the poet. The farmers had not sheared their sheep. The horses were champing their bits. The king and queen remained in the temple. The Helvetians had moved their camp from the hill to the river. The Gauls furnished corn to Caesar's army. ADJECTIVES. 75 ADJECTIVES. 54. 1. An adjective is a word which qualifies or limits the meaning of a noun. 2. Adjectives are declined like nouns ; they are either of the first and second declension, or of the third only. CLASS I. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIEST AND SECOND DECLENSION. 55. Adjectives of this class have their masculine and neuter endings of the second declension, their femi- nine endings of the first. PARADIGM. Bon-tis, b5n-ii, bon-um, good. Singular. Masc. Fern. Neut. 5#'-niis, 6#'-n&, Jo'-niim, bo f -m, b6'-usd, bo'-m, &o'-no, bft'-uae, 6o ; -n6, bo'-no ; b6'-ms, bo'-nos, bo'-m, Plural. bo'-nse, bo'-usd, bo f -ms. bo'-no ; W-na, 76 ADJECTIVES. Remark 1. Participles and pronouns in us are declined like bonus. Remark 2. Adjectives whose stems end in tr (short) generally drop the ending us in the nominative, and e in the vocative ; and most of them drop e of the stem in inflection : as, pulcher, pulchra, pulchrum, pulchrl, pulchrae, pulchri, &c. Remark 3. The following retain e of the stem: Asper, rough; exter, foreign; gibber, crook-backed; lacer, torn; liber, free; miser, wretched; prosper, prosperous ; tener, tender ; and compounds of fer and ger : as, corniger, horned. Thus, tener, tenera, tenerum, teneri, tenerse, teneii, &c. Remark 4- Alter, the other of two, has altera, alterum ; and dexter, right, has sometimes dextera, dexterum ; satur, full, has satura, saturum. 56. 1. Six adjectives in us, and three in r, have their genitive singular in lus, and their dative in \ in all the genders : Alius, another (of several). Totus, ichole. Nullus, no. Ullus, any. Solus, alone. Unus, one. Alter, -tera, -terum, another (of two). liter, -tra, -truru, which of the two. Neuter, -tra, -trum, neither. 2. In the same way are declined the other compounds of ut&r, namely, uterqu&, each of two ; titercumqu&, titerttb&t, and utervis, which of the two you please, geni- tive utrlusquZ, &c. ; also alt&rut&r, one of two, genitive alt$rutrius, j and sometimes alarms utrius ; dative alt&rutrl. So altZruterquZ and unusquisquZ. 3. The following pronominal genitives end in ius: illius, istms, ipsluSy ejus (eius), cujus (emus), hujus (kuius). ADJECTIVES. 77 4. Nullus, soltiSy tottis, ullusj and untis are thus de- clined : Singular. Masc. Fern. Nom. il'-nus, tl'-na, Gen. u-m'-us, U-Tll'-US, Dat. . u'-m, w'-ni, Ace. il'-ntim, tl r -nam, Voc. -u'-nS, tl'-na, Abl. tl'-no. t6 r -na. Neut. u-nf-us, ii'-ni, w'-num, tl'-num, The plural is regular, like that of b&ntis. Remark 1. Alias has dliud in the nominative and the accusa- tive singular neuter, and in the genitive dllus contracted for dlims. Remark 2. When dlius is repeated, the first means one ; the second, another: as, dliud dlcit, dliud fdcit, he says one thing, he does another. Alius is often repeated with a single predicate, where in English we use two propositions : as, alias dliud dd- mitdbdt, one shouted one thing, another another. Alter is re- peated where only two things are referred to : as, alter legit, alter scrlbit, one reads, the other writes. Remark 3. Some of these adjectives occasionally form their genitive and dative regularly. j EXERCISE XXIV. 57. Vocabulary. alt-us, -a, -um, high, deep. benign-us, -a, -um, kind. long-us, -a, -um, long. f Id-us, -a, -um, faithful. lut-us, -a, -um, broad. improb-us, -a, -um, wicked. magn-iis, -a, -um, great, large. iniqu-us, -a, -um, unjust. mult-us, -a, -um, much, many. judex, jTidic-is, judge. dens-us, -a, -um, thick. Thrax, Thracis, Thracian. 1. Rule of Position. The adjective, unless emphatic, usually follows the noun which it limits; as, pur bSntis, a good boy. 7* 78 ADJECTIVES. 2. Rule of Syntax. Adjective words agree with the nouns which they limit, in gender, number, and case: as, pu8r bonus, a good boy ; puella pulchrd, a beautiful girl ; fldmen latum, a broad river. Translate into English. Rex Thractim in coUg turres altas* sedificat. ' Filius im- probus patrgm lapid vulnravrat. Silvse densse nuncios regmse terruerunt. Venator canes f idos &mat. Improbi homines f aciSm vultumqug jiidicis timent. Plebes iniquum judicem form|dat. Nubes densse lunam obscurav^rant. Eqiutes hostium fliimSn latum tranabunt. Agricolse filii bobus magnis agros iiraverS. Csesar multa oppida expug- navit. PuSr cultrum longiim in manu habuit. PuSri boni parentes 2-mant. Magist^r bSnignus bonis pueris libros dSdit. Translate into Latin. The consul slew many robbers. The kind mother gives food to her children. The wicked consul killed the tribunes of the people. The chief of the Thracians lay hid in the king's grove. The shepherd armed his sons with long knives. The enemy's skirmishers swam across a broad river. The faithful servants defended their master with knives and stones. The attack of the enemy did not frighten the general. The great commander slew many captives. The hunter saw many wolves in the forest. Wicked men do not fear the countenance of an unjust judge. The kind master, according to custom, was advising the boys. EXERCISE XXV. 58. 1. Rule of Position. When a noun is limited *See model of analysis 2. (App. XI.) ADJECTIVES. 79 by an adjective and a genitive, the adjective is often put first: as, f Idas Tullil servtis, Tally's faithful slave. Remark. The genitive usually follows pars, numerus, multl- tildo, etc. : as, magna pars nObllUdtls. 2. Rule of Position. An adjective limiting the object of a preposition is often put before the preposition : as, magno Kn prcelio, in a great battle. 3. Rule of Syntax. With words expressing a part, the genitive is used to denote the whole : as, unus mllitum, one of the soldiers; multl ZquWum, many of the horsemen. Remark. This is usually called the partitive genitive. The partitive word, if an adjective, agrees in gender with the word denoting the whole. Unas mlUtum is equivalent to units miles mlllt am. Translate into English. Magnse hostium copise in silva latuerunt. Magna pars nobilitatis apud Crassum ccenabant. Gives multl magna in urbe habitant. Consul in hostium castris multos mili- tes vidit. Pastftr oves multosqu^ agnorum totoiiderat. Imp^rator magnus^nno in proelio copias hostium fiiguvit. Alt^r fratrum magnum ad oppidum festmat. Una Roma- norum l^gio totum hostium exercitum perterruit. Neutra ancillariim canes tim^t. German! in proelio nulliim ordingm servant. Rex Thracum nullam reipublicse Icgem viola v^rat. Una in urbe homines multl habitant. Impetus hostium - nullius l^gionis ordiues turbavit. Translate into Latin. The Thracians will furnish corn to the consul's great ftrmy. v One of the skirmishers saw the enemy's horsemen 80 ADJECTIVES. in the dense forest. The shepherd's faithful dog defended the sheep from (a) the wolves.- The general, after the manner of a king, demanded a great number of hostages. The whole army dreaded the cruelty of the general. 4 The inhabitants of the whole village feared the farmer's big bull. V; Csesar feared no danger. < A great multitude of foot- men hastened to the camp. r CLASS II. ADJECTIVES OF THE THIED DECLENSION. 59. Adjectives having two endings in the nominative. Adjectives of this class have %s in the masculine and feminine, and g in the neuter, and are of the third declension. PARADIGM. BreVis, short. Singular. Plural. M. & F. N. M. & F. N. N., V. bre-vis, bre'-v&, bre'-ves, 5^'-vi-a, Gen. bre'-vis, bre' -vis, 6r'-vi-um, ^re'-vi-um, Dat. bre-vi, bre'-vi, &r#y'-i-bus, brev'-i-bus, Ace. &re'-v^m, bre f -~v&, bre'-ves, 5re'-vi-a, Abl. bre f -vl. bre'-vi. 5r?/-i-bus. 6re^-i-bus. Remark 1. Comparatives may be considered as belonging to this class. Remark %. Adjectives which have e in the nominative neuter have I iri the, ablative singular, ium in the genitive plural, and id in the nominative, accusative, and vocative plural neuter. Com- paratives have um and d. Remark 3. The following have also er in the nominative singular masculine : as, deer or acris, acrls, acre. ADJECTIVES. 81 acer, sharp. celeb er, famous. Silvester, woody. alacer, cheerful. equester, of a horse. terrester, of the earth. campester, of the paluster, marshy. volucer, icinyed. plain. pedester, on foot. saluber, wholesome. celer, swift. puter, rotten. Remark 4. Ctler and volucer have um in the genitive plural. EXERCISE XXVI. 60. Vocabulary. fort-is, -e, brave. adventus, -us, arrival. agil-is, -e, active. fatig-are, to weary. crudel-is, -e, cruel. ci vitas, civitat-is, state. grav-is, -e, heavy, severe. locus, -I (pi. -I and -a), place. omn-is, -e, all, every. IS vis, -e, light, sliyht. nobil-is, -e, noble. piger, -gra, -grum, lazy. Remark. The adjective is often used as a noun, the noun with which it agrees being omitted: as, bom, the good; bona, good things, property. Masculine adjectives thus used express persons ; neuter adjectives,, things. Translate into English. ImpSrator fortis centuriones omnes convocavit. MagistSr bonus omnes pugros monuSrat. Servi agiles taurum cor- nibus hS-bebant. On6ra grri//-dens, Abl. pru-cfeft'-te' (or -ti) ; pru-den'-tis, piu-deri-tl, pru'-deuSj pru'-dQus, pY\i-den f -t& (or -ti) ; Plural. Masc. & Fern. Neut. Nom. pru-c?e7i'-tes, pSitfrL, Dat. pru-c?6n'-ti-bus, Ace. pru-cfen'-tes, Ei:E? Abl. pru-^?i r -ti-bus. pru-c?m'-ti-bus. 2. Present participles are declined like prudens. When used as participles, they have ^ rather than I in the ablative singular; but when used as adjectives, they have i rather than . Comparatives, also, have oftener than I. 3. Adjectives of the third class have either g or I in the ablative. Exc. 1. The following have only e in the ablative: Bicorpor, bipes, cselebs, compos, deses, discolor, hospes, impos, impubes, juvenis, loctiples, pauper, princeps, puber or pubes, senex, sospes, siiperstes, tricorpor, tricuspis, and tripes. Exc. 2. The following have only I in the ablative : Anceps, concors, discors, hebes, immemor, iners, ingens, mops, memor, prgeceps, recens, repens, vigil, and most adjectives in x, especially those in plex. 84 ADJECTIVES. Remark 1. Inerte, recente, and prcecipe' sometimes occur. Remark 2. Prcesens, when applied to things, makes the abla- tive in I ; when used of persons, it has & 4. The neuter of the nominative and accusative plural ends in id, and the genitive plural of all genders in i&m; but v&ttis, old, and ub$r, fertile, have d and um. Exc. 1. Those adjectives that have only e in the ablative singu- lar have um in the genitive plural. Exc. 2. Compounds of fdcio and cdpio, and of such nouns as make um in their genitive plural, with compdr, cicur, dives, mtmor, immemor, prcepes, suppkx, and vigil, make their genitive plural in um. Exc. 3. Dls, locuples, par, sons, and insons have either um or ium; and other adjectives have sometimes um instead of ium in the poets and later prose writers. EXERCISE XXVII. 62. Vocabulary. dives, divit-is, rich. ingens, -ent-is, huge. ferax, ac-is, fertile. ferox, feroc-is, warlike, fierce. inuocens,-ent-is, innocent. atrox, atroc-is, terrible, cruel, savage, pauper, pauper-is, j)oor. recens, -ent-is, recent. vetus, veter-is, ancient; pi. veteres, clvilis, -e, civil, the ancients. aug-e5, -ere, aux-I, auc-tum, to swell, increase. Translate into English. Imbres rgcentes flumma omnia auxerunt. Vir b^niis paupSribiis cibiim dabit. Pastor prudens oves agnosquS a lupis defensabit. OrgStorix, princeps Helvetiorum, co- pias aux^rat. VetSres J6VI tauros ingentes mactabant. AgricSlse prudentes in pSnum mergites omnes portant. Cxsar fortes centuriones laudabat. M&riiis, E/omanoruia NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 85 imperato'r, fraces Niimidise &gros ferro ignique' vastavit. Princeps crudelis inntfcentem plebem trucidavit. Bella civilia nobilitate'm et elves divites perterruerant. Prinei- pes feroces atrociil bella amant. Rex ferox nobilitiltem ad bellum magnum fit atrox concitavit. Translate into Latin. No prudent (man) will give his sheep to the wolves. The happy mother loves her children/ 1 The innocent do not fear the face and countenance of a judge. $ The consul will preserve the ancient laws of the commonwealth. The prudent shepherds had sheared their sheep. A terrible lion tore in pieces all the inhabitants of the village.' The enemy's soldiers had laid waste the whole city with fire and sword. The rich dread civil wars. The recent rains have swelled the great river. The poor (man) does not fear the robber. NTJMEKAL ADJECTIVES. 63. 1. Adjectives expressing number are called numerals, and are divided into three classes, viz. : (a.) Cardinals, which answer the question "How many?" as ; unus ; one; du6, two. (6.) Ordinals, which express order or rank : as, pri- mus, first; se'eundus, second. (c.) Distributives, which answer the questions " How many to each ?" " How many apiece f as, singuli, one to each, one at a time, one apiece; bini, two apiece. 2. To these may be added numeral adverbs, which answer the question "How many times?" as, once; bis, twice. 86 NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. CARDINAL. ORDINAL. DISTRIBUTIVE. ADVERBIAL. One, two, &c. First, second, &c. One by one, &c. Once, twice, &c. 1 Unas, Primus, Sin gull, S6rnel, 2 Duo, Secundus, BInl, Bis, 3 Tree, Tertius, TernT, Ter, 4 Quatuor, Quartus, Quaterni, Quat6r, 5 Quinque", Quintus, Qulni, Quinquies, 6 Sex, Sextus, Sem, Sexies, 7 SeptSm, Septimus, Septenr, Septies, 8 Octo, Octavus, OctonT, Octies, 9 Novem, Nonus, NuvenI, Novies, 10 Decem, DecimGs, DenI, Decies, 11 Undeclm, Undecimus, Undent, Undecies, 12 Duodeclm, DuodScImus, BuudenT, Duodecies, 13 Tredeclm, Tertius decimus, Terni deni, Tredecies, 14 Quatuordgclm , Quartus decimus, Quaterni den^ Quatuordecies, 15 Quindeclm, Quintus decimus, Qulni deni, Quindgcies, 16 Sexd5clm, Sextus decimtis, Sen! deni, Sedecies, 17 Septendecim, Septimus decimus, SeptenI deni, Decies 6t septies, 18 OctSdecim, Octavus decimus, Octoni deni, Duodevlcies, 19 Novendeciin, Nonus dScimus, Ndveni deni, Urfdevlcies, 20 Yiginti, Ticeslmus, Ticeni, Ticies, 30 Triginta, TrTcesImus, Trlceni, Tricies, 40 Quadraginta, Quadragesimus, QuadragenT, Quadragies, 50 Quinquiiginta, , Quinquagesimus, Quinquageni, Quinquagies, 60 Sexaginta, Sexagesimus, Sexageni, Sexagies, 70 Septuaginta, Septuagesimtis, Septuageni, ^^lagies, 80 Octoginta, OctogesTrnus, Octogem, Ocflkfl, 90 Nonaginta, Noiulgesimus, NonagenI, Nona||es, 100 Centum, Centeslmus, Centem, Centies, 200 Ducentl, Ducentesimus, D¢eni, Ducenties, 300 TrScentT, Trecentesimtis, Trecentenl, Trecenties, 400 Quadringentl, QuadringentesimQs, Quadringenteni, Quadringenties, 500 QuingcntI, Quingentesimus, Quingenteni, Quingenties, 600 SexcentT, Sexcentesimus, SexcentenI, Sexcenties, 700 Septingenti, Septingentesimua, SeptingentenT, Septingenties, 800 Octingenti, Octingentesimus, OctingentenI, Octingenties, 900 Nongenti, Nongentesimlis, Kongenteni, Nongenties, 1000 Mille; Millesimus ; MillenI; Millies, 64. Cardinals. Eemark 1. The first three cardinal numbers are declined. From four to a hundred they are indeclinable ; those denoting hundreds are declined like the plural of bonus; as, ducenti, -03, -a ; -orum, -arum, -orum, &c. Remark 2. For the declension of iiniis, see $ 56. Tres ia ADJECTIVES. 87 declined like the plural of brtvis ; nominative ires, trid ; geni- tive trium ; dative trlbus, &c. Duo is thus declined : Plural. Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. du'-o, du'-se, du'-o, Gen. du-o'-rum, du-d'-rum, du-o'-rum, Dat. du-o'-bus, du-d'-bus, du-o'-bus, Ace. du f -os or du'-o, dw'-as, cZu'-o, Voc. du'-o, du'-se, du'-Q, Abl. du-o'-bus. du-d'-bus. du-o'-bus. Remark 3. Duorum and dudrtim, especially when compounded with another word, or when joined with milliitm, are frequently contracted into duum : as, duumvir, duum millium. Ambo, both, is declined like duo. Remark 4> Unus has a plural form (a.) With nouns which have no singular: as, unse nuptice, one marriage. (b.) With nouns which denote several things considered as one whole : as, und vestlmentd, one suit of clothes. (c.) In th? sense of alone or the same: n,s,uni Ubil,the Ubians alone ; unls tnoribus, with the same manners. Remark 5. From thirteen to nineteen, inclusive, instead of the compound forms (trtdtcim, &c.), the simple numerals are used, with or without el : as, dtcem tt ires, or dtc&m ires. Remark 6. From twenty to one hundred the greater number precedes without et, or the smaller number with tt : as, viginti urius, or unus et vlgintl. Above one hundred the greater number is put first, with or without et; but et is not twice used in designating the same number: as, ducentl quadrdginta quinque, or ducentl et quadrdginta quinque, two hundred and forty-five. Remark 7. Subtractive forms are more commonly used for eighteen, twenty-eight, &c., and for nineteen, twenty-nine, &c.: as duodevlginti, duodetrlginta, duodequadi*aginta, &c. ; undevl- ginfi, undetrlginta, &c. Duo is not declined in these combina- tions. Remark 8. Thousands are usually expressed by the smaller numbers with millid : as, decem millid, ten thousand ; sometimes && V,V/f/'; ADJECTIVES. '""*- ^7 _* V by the numeral adverbs with mille: as, decies mille, ten times a thousand, ten thousand. Remark 9. Mule is either an acjcctive or a noun. As an adjective it is indeclinable and plural, and limits the name of the things numbered : as, mille homines, a thousand men ; cum bis mille homlnlbus, with two thousand (twice a thousand] men. As a noun it is indeclinable in the singular, and in the plural has millid, millium, milllbiis, and is limited by the name of the things numbered in the partitive genitive ; as, mille homlnum, a thousand (of) men; trid millid homlnum, three thousand men (three thousand of men}. But if a declined numeral comes between, the genitive is not used: as, trid millid ct trecentos equites circum se hdbebat, he had three thousand three hundred horsemen around him. Remark 10. The poets sometimes use the numeral adverb to express smaller numbers ; as, bis decem for vlgintl. Remark 11. Millions are expressed by combinations of centend millid (a hundred thousand) : as, decies centend millid, one mil- lion ; centies centend millid, ten millions. 65. Ordinals, Distributives, and Adverbs. 1. Prior is used instead of primus when only two things are spoken of. Alter is often used for secundds. 2. Between twelfth and twentieth the smaller number is usually put first; but the greater sometimes precedes, with or without tt : as, decimus it tertius, or decimus tertius. 3. In the other intermediate numbers, twenty-first, twenty- second, &c., the larger precedes without et, or the smaller with ct : as, quadrdgesimus primus, or primus et quadrdgeslmus : but instead of primus and secundus, unus and duo are often used, duo being undeclined : as, unus et vlcesimus, one-and-twentieth ; duo et vlceslmo anno, in the twenty-second year. 4. For eighths and ninths in the intermediate numerals, the subtractive forms are often used: as, duddevlceslmus, undetrl* ceslmus. So, also, in the distributives, and sometimes in the adverbs: as, duodevlcenl, undevlctnl ; duodetrlcies, undequadrdgie's. ADJ: 5. The poets sometimes use the distrB5Wai58SjflJTnals : as, bind splculd, two darts. They are used in the same way in prose with nouns which have no singular : as, blnce nuptice. 46. Some of the distributives have a singular form with a multiplicative meaning : as, blnus, twofold. 7. In the numeral adverbs the intermediate numbers are ex- pressed (n.) Either by putting the smaller first with et: as, semel et vlcies, (b.) Or by putting the larger number first, with or without et: as, vlcies semcl, or vlcies et semel. EXERCISE XXVIII. 66. 1. Hide of Syntax. The point of time at which any thing occurs is expressed by the ablative : as, tertia hdra, at the third hour. (Ablative of time.) 2. Rule of Syntax. Duration of time, and extent of space, are expressed by the accusative, ? sometimes by the ablative : as, tres horas mansit, he remained three hours ; fossil duos pdes latii, a ditch two feet wide. 3. Rule of Position. Designations of time and place usually stand near the beginning of the sentence. See 29, 3. Vocabulary. fossa, -SB, ditch. hiems, hiem-is, winter. hora, -ae, hour. passus, -us, pace. mensis, -is ($ 33, Exc. 3), month. tempiis, -5r-is, time. dies, -el, day. noster, -a, -um, our. annus, -i, year. aestas, asstat-is, summer. una ex parte, on one side. contin-e5, -ere, continu-i, content-um, to keep, hold in, restrain. sust?n-e5, -ere, sustmu-i, sustent-uin, to sustain, to bear. Translate into English. Servi f idi horas multas vigilav^rant. Nullus 8* 90 ADJECTIVES. prudens oves higmg tondebit. Caesar, Romanoriim impe'ra- tor, tres Iggiones in hiberms* collocavit. Consul multos annos in urb habitave'rat. Mons altus una ex parte 7 Hel- vetios contmuit. Equites nostri hostium impetum duas horas sustinuerunt. Pastor prudens aestate' 6ves omnes totondit. Legatus forfis d^cem dies Ca3saris adventum expectabat. ImpSrator tertio die castra movit. Princeps atrox multos menses civitatgm perterrebat. Consul fortis nullo anni temporS adventum hostium timebat. Rex latrones omne^ br^vi temporS triicidavit. Crassus tria millia passuum Squitavit. Consul mill^ passus castra movit. Translate into Latin. The great rains had kept our soldiers in the camp many months. In one summer Caesar laid waste many states of Gaul with fire and sword. For many years (ace.) the Romans routed all their enemies by sea and land. Csesar moved his camp ten thousand paces from the city. The soldiers of the tenth legion had carried heavy burdens for many hours (ace.). Our skirmishers sustained the attack of the Germans three hours. Lake Lemannus held-in the Helvetians on one side. The farmer had a ditch three feet wide in his field. The farmer will have in his fields five ditches, each-three (ternos) feet wide. The master gave (to) the boys four books apiece. A ditch twelve feet wide and six feet deep had hindered the attack of the enemy many days. * In liibernis refers to the resting of troops in winter quarters ; in hiberna, to the motion of going thither. PARADIGM OF ESSE. 91 EXERCISE XXIX. 2 67. 1. PARTIAL PARADIGM OF ESSH, to be. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present tense. Pers. Singular. Plural. 1. sum, Jam, su'-miis, we are, 2. s, thou art, e/-tis, ye or you are, 3. est, he is ; sunt, they are. Imperfect. 1. '-ram, I was, g-ra'-miis, ive were, 2. e'-ras, #Ao^ was, g-ra'-tis, ye or ?/oi were, 3. e'-rat, he was; e'-rant, they were. Future, shall, or will. 1. e'-rO, I shall be, er'-i-mus, we shall be, 2. e'-ris, tf/iow tt;i7^ 5e, e/-i-tis, ye or 7/cm m// 6e, 3. e'-rit, he will be; ^'-runt, they will be. ^Present-perfect, have been, or was. 1. fuf-i, I have been, /^'-i-mtis, we have been, 2. fu-iV-ti, thou hast been, fu-tV-tis, ye have been, 3. fu'-it, he has been; fu-e'-runt or -r&, they have been. Past-perfect. 1. /*/--ram, I had been, fu-S-ra'-mus, ive had been, 2. /i/--ras, thou hadst fu-g-ra'-tis, ?/e Aac? been, been, 3. /f/-e-rat, 7te had been; /?/--rant, ^/ie?/ Aac? been. * The aorist-perfect is translated, / was, thou wast, he was, wt were, etc. 92 PKEDICATE NOMINATIVE. Future-perfect, shall or will have. Pers. Singular. Plural. 1. /w'-g-rO, / shall have fu-er'-i-mus, we shall have been, been, 2. /w'-g-ris, /icw wilt have fu-er'-i-tis, t/e wi7 have been, been, 3. /i/--rit, &e iw7 Acwe /it'-g-rint, Ae?/ will have been. been; 2. A noun or an adjective may limit the predicate as well as the subject : thus, we may say, CicSro orator, Cicero the orator, and Cicero orator fuit, Cicero was an orator ; aggr fgrax, a fertile field, and a'ge'r fgrax est, the field is fertile. PREDICATE NOMINATIVE. 3. Rule of Syntax. A noun in the predicate denoting the same thing as the subject, agrees with it in case, and is called the predicate nominative : as, CicSro 6rat5r fuit, Cicero was an orator. Remark 1. If the subject consists of more than one thing, the predicate nominative is plural. Remark 2. Adjectives in the predicate agree with the subject. See 57, 2. EXERCISE XXX. Vocabulary.. integer, -gra, -grum, untouched, un- vulnus, vulner-is, wound. hurt, frefth. Vita, -ac, life. hTimiinus, -a, urn, hitman. velox, vcloc-is, swift. incertuS, -a, -um, uncertain. coecus, -a, -um, blind. verus, -a, -iim, true. menducium, -I, lie. turpis, -e, lase. cornl^er, -a, -um, liorncd. ingens, -ent-is, huge. prreclarus, -a, -um, distinguished. duplex, duplic-is, double. acies, -ei, line of battle. triplex, tripllc-is, triple. renunciatio, -ori-is, report. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 93 Translate into English. omnia animalia cornige'ra sunt.* Aquilarum alse magnse sunt. Non omnes homines sapientes sunt. Res humanse incertse sunt. Vita hominum incerta est. Unus ^quorum cseciis fuit. Csesris milites veloces fortesque 7 fuerunt. Caesar fuit impgrator magnus. Marius dux fuit Romanorum. Rggis films rex rit. Renunciatio lega- toriim vera fuit. Apr ingens in silva habitat. Impgrator in prceliS inte'ge'r fuit. VulnSra militum sunt gravia. Consul annos multos csecus fu^rat. Caesaris acies triplex fuit. Omnes dgcimse l^gionis milites integris viribus ( 45) prcelium rfidintegrav^rant. Mendacia turpia sunt. CicSro fuit orator prseclarus. Impr5borum ( 60, Eem.) vita 6nus est grav. Gallorum acies est duplex. Translate into Latin. The farmer's oxen are large. Many bulls are horned. All generals are not wise. Th3 inhabitants of the villages dread the huge lion. Cicero was a wise consul and a great man. The wounds of the brave soldiers were severe. Many of the swift horsemen were unhurt. Davus, Caesar's slave, has been blind many years. Our soldiers in a triple line renew the battle. All human things are ^uncertain. The shade of the dense forest will frighten the king's swift messenger. | COMPARISON QF ADJECTIVES. ^ 68. 1. The change which adjectives %ficlergo to express different Degrees of omiMty is termed compa- rison. i of analysis 6 and 7. (App. XI.) 94 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 2. Grammarians generally give three degrees of com- parison, the positive, the comparative) and the super- lative. 3. The simple form of the adjective is usually called the positive: as, altus, high. 4. The comparative expresses a higher degree of the quality in one of two things, or sets of things, than in the other : as, mons arborS altidr est, a mountain is higher than a tree. 5. The superlative expresses a higher degree of the quality in one of several things, or sets of things, than in any of the rest: as, trium montium altissVmuSj the highest of the three mountains. Remark 1. The comparative does not express a higher degree of quality than the positive, but represents one thing as having more- of a given quality than another. Thus, in the example mons est arbore altior, we mean, not that the mountain is higher than a high mountain, but higher than a tree ; i.e. there is more height in a mountain than in a tree. Remark 2. When two qualities of the same-jtiiiag^ are com- pared, the comparative is used: as, Aristides justior quam sapientior fuit, Aristides was more just than wise. Remark 3. The comparative may often be translated by too or rather with the positive, especially when one of the things compared is omitted: as, rex clementior est, the king is too merciful. Remark 4- The superlative often expresses a high degree of a quality : as, mons altissimus, a very high mountain. \ FORMATION OF COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE. 69. 1. The comparative is formed bf^ adding i8\. and the superlative by adding isstmuSj to the stem of Ihe adjective: as, alt-us, high, alt-ior, higher, alt-isslmus, highest. COMPAKISON OF ADJECTIVES. 95 2. Superlatives are of the first and second declen- sions. Comparatives are of the third declension, and are thus declined : Singular. Masc. & Fern. Neuter. Nom. eZtl'-ri-or, dii'-ri-us, Gen. du-ri-6'-ris, du-ri-o'-ris, Dat. du-ri-o'-ri, du-ri-o'-ri, Ace. du-ri-o'-rgm, Jil'-ri-us, Voc. cta'-ri-or, du f -ri-us, Abl. du-ri-o'-re or -ri ; du-ri-o'-rS o or -ri ; Plural. Masc. & Fern. Nom. du-ri-o'-res, Gen. du-ri-o'-riim, Dat. du-ri-o/-i-bus, Ace. du-ri-6'-res, Voc. dii-ri-o'-res, Abl. x du-ri-cJr'-i-bus. EXERCISE XXXI. Neuter. du-ri-5'-ra, du-ri-o'-rum, du-ri-o/-i-bus, du-ri-o'-ra, du-ri-o'-ra, du-ri-or'-i-bus. 70. 1. That with which any thing is compared (the complement of the comparative) is connected by the conjunction quam, than, in the same case, or in the nominative, subject of est, fuit, etc., understood : as, fortiorSm vidl nemingm quam Mrium, / have seen no braver man than Marhis ; or, fortiorgm vidl nemine'm quarn Mari&s (est), / have seen no braver man than Marius is. 2. Quam is sometimes omitted ; then . 96 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. Rule of Syntax. The ablative is used with the com- parative degree, when quam is omitted, to express that with which something is compared : as, mons est arborZ alti6r ; a mountain is higher than a tree. Vocabulary. sanctus, -a, -um, sacred; (of a man, fides, -ei, faith, promise. pure). nihil (indeclinable), nothing. durus, -a, -um, hard. regiS, -on-is, region. neino, (dat. nemin-i, ace. nemin- gens, gent-is, race, nation. em,)* no man. Translate into English. Prudentiorgm vidi nemingm quam Marhim, Komanorum ducgm. Lupi sunt canibiis fgrociorgs. Nulla regio est Gallia fSracior. Nihil est jurejurando ( 45) sanctius. Equus est bov6 velocior. German! fuerunt Gallis f(groci- orSs. Nullum belliim est bello civil! atrocius. Nem6 Komanorum sanctior fuit qum Cato. Consul gentSm fe'rociore'm nullam videbit quam Helvetios. Caesar in ex- ercitu fortiorSm habSt nemin^m quam Lucius. Auriim gravius est quam argentiim. Ferrum est auro durius. Nihil incertius est qulim vita humana. Agricola canem quam lupum fSrocior^m h^buit. Equites quam pedites sunt velociorSs. Translate into Latin. The general is braver than the soldiers. The consul's eon will be more prudent than his father. No nation was braver than the Helvetians. The king's messengers are swifter than horses. Lions are fiercer than dogs. Nothing is more sacred than the oath of a good man. A good man's promise is more sacred than a wicked man's oath. * For the gen. and abl. nulllus and nullo must be uned. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 97 The Belgians were a braver race than the Gauls. No general was more prudent than Csesar. The king's garden is more fertile than the farmer's field. Iron is harder than silver. Silver is not heavier than gold. The general is not more prudent than the centurion. EXERCISE XXXII. 71. The partitive genitive is used with compara- tives and superlatives : as, fortlor duorum fratrum, the braver of the two brothers ; fortisstmus milWifm, the bravest of the soldiers. Vocabulary. * Jura, -83, (masc.) Jura (a mountain). Ira, -a), anger, wrath. Italia, -se, Italy. * noster, -tra, -trum, our. Roma, -33, Rome. Translate into English. Jurii, mons altissimus ( 68, Rein. If), Helvetios una ex parts contingt. Imperator fortissimos miiitum la*udavit. Judex miquus quam latro est turpior. Velitum velocil- simi omnes silvarum tramites explorav^rant. Prudentior duorum impe'ratorum copias hostium fugabit. Fortissimi centiirioniim magnitudingm pgriciili timebant. Orgetorix fuit Helvetiorum nobilissimus. Nostrorum ( 60, Rem.) impetus fortissimos hostium perterrugrat. Jugurtha, homo improbissimus, fratres trucidavit* VulnSrii milittim fue- runt gr&vissima. ^ , Translate into Latin. The bravest of the enemy did not sustain the attack of our horsemen. The Rhine, a very broad river, keeps iia 98 IRREGULAR COMPARISON. the Helvetians on one side. The wicked king had slum the noblest of the hostages. '' The consul will lay waste the most fertile states of Gaul. On the third day the general moved his camp into the most fertile part of the province. The most wicked of men fear the wrath of God. The greatness of the danger frightened the bravest of our soldiers. The general is wiser than the king's ambassadors. 1 One of the enemy wounded Lucius, a very brave man, with a stone. Davus is the most faithful of all the slaves. Rome is the noblest city of Italy. IBREGULAR COMPARISON. 72. 1. Adjectives whose stems end in %r form the superlative by adding rimus : as, pulcMr> beautiful, pulchrior, pulcherrimus. 2. Six adjectives in Us form their superlative by add- ing Umfts to the stem : Facilis, facilior, facillimus, easy. Difficilis, difficilior, difficillimus, difficult. Gracilis, gracilior, gracillimus, slender. Humilis, humilior, humillimus, low. Similis, similior, simillimus, like. Dissimilis, dissimilior, dissimillimus, unlike. Imb8cillus or imbZtiWte, weak, has two forms, imb&cil- lissimas and imb&nlltm&s, 3. Compound adjectives ending in dicus, ficus, and v&lus form the comparative and superlative by adding enti&r&nd entisstmus to the stem : as, b&n&v8lft8 } benevolent, 4. The following have regular comparatives, but ir- regular superlatives ; IRREGULAR COMPARISON. 99 Dexter, dexterior, dextimus, right. Exter, exterior, extremus or extimus, outward. Posterus, posterior, postremus or postumus, hind. Inferus, inferior, inf imiis or imus, below. Superus, superior, supreinus or suminus, above. Remark. The adjectives exter and posterns are very rarely found in the nominative singular masculine. 5. The following form the comparative and super- lative on a different stem from that of the positive : Bonus, melior, *optimus, goody better, best. Malus, pejor, pessimus, bad, worse, worst. Magnus, major, maximus, great, greater, greatest. Parvus, minor, minimus, little, less, least. Multus, plurimiis, ^ Multa, plurima, }- much, more, most. Multum, plus, plurimum, j 6. Nequ&m, worthless, has nequitir, nequisstmus ; and frugi, frugal, has frugaK&r, frugalisstmus. 7. Plus, more, is thus declined : Singular. Neut. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Abl. plus, plu'-TIS, plus, plu f -Y& (< Plural. Masc. & Fern. Neut. plu'-res, plu'-T&, rarely pluf-ri-&, plu'-ii-iim, plu'-ri-um, plu'-vi-bus, jo^'-ri-bus, plu'-res, plu'-Y&, rarely plu'-ri-, u'-r (obs.'). ^^u'-ri-bus ; p/il'-ri-bus. Complures, a great many, is found only in the plural, and is declined like plures. EXERCISE XXXIII. 73. The partitive genitive is frequently used with 100 DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. neuter adjectives, such as multum, plus, mtriimtim, plurt- mum, etc. : as, multum auri, much gold. Translate into English. Principes Galloriim Cses&ris exercitui plurimum frumen- ti prsebuerunt. Gives in domibus multum auri habent. Minimum virtu tis est in judicS iniquo. Agricolse plus frumenti habent quam auri. Iter pgr Alpes difiicillimum est. MagistSr optimos pugrorum laudabit. Csesar maxi- mus fuit imperatorum Komanorum. Multum cibi comgdo- n^m delectat. Regmse filiS, est pulcherrima. Agric5lae boves pigerrimi sunt. Pastor minim 6s agnortim non t5- tondit. Translate into Latin. The great whirlwinds will dash in pieces very many of the ships. The poet's daughter is the most beautiful of all the girls. The greatest city in Italy is Eome. The soldiers will bring much corn into the city. The commander will remain in the camp the whole winter. The consul's soldiers demanded gold from the citizens. The citizens gave (to) the consul's soldiers more (of) wounds than (of) gold. The general called together the greatest of the chiefs. Caesar was a greater general than Crassus. DEFECTIVE COMPABISOK 74. 1. The following adjectives want the positive : Clterior, citimus, nearer. Prior, primus, former. Dctcrior, dcterrimus, worse. Propior, proximus, nearer. Interior, intimfls, inner. Ulterior, ultiinus, further. Ocior, ocissimus, swifter. DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 101 2. The following have no terminational comparative, but prefix magis, more : Consultus, consultissiinus, skilful. Par, parissimus (very rare), equal. Inclutus, inclutissirnus, renowned. Persuasus, persuasissimum (neuter), Invictus, invictissimus, invincible. persuaded. . Invitus, invitlssiraus, unwilling. Sacer, saeerrimus, sacred. Meritus, meritissimus (very rare), deserving. , 3. The following have no 'terminational superlative, but for the most part prefix wwMm^- most ; Adolescens, adolescentior, young. Prodi vis, procllvior, sloping. Agrestis, agrestior, rustic. Pronus^ pronior, bending down. Alacer, alacrior, active. Propinquus, propinquior, near. Ater, atrior, black. Protervus, protervior, violent. Csecus, cascior, blind. Salutaris, salutarior, salutary. Deses, desidior, inactive. Satis, sufficient; satius, preferable. Diuturnus, diuturnior, lasting. Satur, saturior,/^. Inf initus, infinltior, unlimited. Senex, senior, old. Ingens, ingentior, great. Silvestris, silvestrior, woody. Jejunus, jejunior, hungry. Sinister, sinisterior, left. Juvenis, junior, young. Supinus, supinior, lying on the back, Licens, licentior, unrestrained. Surdus, surdior, deaf. Longinquus, longinquior, distant. Teres, teretior, round. Opimus, opimior, rich. Remark 1. The superlative of juvenis and ddolescens is sup-i plied by minimus natu, youngest ; and that of sencx by maximus natti, oldest. The comparatives of minor ndtti and major natu sometimes also occur. 4. Many adjectives form the comparative and super- lative by prefixing magis, more, and maxtm&, most : as, piuSj macfls plus, maximV pius, pious, more pious, most pious. This is especially the case with adjectives in bunditSj iinuSj inus, or us, wiis, and us with a vowel before it. 9* 102 INDICATIVE ENDINGS OF VERBS. THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATION OF VERBS. 75. 1. Verbs of the third conjugation have &r& (short) in the infinitive present; those of the fourth conjuga- tion, ire. 2. .INDICATIVE ENDINGS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 1 ' 'Singular. ' -' ' 'isfrPersoa. 2d Person. 3d Person. Pre'senf, '<' ' *-6,' ^ ' ' -is, -it, Imperfect, -e r -bam, -e'-bas, -e'-b^t, Future, -am ; -es ; -t ; Plural. 1st Person. 2d Person. 3d Person. Present, -i-mus, -i-tis, -unt, Imperfect, -e-6a'-mus, -e-6a'-tis, -e r -bant, Future, -e'-mus. -e'-tis. -ent. 3. FOURTH CONJUGATION. Singular. 1st Person. 2d Person. Present, -io, -is, Imperfect, -i-e'-bam, -i-e'-bas, Future, -i-am; -i-es; 3d Person. -it, Plural. 1st Person. 2d Person. 3d Person. Present, -I'-miis, -I'-tis, -i-unt, Imperfect, -i-e-ia'-mus, -i-e-6a'-tis, -i-e'-bant, Future, -i-e r -mus. -i-e'-tis. -i-eut. 4. By adding these endings to the stems r%g*, rule, and aud- 9 hear, we have the following INDICATIVE ENDINGS OF VERBS. 103 \ PARTIAL PARADIGM. INDICATIVE MOOD, THIRD CONJUGATION. Present. Imperfect. Future. I rule. I was ruling. I shall or will rule. Singular. re f -gOj re^e'-bam, r^'-gam, re'-gis, rg-t/e'-bas, re'-ges, re ~2jitj j YQ~QG ~uat j re ~gt3L j r&/-i-mus, r(/-i-tis, re'-gunt. Plural. Y&g-e-baf-mus, re-^^-bant. re'-gent. INDICATIVE MOOD, FOURTH CONJUGATION. Present. Imperfect. Future. I hear. I was hearing. I shall or will hear. Singular. a/i/-di-5, au-di-e'-bam, cm'-di-am, a?/-dis, au-di-e'-bas, att'-di-es, cm'-dit ; au-di-e'-bat ; a^'-di-St ; au-c?I'-mus, au-di-e-6a'-mus^ au-di-e'-mus, au-rf^-tis, au-di-e-6d'-tis, au-di-e'-tis, an'-di-unt. au-di-e'-bant. a^'-di-ent. 5. The endings of the perfect tenses are the same in all conjugations. The perfect-stem is variously formed in the third conjugation; in the fourth it is formed by adding -w to the present-stem : as, aud-io, I am hearing ; aud-l-vl, I have heard. See 47. 104 ADJECTIVES. 6. The supine-stem is generally formed, in the third conjugation, by adding -t to the present-stem ; in the fourth, by adding -It: .as, due-fir^ duc-um; aud-irS, aud-it-um. ^ EXERCISE XXXIV. 76. Vocabulary. vallum, -I, rampart. tertius, -a, -urn, (g 63, 1, b), third. castellum, -I, tower. de (prep, with abl.}, about, concerning; fur, fur-is, (g 39, Rem. 2), thief. of time, at, after; de tertia vigilia, finis, -is, ($ 33, Rein. 6, Exc. 2), at or after the third watch. boundary, end. tergum, -I, back. Vigilia, -3B, watch. reg-5, reg-ere, rex-i, rect-um, to ride. duc-o, duc-ere, dux-i, duct-um, to lead. e-dfic-o, e-duc-ere, e-dux-i, e-duct-um, to lead out. re-duc-6, re-duc-ere, re-dux-i, re-duct-uin, to lead bach' vert-o, vert-ere, vert-i, vers-um, to turn. mun-io, mun-ire, inuniv-i, mun-itum, to fortify. pun-io, pun-ire, pTiniv-T, punit-iim, to punish. sc-iS, sc-Ire, sclv-l, sclt-um, to know. Translate into English. Deiis omnia regit \Imperat5r magnus civitates multas *eit. ; Consul annds multos ( 66, 2) provinciam rexerat. Consiilis frat^r exercitus reipublica3 duc^t. Princeps f^rox plebSm omnem ad bellum ducebat. 4 Ca3sar de tertia vigilia ^ castris exercitiim eduxit. /Mariiis nostros ad victoriSm dux^rat. Hostes terga vertereV/Tures latronesquS vultfim regis timent. / ^Impgrat5r castra valid fossaquS mumvi't. ' 'Princeps prudens omnia Helvetiortim oppida mimit-t. sMariiis consul exercitiim ad urbSm reduxit. Principus /^Thracum castella multa munient. / A Ilex fures latronesqutf puniebat. '/Ddmmtis pigros servos punity "Davus nihil scit de legibus reipublicse. PRONOUNS. 105 Translate into Latin. The centurion has led back many of the brave soldiers. All the horsemen of the enemy are turning their backs. The boy rules his horse with the bridle.- Our men knew nothing about the journey of the enemy .; Csesar was lead- ing the whole army through the boundaries of the JEduans. The consul will lead out the army from the town after the third watch. The great king will punish many thieves and robbers. The prudent general had fortified his camp with a rampart and ditch. One of the consuls has led the Romans to victory. PRONOUNS. / 77. 1. A pronoun is 4 word used instead of a noun. 2. There are eighteen simple pronouns : Eg5, /. Qui, who. Tu, thou. Metis, my. Sui, of himself, etc. Ttius, thy. S, that, the former. Sims, his, hers, its, etc. g, himself. Cujus? whose/ IstS, that , that of yours. Nostgr, our. Hie, this~; the latter. Vestgr, your. Is, that or he. Nostras, of our country. Quis? who? Cujas? of what country f 3. Of these, ego, tu, and swi are called substantive, be- caiise they are used as nouns ; and personal, because $go always denotes the speaker; tu, the person spoken to; and sul, the person spoken of. 106 PERSONAL PKONOUNS. 4. From, ego, tu, and ml are derived metis, tuus, suus, nosier, vester, and nostras, which are adjective words. 5. Hie, ipse, iste, hie, and fe, are formed on the same pronominal root, 1; and qitis and qul, on the pronominal root n. SUBSTANTIVE PEKSONAL PKONOUNS. 78. The substantive personal pronouns are thus de- clined : K e'-gO, I. G. me'-i, of me. D. mi'-hi, to me. Ac. me, me. v Singular. tu, thou. tu'-l, of thee. ftb'-l, to thee. te, thee. tu, fAot*. te, wi7/i thee. { su'-i, of himself y her- \ self, itself. sib f -i, to himself, etc. se, himself, etc. Ab. me, with me. se, with himself, etc. Plural. N". nos, we. vos, ye or 7/ fnoa'-trum 1 ves'-triim G/l/t/O II.L LIJLAA 1 ., l/C/O l/JL UJXI I / - f 7 7 . -j , . . \of us. . _ [of you. su -i, of themselves. [yrnos-tn,) J or vex -tn,j. D. no f -bis 9 to us. vo'-bis, to you. stb'-i, to themselves. Ac. nos, us. vos, you. se, themselves. V. vos, ye or yow. Ab. no'-bis, wi^/i t*5. vo'-bis, with you. se, i<;^A themselves. Remark 1. The nominatives tgo, t^, nos, vos, are expressed with the verb only for the sake of emphasis or contrast: as, ego equlfo,* tH ambulcis, I am riding, you are walking ; nos vocdbdmus, res- pondistls vos, we were calling, ye answered. Remark 2. The syllable met is annexed, for emphasis, to all the forms of the substantive personal pronouns, except til, nostrum, PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 107 and vestrum; sese is frequently usegt^m^t^h^uiy rnn also ttite, and internet t for in. Remark 3. The forms nostrl and vestri areTproperly the geni- tive singular neuter of the possessives noster and vester, and de- note one whole, without reference to its parts : they are almost always objective : as, odium vestri, hatred of you. Nostrum and vestrum are generally partitive genitives : as, quis vestrum? They are sometimes objective, like nostrl and vestri; as, cupidus ves- trum, desirous of you ; and sometimes subjective, especially with omnium; as, nostrum omnium par ens, the parent of us all, not nostrl omnium. Remark 4- Sul is also called reflexive, because it refers to the leading subject : as, puer sese lauddt, the boy praises himself. But where no ambiguity can arise, sul sometimes refers to some other word than the leading subject: as, prcedwant consulem sese lauddre. Remark 5. The substantive personals take the gender of the nouns for which they stand. EXERCISE XXXV. 79. 1. Rule of Syntax. If the subject consist of more than one, the verb is plural. If the nominatives be of different persons, the verb takes the first person rather than the second, and the second rather than the third : as, tigo tit tu (= nos) v&lemfts, I and you are well ; tu tit Cicero ( vos) valetls, you and Cicero are well. 2. Rule of Position. The preposition cum is always put after the ablative of the substantive personal pro- nouns : as, mecum, with me. 3. Rule of Position. The substantive personal pro- nouns, when connected by conjunctions to other words, stand first : as, tu tit rex, you and the king. Ego always precedes : as, tigo tit rex, the king and I ; tigo tit in, you and I. 108 PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 4. Rule of Position. Contrasted words are put as near together, or as far apart, as possible. Nos gquita- mus, ambulatis vos ; or, quitamus nos, vos ambiilatis. 5. Omnes in vied puerl, all the boys in the village. (Observe that in vied is placed between omnes and puZrl.) Translate into English. f Nos* quitaBimiis, ambulabitis vos. * In urb& magnam multitudingm hominum videbis. Eg6 t patgr in regis horto ccenabimus. Tu t Lucius nobiscum manebitis. Eg6 ^t Cicero pu^ris libros dabamus. Kex Thracum tibl multum auri dabit. /Reginse nuncius mihl viam monstrabit. -Tu ^t Tullius mecum ambulabatis. f AncillS, sibl m^di- cinam parav^rat. / ^Imperator fortis multos captivos secum duct. //Consul mercatdres omnes 2,d se convocaverat. Poetse carmina audiemus.^ Sapiens sese non laudat/^Eg5 St tii apud Tullium coenabamiisy^' Improbi sese timent. Pur bonus in urb^m nos ducgt. ^Daviis, Catonis servus, sese cultro vuln^ravit. Translate into Latin. I In a great city we see many men/^( (My) father and I sustained the attack of the enemy many hours ( 60, 2). In a short time Lucius and I will have given books to all the boys. /I rode, youf walked.^ "You and Tully will re- main many days with us. *> Jhe general has given (to) one ef the soldiers much silver and gold. /Wise men do not praise themselves, i We shall hear the songs of the great poet. /We have punished all the thieves in the province. I have held the fierce bull by the horns. ^^The wicked king does not rule himself../^ Ye have walked five thou- sand paces ( 66, 2). *See model of analysis 3. (App. XI.) | You will be translated by tu when it refers to one ; by vos when it means more than one. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 109 ADJECTIVE-PEKSONAL, OK POSSESSIVE, PKONOUNS. 80. From the substantive pronouns are derived the adjective-personal, or possessive, pronouns, so called because they are adjectives and denote possession. They are From mel, metis, mea, meum, my, mine. (voc. masc. mi, rarely metis.) (Like bonus.) From tui, tuus, tua, tuum, thy, thine, your. (Like bonus.) From sul, suus, sua, suum, his, her, its, their, his oivn, her own, its own, their own. From nostrl, noster, iiostra, nostrum, our, ours. (Like pulcher.) From vestrl, vested, vestra, vestrum, your, yours. (Like pulcher.) Remark 1. The emphatic suffixes met and pte are sometimes added to the possessive pronouns, especially in the ablative singular : as, meamet mdnti, with my own hand. Remark 2. Suus, like sul, is always reflexive, referring to the subject of the sentence in which it stands. But a sentence may be so constructed that the natural subject becomes the object: thus, instead of hie a clvibas suls ex urbe cjcctus est (this man was expelled from the city by his own citizens), we find Jiunc elves sul ex urbe ejecerunt (his own citizens expelled this man from the city). Remark 3. While sul refers to the leading subject, suus refers to the subject of the sentence in which it stands. Ariovistus respondlt nemmem secitm sine sua pernlcie contendisse, Ariovistus replied that no one had extended with him without his own destruction. (Here secum refers to Ariovistus, and sua to ne- mmem.) EXERCISE XXXVI. .81. 1. Questions expecting the answer yes or no are 10 110 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. asked in Latin by means of the interrogative particles n&, nonne 1 , ntim. 2. (a.) The enclitic rie asks for information, and is placed after the verb, usually standing with it at the beginning of the sentence. It is not translated. Scri- bit-n Cams ? is Cams writing P Ptgr tuus tibi Squum d$dit-n$ ? has your father given you a horse ? (6.) N$ stands with any especially emphatic word at the beginning of the sentence. Tu-ne sciibis ? are you writing ? 3. Num stands at the beginning of the sentence, and expects the answer no. It is not translated. Num tu patrSm tuum ngcavisti? have you murdered your own father? 4. NonnZ (placed at or near the beginning of the sentence) expects the answer yes. Nonn6 Spistdlam scripsistl ? have you not written the letter f 5. The answer yes is expressed in Latin by repeating the predicate : as, " Have you seen the king ? Yes." Vidistl-n'e reg&m? Vidl. No is expressed by repeating the predicate with non : " Have you seen the king ? No." V~idistl-n% regemf Non vldl. Hence questions expecting the answer yes or no are called predicative questions. Vocabulary. cubiculum, -I, bedchamber. salus, salutis, safety. cantiis, -us, singing. tuse salutis causa, for the jake of vox, voc-is, voice. your own safety. scrib-o, -ere, scrips-i, script-iim, to write. con-scrib-5, -ere, consofips-I, conscript-um, to levy, enroll. relinqu-o, -ere, reliqu-I, relict-um, to leave. ven-io, -Ire, ven-i, vent-uin, to come. dorm-io, -ire, dormiv-i, dormit-um, to sleep. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. Ill Translate into English. Audis-ng vocem patris mel*? NonnS magnitude opens consul^m sapientgm tardabit ? NonnS f ilii imperatoris in castris dormiebant ? Num servus tuiis totam noctSm in silva niansit ? Vidisti-ng magnum ovium grggem in agro meo? Tu-ne' regem nostrum vidisti. Nostri ( 60, RemJ) totum di6m impetum hostium sustinu^rant. Vestra3 salutis causa vos mftnui. Tuso salutis causa in urb&n te duxi. Audies-nS cantiim avium? Num consul tres l^giones parvo in vico conscripsit ? Pulchrii puella manu sua ^pistolam scribgt. V^ni6t-n8 in urbem impgrator magniis cum omnibus copiis? Conscripsit-nS Caesar legiones duas in provincia ? Matgr impr5bS, suam f iliam veneno n^ca,- vit. * Marius, dux Roman us, omnes copias suas ex hibernis eduxerat. Translate into Latin. I "Will the beautiful queen write the whole letter with her own hand ?.flWill a kind father murder his own chil- dren? No. *Will a wise king break the laws of the state? >3hall we sup with (cipud) Tully's son-in-law? 'Will not the brave general lead the forces of the republic to victory? Yes. vHas your father seen my slave in his garden ? Were your slaves carrying heavy burdens through the city ? Our kind brother will advise us for the sake of our own safety. "'"Will not the good shepherd defend all his own sheep from dogs and wolves? Yes. Thou shalt sleep in the little bedchamber. "Will a brave general leave his army in the boundaries of the enemy ? We shall hear the voice of the general. *See model of analysis 4. (App. XL) 112 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 82. 1. Demonstratives are so called because they are used to point out things : as, ille puer, that boy ; hcec suva, this forest. 2. They are ill&, ist& 9 hlc, fe, and their compounds, and are thus declined : Singular- Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. it-is, tT-la, tT-liid, Gen. iMf-us, il-Zf-us, il'-ZH'-uSj Dat. il'-ll, zT-H, tWl, Ace. tT-lum, iT-liim, iT-lud, VHP V \J\j* Abl. tf-lo; iT-la; tT-16 ; tffe Plural. JVTasc.^^^^l K^^ Fern. Neut. 4 Nom. ^jLkE, il'-\&+*ij} Gen. il-^y^n, il-TWriim, il-^^rum, Dat. i^fis,. iT-lis, f^-lis, Ace. iT-los, iT-las, ^-li, VHP ^ V UL>. Abl. i?-lis. z7'-lis. fl'-lls. ';:>r f Ist& is declined like ilU. . ,-'f /f? Singular. / ^ *si 4JT Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. hlc, hsec, hoc, Gen. ^'-jus, M'-jiis, hu f -jus f Dat. huic, ^y. huic. huic, Ace. / hunc, hanc, hoc, VOP V \J\jt Abl. hoc ; hac; hoc; DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 113 Plural. Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. hi, hse, hsec, Gen. Ao'-riim, M'-rum, Ao'-rum, Dat. his, his, his, Ace. - hos, has, hsec, VHP v uu. Abl. Hs. his. his. Singular. Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. IS, e'-a, id, Gen. e'-jtts, e'-jus, e'-jtts, Dat. e'-J, *'-!, e'-I, Ace. e'-um, e'-am, w, VHP V UL/. Abl. e'-6; e'-a; e'-6 ; Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc: Abl. Plural. -*- Masc. Fern. e'-se, e-a'-rum, or e'-is, i'-is or e'-is, e'-6s, e'-as, '-is or e'-is. t'-is or e'-is. Neut. e'-a, e-o'-rum, t'-is or e'-is, e'-a, 3. Istlc (sometimes written isthie) and illic are com- pounded of iste hie and ilU hie, and are more emphatic than ist& and ilU. Istlc is thus declined : Singular. * Plural. Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. ty-tlc, w'-taec, ts'toc or zV-tuc, ~ Nom. is'-tsec, Ace. e's'-tunc, t>'-tanc, zVtoc or tV~tuo, Ace. w'-tsec. Abl. w'-toc ; ts'-tac ; w'-toc ; is declined in the same manner. 10* 114 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 4. The suffix d&m is annexed to fe, forming ldm, " the same/' which is thus declined : Singular. Masc. Fern. Neut. Nom. I'-dgm, e'-a-dgm, r-d6m, Gen. e-jusf-d&m, e^W-d6m, e-j^/-dSm, Dat. e-i'-dgm, e-i'-dgm, e-I'-dSm, Ace. e-im'-dgm, e-an r -d^m, r-dem, Vnn Abl. e-6'-dgm ; e-a'-dgm ; e-o'-dgm ; Plural. Masc. Fcm. Neut. Nom. i-i'-dgm, e-ce'-dem, e'-a-dgm, Gen. e-o-run'-d&m, e-a-rW-d^m, e-o-ruri-dem, Dat. e-is'-d&m or i-is'- e-is'-dSm or i-is r - e-iV-dem or i-iV- dem, dem, d&n, Ace. e-o/-d^m, e-as'-dm, e'-a-d^m, Voc. - - Abl. e-zV-dem or i-is r - e-iV-d^m or i-is f - e-iV-dem or i-iV- dm. d^m. dem. EXERCISE XXXVII. Is ; IDEM. 83. 1. 7s, that, is very often used as a substantive- personal pronoun (7ie, she, it, they, them, etc.) of the same gender with the noun for which it stands : as, Cle&ro multos libros scripsit; eos (i.e. libros) libentZr ttgo; Cicero has written many books; I read them (i.e. the books) with pleasure. 2. (a.) His, her, its, their, will be translated by sutis when they refer to the subject ; (b.) if they refer to any other word in the sentence, they will be translated by the genitive of the demonstrative, is, ea, %d. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 115 (a.) Rex f ilium suum ad se vocat, The king calls his (own} son to him. (6.) Rex agricolam et filiuin ejus The king calls the farmer and his ad se vocat, (the farmer's) son to him. Helvetii in ^Eduorum fines copias The Helvetians had led over their suds transduxerant, eorumque forces into the country of the agros populabantur, ^Eduans, and were laying waste their (the JEduans') fields. Remark 1. An idea is repeated emphatically by et is or nee is : as, Una in domd, et ed angustd, in one house, and that a small one ; unum prcelium, nee id difficile, one battle, and that not a hard one. Remark 2. Idem is often equivalent to also in English : as, Cicero erdt orator idemque pfiilosoplius, Cicero was an orator, and also a philosopher (literally, and the same was a philosopher). Remark 3. The demonstratives are adjectives, and can pro- perly be called pronouns only when they stand for nouns. Vocabulary. scriptor, ~or-is, writer. prsestans, -ant-is, excellent, distin- Ovidius, -1, Ovid. guishcd. Virgilius, -I, Virgil. libenter (adv.), gladly, with pleasure. Platd, -on-is, Plato. Bumnorix, -ig-is, Dumnorix. ger-o, ger-ere, gess-i, gest-um, to wage, carry on. contend-5, contend-ere, contend-I, content-um, to striae, to fight, to contend. Translate into English. Caesar liostes fugavit, ^t ab iis* obsides multos postiilavit. Komani ctim Gallis contenderunt, atque in eorum f inibtis bellum gesserunt. Rex mercatores omnes ad se convS- cavit, atque iis multum auri ( 73) dedit. Consulis f ilia pulcherrima est ; earn in urbe vidi. Dumnorix eo (that) tempore ( 66, 1) in Gerniania bellum g^rebat. In eodem oppklo multi militcs fuerunt. Tullius eundem servum ad se vocabit. Eodem die imperator clarus ad castra v^nit. Ovidius et Virgilius sunt poetse clarissimi ; opera eorum libent^r iSgimus. Csesar Labieniim ^t ejus filiiim in Gallia r^liqu^rat. Poetse opSra sua laudant. model of analysis 5. (App. XI.) , 116 DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. amat, St ejiis virtutem laudabit. Pater tuus " filiam suam amat, t ejus llbe'ris multum argenti ( 73) dabit. Translate into Latin. Cicero is a very distinguished orator ; we shall hear him with pleasure. Plato is an excellent writer ; have you read all his works? Will the queen see her son and his daughter in our city ? The king will not leave Tully and his (Tully's) son in the city. A wise man does not carry all his gold with him. In one day Caesar led the whole army through the boundaries of the Helvetians to Lake Lemannus ; on the same day he routed very great forces of the enemy. At that time the rains had swollen all the rivers, and were keeping (contmere) the Germans in their own boundaries. The king loved his faithful slave, and gave him a golden necklace. Have you seen the centu- rion's beautiful daughter ? I saw her in the king's grove. Csesar was a famous general, and also (Eem. 2) a dis- tinguished writer. | Hie, ISTE, ILLE. 84. 1. Hie, ELEC, HOC, this, points out a thing near the speaker in place or time, and is sometimes called the demonstrative of the first person : as, hie ItbZr, this book (near me) ; hoc die, on this day. 2. ISTE, IST!, ISTUD, this, that, points out a thing near the person spoken to, and is sometimes called the demonstrative of the second person: as, ist& libZr, that book (of yours). 3. ILLE, ILL A, ILLIJD, that, points out a thing remote from the speaker, and is often called the demonstrative of the third person : as, ilU libZr, that book (yonder). DEMONSTRATIVE Remark 1. Hie ille, and Hit Tile, \ the latter, the one tlie oilier, etc. : as, Csesai' eT qulvtSj and qulddm are declined like the relative qui, with the addition of the quid form in the neuter : quilibSt, quselibe't, cujuslibe't, etc. quodlibe't or quidlibe't ; In the forms of quld&m, m passes into n before d : as, quenddm, quandtim, -tyuorundam. 6. Quisqu8, quispiam, and quisqu&m are declined like the interrogative qtils, the first two having the quod form : INDEFINITES. 129 quisqug, qusequg, quodqug or quidqug ; cujusqug, etc. quispiam, qusepiam, quodpiam, quidpiam, and cujuspiam, etc. [quippiam. Quisquam, being almost invariably a substantive, wants the feminine, as the masculine includes the femi- nine ; but quamqudm is found in Plautus : quisquam, quidquam or quicquam, cujusquam, etc. 7. UnusquisquZ is used only in the singular, and both unus and quisqu& are declined : unusquisqug, unaqusequg, unumquodqug or -quidque, uniuscujusqug, etc. EXERCISE XLII. 90. 1. After qulddm, ex with ablative is generally used instead of a partitive genitive : as, quidam ex militibuSj a certain one of the soldiers. Vocabulary. in urbem pervenire, to reach the Catillna, -88, Catiline (a Roman city. nobleman). neque (conj.), neither, nor. aliquid nov! (gen. sing. neut. of no- occasus, -us, setting. vus), some news (ft 73). sol, sol-is, sun. hereditas, -tat-is, an inheritance. soils occasu (ft 66, 1), at sunset. pecunia, -5, money. mitt-5, -ere, mls-i, miss-urn, to send. per-ven-io, -Ire, perven-T, pervent-um, to come through^ arrive f come in. defend-o, -ere, defend-i, defens-um, to defend. disced-o, -ere, discess-i, discess-um, to depart. occid-o, -ere, occid-i, occis-um, to kill, cut down. relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, pelictum, to leave. 130 CORRELATIVES. Translate into English. quendam Gallum ad Csesar^m misit. Aliquis soils occasu in domum tuain venit. ^Quidam ex militibus se suaqug ( 60, JKem.) ab hostibus defendebant. ^Matgr benigna unicuiquS liberorum ( 58, 3) suorum dat cibum. v Nostri copias hostium fugaverfi, nequ quisquam omnium ( 58, 3) in oppidum pervenit. Lucius in urbS aliquid novi audi^t. ^Rex f iliabus suis aliquam part6m regnl dabit. * Milit^s Catilinse exercitftm reipublicse non timue- runt, nequS quisquam ex castris discessit. ^Nonng quisqug sese defendit ? ' c Quodvis animal cor hab^t. '' Hereditas est pScunia, quse mort^ ( 66, 1) alicujus ad quempiam pervenit jurS. Translate into iLatin. i /R The faithful slaves will watc^/all night, nor will any one leave his place. SoiMG OTTO| has bounded ofce of our horsemen with a javelin. ^Cselar sent a certain one of 4 the Gallic (Gallas) horsemewlto Cicero's camp. 7 The cruel chiefs will kill some of the/ prisoners at sunset. T* le general will hear some news at sunset. ^ T^he master ga , e (to) each of the boys a beautnul book. ^Not every one (any one you please) will see our king. CORRELATIVES. 91. 1. Among the pronouns are usually classed the folio wing 'adjectives, called correlative, because they answer to each other. Each set is formed on a single root, t- being the demonstrative prefix, qu- the inter- rogative and relative, and titi- the indefinite. Thus, t-antus, qu-antm, ati-quantus. CORRELATIVES. O 1 ill a -S ( r $ *S' O B tt H g Co C( a " r 3 s. p< c< 1 W' 1 H <5 | ( '| S <1 OD O g^ 1 c. g a i ", s ,ff a B . ex ?" J " , ^ a esc B SIONSTRATIVE. i I * P P - PI P5I g a a 1 S | 2" 2" 58? S S r 2 g > S s & COMPOUND REL. tO ^ fi rr* " .<*> & ^ IT : 5 i ? | 1*1 eg O % ^^ i- ! 19 1 5 o H, pr g * SJ a j r ?> < > , V a e 5 ** i "^ 3 B B B "O c| 1 - $ g ' 1 | & & T aliquot, some. {quotllbet, as many as you ph ^ I g . 1 B 1-S | s I e 1 H 1 r | ?^ K *"* cif S TO O^ > s'| -f M # . ^3 ^ a p< j^ S* a * "^ 2* INDEFINITE. 8 1 j ^ CORRELATIVES. EXERCISE XLIII. 92. Vocabulary. voluptas, voluptat-is, pleasure. praemium, -I, reward. timor, -or-is, /ear, panic. aliquantum agri, a considerable piece of ground. sententiS, -se, opinion. opera, -se, labor, pains. tanta <5pera, so great labor. tantum operse, so much (of) labor. Tantus, meaning so great, agrees with the noun; meaning so much, it is neuter, and followed by the partitive genitive. Quantus is used in the same way. Quails est dominus, tails est servus, as is the master, so is the slave. Or, est being omitted, Quails dSminus, tails servus, the slave is such as the master is. Translate into English. Quantum vftluptatis virtus prsebgt ? Tantus timftr cen- turiones occupavit. J Qu5t homines, tot sententise. 2 / Quan- tus est agricSlse taurus? ^Quanta sunt tujus bovis cor- nua?^Quot Iggiones in castris sunt? ^ Quot hdmines, tdtidgm animi. cTQualis est impgratdr, tales sunt milites. Quanta prsemia virtus hab^t?'' Quantum* 6p6rse poetss carminibus suis dant! (fKex huic servo aliquantum aun d^dit. * See a 88, Rem. 3 VERBS. 133 VEKBS. 93. 1. A verb is a word which declares or affirms something. 2. That of which the declaration is made is called the subject. 3. Verbs have (a.) Moods, or different forms which express different kinds of affirmation : as, amo, I love ; dmdr8m, I might love. (6.) Tenses, or different forms to show the time when the thing declared takes place, and whether the action is complete or incomplete : as, amo, I love, I am loving ; dmdbam, I was loving ; timdvl, I have loved ; timdv&ram, I had loved. (c.) Voices, or different forms which show whether the subject acts (as, John strikes), or is acted upon (as, John is struck). (d.} Persons and Numbers, or different forms which correspond with the person and number of the subject. / 4. These various forms are distinguished from one another by certain endings; and the adding of these endings to the stem is called CONJUGATION. 5. In respect to meaning, verbs are either transitive or intransitive. 6. A transitive verb is one which requires an object to complete the sense : as, poetd reglnam laudat, the poet praises the queen. 7. An intransitive verb fs one which does not require 12 134 VERBS. K i an object to complete the sense : as, aqulla volat, the eagle flies. 8. In respect to form, verbs are either regular or irregular. Irregular verbs vary, in some of their parts, from the usual rule of formation. % MOODS. 94. I/ There are three moods, the indicative, the subjunctive, and the imperative. 2. The indicative mood declares a thing as a fact, or asks a question : as, amat, he loves ; amat-nS ? does he love ? / 3. The subjunctive mood represents a thing not as a fact, but as simply conceived in the mind : as, amdr&m, I would love. 4. The imperative mood is used in commanding, exhorting, or entreating : as, hue vZm, come hither. -6fThe indicative, subjunctive, and imperative are called by grammarians the finite verb, because they limit the action to some particular subject. The infini- tive, participles, gerund, and supine are called the inde- finite verb, because they express action indefinitely, without reference to any subject. TENSES. / 95. There are three divisions of time, the present, the past, and the future. In each division there are two tenses : one expressing incomplete action ; the other, com- pleted action. There are, therefore, six tenses : three for incomplete action, viz. : the present, the imperfect, and the future ; and three for completed action, viz. : the present-perfect, the past-perfect, and the future-perfect. VERBS. Time. Incomplete Action. Name. Pres. Time. amo, I am loving. Present. fast Time. amabam, I was loving. Imperfect. Future Time, amabo, I shall love. Future. Time. Completed Action. Name. Pres. Time. amavi, I have loved. Pres. Perf. Past Time. mavriim, I had loved. Past Perf. Future Time. amavSro, I shall have loved. Fut. Perf. I. The present tense expresses incomplete action in present time : as, timo, I love, I am loving. ^Remark 1. This tense also expresses an existing custom or general truth : as, Rdnianl signum tuba dant, the Romans give the signal with a trumpet. ir-flemark 2. The present tense is often used for a past to give greater animation to the narrative. This is called the historical present. x- Remark 3. This tense may also express what has existed and still exists : as, tot annos belld gcro, for so many years I have waged war, and am still waging it ; or, for so many years I have been waging war. The imperfect tense expresses incomplete action in past time : as, amabam, I was loving. Remark 4- This tense expresses <--(.) (A customary past action"* as, dmdbdm, I used to love. r-~(b.) What had existed and was still existing in past time': as, tot annos belld gerebdm, for so many years I had been carrying on war. s\ c.) The beginning or attempting of a thing in past time. J<;d.} In letters, this tense is sometimes used (in reference to "Cheir being read) for a present. III. The future tense expresses incomplete action in* future time : as, dmdbo, I shall love. 136 VERBS. IV. The present-perfect tense expresses completed action in present time : as, amdvl, I have loved. x^The same form of the verb is used to express an action indefinitely as past, without reference to its con- tinuance or completion. This is called the aorist-perfect, or indefinite-perfect : as, coendvl, I supped (at some inde- finite past time). V. The past-perfect tense expresses completed action in past time : as, timdv&ram, I had loved. VI. The future-perfect tense expresses completed action in future time : as, amdv&ro, I shall have loved. VOICES. 96. 1. There are two voices, the active and the passive. * 2. The active voice represents the subject as acting : as, cimo, I love. ,^*3. The passive voice represents the subject as acted upon: as, amor, I am loved. Remark 1. The same idea may be expressed both in the active and the passive form : as, putr librum Itglt, the boy reads the book ; or, liber a puero legitur, the book is read by the boy. The object in the active becomes the subject in the passive, and the subject in the active is expressed by the ablative with the preposition a or db. Remark 2. As intransitive verbs have no object in the active, they have no personal passive form. (See $ 114, 4.) Remark 3. The passive voice frequently represents the agent as acting upon himself: as, feror, I carry myself, I go. This use of the passive is common with the poets. PERSONS AND NUMBERS. 97. Verbs have three persons, the first, the second, and the third ; and two numbers, the singular and the VERBS. 137 plural. These either correspond to, or indicate, the person and number of the subject. THE INDEFINITE VEKB. 98. 1. The infinitive, participles, gerund, and supine are called the indefinite verb, because they express action indefinitely, without reference to any subject. The parti- ciple is the adjective-^erb ; the infinitive, gerund, and supine, the noun-verb. s 2. The infinitive expresses the action of the verb simply, without limiting it to any subject. It is an abstract noun in the nominative and accusative, the simple name of the action. NOTE. The infinitive has no idea of time connected with it, but represents the action as incomplete or completed at the time of the leading verb. Dicit me scribere, He represents me to be writing ; i.e. He says that I am writing. Dixit me ecribere, He represented ine to be writing ; i.e. He said that I was writing. Dlcit me vcripsisse, He represents me to have written ; i.e. He says that I have icritten. Dixit me scripsisae, He represented me to have written ; i.e. He said that I had written. The infinitive present and perfect of ess$, with the future active participle, form what grammarians call the future and future-perfect infinitive ; but the futurity is expressed by the participle, not by the infinitive. Dlcit me ease* scripturum, He represents me to be about to write ; i.e. He says that I am about to write ; i.e. He says that I will write. 3. Transitive verbs have two participles in the active, viz.: the present and the future: as, timans, loving, ama- turus, about to love ; and two in the passive, viz. : the perfect and the future : as, timatus, loved, having been 12* 138 VERBS. loved ; amandns, to be loved. The future passive parti- ciple is also called the gerundive. 4. The gerund is a verbal noun of the second declen- sion, in the genitive, dative, accusative, and ablative, (the nominative being supplied by the infinitive) : as, mddas 8p&randl, the manner of working. 5. The supine is a verbal noun of the fourth declen- sion, in the accusative and ablative : as, timatum, to love; dmdtu, to be loved, or to love. CONJUGATION. 99. I.- There are four conjugations, distinguished from each other by the ending of the infinitive-present active. The infinitive-present active of the 1st conj. ends in a'-rg. " " " " " 2d " " e'-rg. " " " " " 3d " " g-re'. " " " " " 4th " " i'-r&. EXCEPTION. Dare, to give, has are (a short). 2. Every verb-form consists of two parts, the stem and the ending. 3. The present-stem, or general-stem, is found in every part of the verb, and may always be obtained by striking off the ending of the infinitive-present active or passive. J3*> For the true formation, see Appendix V. 4. Besides this general stem, there is also a perfect- stem, on which the perfect tenses in the active voice are formed ; and a supine-stem, on which the supines, the future active participle, and the perfect passive parti- ciple, are formed. , CONJUGATION. 139 >. The perfect-stem is formed, for the most part In the first conjugation, by adding -dv to the present-stem. " second " " -u " " third " " -s " " " fourth " " -w " For other modes of formation, see Appendix VII. . The supine-stem is generally formed In the first conjugation, by adding -at to the present-stem. " second " " -it " " " third " " -t " fourth " " -it " For other modes of formation, see Appendix VII. -.$ 100. ESSE, to be. PRINCIPAL PARTS. Indie. Pres. Infin. Pres. Indie. Perf. Put. Part. siim, es'-sg, fu'-l, fu-^'-rus. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present. Singular. Plural. 1. siim, Jam, s&'-miis, we are, 2. fis, thou art, es'-tis, ye are, r 1 8, est, &e is; sunt, /.. '^?+ INDICATIVE MOOD. Present, love, do love, am loving. Sing, a'-mo, I love, Plur. Imperfect, was loving, loved, did love. Sing, -raa'-bam, I was loving, &-ma f -ba$,. thou wast loving , &-ma'-bat, he was loving ; Plur. am-a-&a'-miis, we were loving, &m-a-ba!-tls, ye were loving, -ma'-bant, they were loving. Future, shall or will love. Sing, ii-ma'-bo, I shall love, a-raa'-bis, thou wilt love, a-ma'-bit, he will love; Plur. ^-ma^'-i-mus, we shall love, &-mab'-i-tis, ye will love, ii-ma'-bunt, they will love. Present-Perfect, have loved. Aorist-Perfect, loved. Sing, a-ma'-vi, I have loved, ^m-a-mV-ti, thou hast loved, a-ma'-vit, he has loved; Plur. a-mav'-i-mus, we have loved, am-a-wY-tis, ye have loved, g, they have loved. Plur. Sing. Plur. VERBS, FIRST CON Past-Perfect, Aa a-mai/--rat, a-mav--ra'-miis, a-mav-g-ra'-tis, a-mai/-g-rant, loved; we Aad loved, ye had loved, they had loved Future-Perfect, shall or will have loved. a-wai/--r6, a-mai/--rfs, a-rach>'-g-rit, am-a-w?r'-i-miis, am-a-^er'-I-tis, 1 shall have loved, thou ivilt have loved, he will have loved ; we shall have loved, ye will have loved, they will have loved, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present, may love. Sing, a'-m&n, a'-mes, Plur. a-me'-miis, a-rae'-tis, &'-ment, / may love, thou mayst love, he may love; we may love, ye may love, they may love. Imperfect, might, would, or should love. Sing, a-wa'-rgm, a-ma'-res, a-ma'-r^t, Plur. ^m-a-re'-miis, am-a-re'-tis, a-raa'-rent, I would love, thou wouldst love, he would love ; we would love, ye would love, they would love. 144 VERBS, FIRST CONJUGATION. Present-Perfect, may have loved. Sing. -wat>'--rim, &-mai/--rls, Plur. ^m-a-ve/-i-mus, jim-a-ver'-i-tis, a-mch/--rint, I may have loved, thou mayst have loved, he may have loved; we may have loved, ye may have loved, they may have loved. Past-Perfect, might, would, or should have loved. Sing. iim-a-wY-sgrn, m-a-wY-ses, m-a-wY-st, Plur. am-a-vis-se'-mus, am-a-vis-se'-tis, ftm-a-wY-sent, I would have loved, thou wouldst have loved, he would have loved; we would have loved, ye would have loved, they would have loved. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Pres* Sing, a'-ma, Plur. a-md'-tg, Fut. &ing. &-md'-to, -md'-t5, Plur. am-a-o'-t, a-mf monuissemus^mftneammi, ^ftnebamini, moniti fugrhnus, i advise, advisingf^about to advisefto be advised, of advising. The girls have been ad vised. ^ The boys may have been advised. 104. THIRD CONJUGATION. ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. PRINCIPAL PARTS. Ind. Pres. Inf. Pres. Ind. Per/. Supine. re'-gO. rec'-tiim. Ind. Pres. re'-g6r. Inf. Pres. re'-gi) Perf. Part, rec'-tus. I rule. Sing. re'gO, re'-gis, r^'-git; Plur. reg'-i-mus, reg'-i-tis, re'-guut. INDICATIVE MOOD. Present. / am ruled. Sing, re'-gor, reg'-&-ris or -r^ Plur. reg'-i-mur, rS-guri-tuT. VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. ACTIVE VOICE. 155 I was ruling. Sing. r&-ge'-b&m, Plur. rg-e-od'-mus, rgg-e-od'-tis, r-<7e'-bant. I shall or will rule. Sing. r'-gam, Plur. PASSIVE VOICE. Imperfect. I was ruled. Sing. rS-t/e'-b&r, rg-e-6d'-ris or -r, rgg-e-od'-tur ; Plur. rgg-e-od'-miir, rgg-e-odw'-i-ni, rgg-e-ocw'-tur. Future. I shall or will be ruled. Sing. r'-gr, rS-^e'-rts or -r, Plur. r^-o I ruled or have ruled. Sing, rex' -i, rex-tV-ti, rex' -It ; rex-iV-tis, j-ex-e'-runtor-r^. J had ruled. Sing. rea/--ram, . rex-S-ra'-mus, rex-e-rd'-tis, re^'-^-rant. Present-Perfect. I was or /lave 6een ruled. S. rec'-tus sum or Ju'-l 9 rec'-tus s or fu-iV-ti, rec'-tus est or fu'-ii ; P. rec'-ti su'-mus orfu'-i-mus, rec'-il es'-iis or fu-zY-tis, rec'-il sunt, fu-e'-runt or -r. Past-Perfect. / had been ruled. S. rec'-ttis e'r&m or/u'-^-r^m, rec'-tiis ^'-ras or/w'-S-ras, P. rec'-ti g-rd'-musorfu--rd'-mus, rec'-ti 6-rd'-tis or fu-^-rd'-tis, rec'-il '-rant or i 156 VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. ACTIVE VOICE. / shall have ruled. Sing. rex'-&-YO, rex'-&-Yis, Plur. rex-er'-I-mus, rex-/-i-tis, PASSIVE VOICE. Future-Perfect. J shall have been ruled. Sing, rec'-tus '-ro or fu r -&-Y$, rec'-tiis e'-rls orfu'-&-Yls, rec'-tiis e r -rit or fu'-&-Yit ; Plur. rec'-tl 6/-i-miis or fu-e/-i-miis, rec'-ti e/-i-tis or fu-/-i-tis, rec'-ti e'-runt or fi J may . re'-gam, re'-gas, SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. Present. I may be ruled. Sing, re'-gar, or -r Plur. I might, would, or should rule. Sing. r Plur. rg r^g-^-re'-tis, Imperfect. I might, would, or should be ruled. Sing. r&/--rr, rg--re'-ris or -rg, r^g-S-re'-tiir ; VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 157 ACTIVE VOICE. I may have ruled. Sing. rex'-^-vim, rex e -&-rit ; Plur. rex-eY'-i-mus, rex-r'-I-tis, hty would, or should have ruled. Sing. rex-iV-sgrn, rex-is'-ses, Plur. rex-is-se'-mus, rex-is-se'-tis, rex-iV-sent. PASSIVE VOICE. Present-Perfect. / may have been ruled. S. rec'-tus sim or /t/--rim, rec'-tus sis or fu'-&-ris, rec'-tus sit or /tt'-e-rit ; P. rec'-ti si'-mus or fu-er'-i-mus, rec'-ti si'-tis or fu-er'-I-tis, rec'-ti sint or /i/-g-rint. Past-Perfect. I might, would, or should have been ruled. S. rec'4us es'-sgm or fu-^V-s^m, rec'-tiis es'-ses or fu-is'-ses, P. rec'-ti es-se'-mus or fu-is-se'-mus, rec'-ti es-se'-tis or fu-is-sc'-tis JL __ rec'-ti es'-sent or fu-^s'-sent. IMPERATIVE MOOD. Pres. S. r'-g, rule thou; P. reg'-l-iS, rule ye. Fut. S. reg'-i-tQ, thou shalt rule, reg'-i-td, he shall rule ; P. rgg-i-Z6'-tg, ye shall rule, r&$rtm*~t&, they shall rule. Pres. S. reg f *&-r&, be thou ruled ; P. r&#im'-i-ni, be ye ruled. FuL S. r$g'-i-t6r, thou shalt be ruled, reg'-i-toT, he shall be ruled; P. (re-gem' -i-m,ye shall be ruled), Y&-gun'-tor, they shall be ruled. u 158 VERBS, THIRD CONJUGATION. 'ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. INFINITIVE. Pres. reg'-&-Y&, to rule. Perf. rex-is'-sg, to have ruled. Fut. rec-tiif-rus es'-se 7 , to be about to rule. Fut. Perf. rec-^'-rus fu-iV- sS, to have been about to rule. Pres. re'-gi, to be ruled. Perf. rec'-tus es'-s& or fu-iV- s, to have been ruled. Fut. rec'-tum '-ri, to be about to be ruled. Fut. Perf. rec'-tus /tf'-rg, to have been about to be ruled. PARTICIPLES. Pres. r'-gens, ruling. Fut. Tec-tu'-riis, about to rule. Perf. rec'-tus, ruled. Fut. r&~gen'-dus, to be ruled. GERUND. Gen. re-gen'-dl, of ruling. Dat. icS-gen'-dd, for ruling. Ace. rg-#eft/-dum, ruling. Abl. re-gen'-do, by ruling. SUPINE, rec'-ttim, to rule. rec'-tu, to be ruled, to rule. State the mood, tense, voice, person, number, and meaning of the following. res/ /re'ge're;^e / ge>eV /< fregite/ 1 s, ^rSgentis,^rcgGndi;%^gendo^ regi- ris/^^ge^ ebamini,^egimh ti e'ramus^re^ti fuissetis, y jjecturus fuiss^/ rectos, rectu/r^gitote^ 'rexistis/rex^ramus. VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION 1 They may be ruled, ye are ruled ,^e may rule, he rulps, . may rule, thou mayst be ruled, 'they were ruling, ye vould be ruled, we might be ruled, ye were ruled, ho was uling, thou wouldst be ruled, T was ruled, 1 thou ruledst, thou art rulecL 'thou hast ruledjrhe has been ruled, ^he ung will rule, we had ruled/ye hajj been ruledfthey shall e ruled, Tie will have ruled, Ve might have ruled, ^e had ruled.^rule ye, to be ruled,^to have ruled, /naving been ruledyfor ruling,/ne would have ruled. 105. FOUETH CONJUGATION. ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. PRINCIPAL PARTS. Ind. Pres. cm'-di-o, Inf. Pres. au-dl'-rg, Ind. Perf. au-cfi'-vi, Supine. au-c?i;'-tum. Ind. Pres. au f -di-6r. Inf. Pres. au-c?i'-ri. Perf. Part, au-eft'-ttts. I hear. Sing. W-di-5, au'-dls, em'-dit ; - Plur. au-rft'-mtis, INDICATIVE MOOD. Present. I am heard. Sing. cm'-di-6r, au-c^'-tiir ; Plur. au-d'-mur, I au-di-im'-tiir. \ I was hearing. Sing, au-di-e'-bam, au-di-e'-bas, au-di-e'-b^t ; Imperfect. I was heard. Sing, au-di-e'-bar, au-di-e-&d'-ris or -r 160 VERBS, FOURTH CONJUGATION. ACTIVE VOICE. Plur. au-di-e-6a'-mus, au-di-e-od'-tis, au-di-e'-bant. PASSIVE VOICE. Plur. au-di-e-od'-miir, au-di-e-odm'-i-m, au-di-e-ocm'-tur. Future. I shall or will hear. Sing, cm'-di-am, cm'-di-es, at/-di-t ; Plur. au-di-e'-mus, au-di-e'-tis, ai/-di-ent. I shall or will be heard. Sing. a?/-di-ar, au-di-e'-ris or -rg, au-di-e'-tiir ; r. au-di-e r -mur, au-di-em'-i-ni, au-di-e/i'-tur. or have heard. S. au-dl'-vi, au-di-vis'-ti, au-dl'-vit ; P. au-c^iv'-i-mtis, au-di-ms'-tis, au-di-ve ; -runt or -r Present-Perfect. I have been or was heard. S. au-c?'-tus sum or fu'-l, Siu-di'-tus ^s or fu-iV-ti, au-s >3 02 Hi 3 P4 "3 H "^ i "^ >:3 *2 ^ S3 1 tf wm *> 2 DQ H 'S* if , " XD ^ >^ ^s s ? >f xiT *? XD 5 >< if OF ENDING P3 to H w EH EH fi (3 NATIVE MOOD. OJ . . , , PW o5 ^ CQ >2 * w fn ^ >:H * 2 J S -M "4 r & S P^ ^ ^ ^ ^73 >w 05 2 O ^ 'C >2 ^ d j i ri w iii..- 1 f^ esent Tense. l Q 5J b ?. * O *S 05 )2 jT > ?SO 6 l^ >S a; >s3 :? s W P Q P_l rH (N CO -^ r ~ l cH Illl II = J s * a a a I ill )rt , ^ 00 O V !2 ^ 72 ^> -' 'V '3 i-o "o .A >1 3 r 2 >2 an" > If - "8x- CO Tji TABLE OF ENDINGS. 165 >S ,S S r3 ,s ,i >H II ERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 1 supine stems are the same in all the conjugations. Thus : PASSIVE VOICE. SUPINE STEM. MOOD. Singular. Plural. Perfect. us sum or/w'-i, Us es or fu-rs'-tl, el Past-Perf. us e^-ram or/M'-Sram, us e'-ras or /w'-eras, < Fut.-Perf. us e'-rS or/w'-SrS, us e'-ris or /w'-eris, e \ MOOD. Perfect. tis sim or/w'-5rlm, us sis or /w'-gris, < Past-Perf. us es'-s6m or fu-is'-sem, us es'-ses or fu-tV-ses, INFINITIVE. Perfect, us es'-se or fu-iV-s8. -urn, -u. PART. Per/ us. INF. Put. -um t'-i fc S 1 1 H t t . -H t i H g Ctt H | H "4 EH EH P g, | o in -3 3 ^ i ( o a. *! *> 1 ^ I SUBJU.N c "S >8 ts'-sent. 1 H P P 1 a s w & S 1 >S 1 s >f ^ H P^ r^ f " ? ^ 1 i > 4 4 s TERM3 he te 2 M o i 4 ^ S x s" crimes. The general on the sixth day measured (out) corn to the soldiers. 'It is easier to imitate vice than virtue. The JEduans, having contended with Ariovistus, king of the Germans, were conquered. j^Our men will attempt to follow the enemy through the forest. IRREGULAR VERBS. 111. 1. Irregular verbs do not use, in some 6f their parts formed from the present-stem, the endings of either of the four conjugations. The forms called irregular are, for the most part, either syncopated or ancient forms. The tenses formed on the perfect and the supine stems are alike in all verbs. IRREGULAR VERBS. 175 2. The irregular verbs are, ess%, to be ; vell$, to be willing ; ferr8 y to bear ; #cfer or esse", to eat ; fieri, to be made, to become ; lr$, to go ; qmrS, to be able ; and their compounds. * 3. Vo'-lo, vei'-is,* vtil'-n-l, to wish, to be willing. INDICATIVE. Present, vo'-lo, vis, vnit v61'-u-mus, vwl'-tfe, V0'-lunt. Imperfect, v6-/e'-bam, vo-Ze'-bas, etc. (regular.) future, vo'-lam, vo'-les, etc. (reg.) Pres. Perf. vol'-u-l, -tV-ti, -it, etc. (reg.*) Past Perf. v6-^'-Sram, -^ras, etc. (reg.) Fut. Perf. v6-^'-Sr6, -Sris, etc. (reg.) SUBJUNCTIVE. -'-iim, ve'-iis, v' Present, Imperfect, vel'-lfem, vel'-les, vel'-lt; vel-le'-miis, vel-le'-tis, vel'-lesit. Pres. Perf. v6-lu'-&rim, -r!s, -Srit, etc. (reg.) Past Perf. vtfl-u-iY-se'm, -iV-ses, etc. (reg.) INFINITIVE. Present, Perfect, (reg.) PARTICIPLE. Pres. w'-lens (reg.) NOTE. Volo is a verb of the third conjugation, the present-stem being v&l-, vtil-, or vul-. The forms vis, vrflt, and vuliis are synco- pated from vdl-ts, vol-lt, and vtil-l'ls, in/erchanging u for o. The ending umus is an old form for Imus.sVelU and vellem are synco- pated forms of vel-ere and vel-erem, 8 being elided, and r passing into I for euphony : vel-e-re, vel-re, vel-le ; v8l-e-rem, vel-rem, vel-Lem. *In the following paradigms the irregular forms are in bold type. 176 IRREGULAR VERBS. The endings tm, is, Zt, etc. of the subjunctive present are old forms found also in slm, sis, etc., 8c&m, Idls, etc. (See 224, 2.) 4. Nolo is compounded of ne or non, and vttto. No'-lo, nor-i, noF-M-i, to be unwilling. INDICATIVE. Present, tto'-16, non'-vis, non'.vnlt; nol'-u-mus, non-vtil'-tiis, nd'-lunt. Imperfect, no-^'-bam, no-^e'-bas, etc. (reg.) Future, no'-lam, no'-les, etc. (reg.) Pres. Perf. nol'-u-i, -w'-ti, -it, etc. (reg.) Past Perf. no-^-Sr^m, -Sras, etc. (reg.) Fut. Perf. no-/t* r -Sr6, -Sris, etc. (reg.) SUBJUNCTIVE. ' \ Present, no'-lim, no'-lis, iio'-llt ; nd-li'-mns, nd-li'-tis, no '-lint. Imperfect, nol'-l^m, nor-les, nol'-lt; nol-le'-mus, nol-le'-tis, nol'-Ient* Pres. Perf. n6-tt'-rim, -Sris, etc. (reg.) Past Perf. nol-u-iV-sSm, -iV-ses, etc. (reg.) IMPERATIVE. Singular. Plural. Present, 2. no'-u, 2. n6-ii'.t. Future, 2. no-li'-t#, 2. n61-I-to'-t, 3. n6-ir-t6; 3. iio-lun'-t$. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. Present, noi'-id. | Present, Tio'-lens (peg.) Perfect, nc NOTE The same remarks apply to nolo as to its primitive vSlo. The n and v are dropped, a contraction ensues, and hence the first IRREGULAR VERBS. 177 syllable is always long: no(n-v)dlo, no-olo, nolo. The uncontracted form is retained in the second and third singular and second plural of the indicative present. The imperative endings i, I e, ilo, etc. are irregular, belonging properly to the fourth conjugation. 5. Mdlo is compounded of ma- (the root of m&gis), more, and vblo. '-lOj mar-is, mdl'-u-l, to prefer, to be more willing. INDICATIVE. Present) Wa'-lo, ma'-vls, ma'-vnlt; mal'-umus, ma-viir-tis, ?>ulMimt. Imperfect, ma-te'-bam, ma-/e'-bas, etc. (reg.) Future, wa'-lam, ma'-les, ma'-l^t, etc. (reg.*) Pres. Perf. wa/'-u-i, -w'-ti, -it, etc. (reg.) Past Perf. ma-^'-Sram, -gras, etc. (reg.) Fut. Perf. ma-^'-grO, -firis, etc. (reg.) SUBJUNCTIVE. Present, ma'-lim, ma'-lis, ma'-lXt; iiia-li'-iiius, ma-li'-tfs, ma '-lint. Imperfect, mal'-lm, mal'-les, mal'-let; inal-le'-inus, mal-le'-tis, mal'-lcnt. Pres. Perf. ma^'-grim, -6r!s, -grit, etc. (reg.) Past Perf. mal-u-is'-s6m, -is'-ses, etc. (reg.) INFINITIVE. Present, mai'-i. Perfect, mal-u-iV-sg. NOTE. Mdlo is formed in the same manner with nolo, and its first syllable is long for the same reason. 6. F8ro is a verb of the third conjugation, which has become irregular by syncopation : as,/ers for fZr-ts; fer-tis for /gr-fc-fite; fer-r&for f%r--r% ; fer-rZm for/^r- ti-rem,; f&r for f&r-8; fer-tS for fer-%-t&; fer-rZr for f8r- 178 IRREGULAR VERBS. tu f -l-rim, fft'-le-ris, etc. tu-lis'-s&m, -&V-ses, etc. INFINITIVE. r, etc. The perfect and supine stems are taken from the obsolete tul-o (whence tolio) and tla-o (tla-, by metathesis lat-}. ACTIVE VOICE. Fe'-YQ, fer'-re, tu'-ll, Id'-tum, to carry. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present, /e'-ro, fers, fert; /e'-ram, /e'-ras, etc. /er'-imus, -tis, -unt. Imperfect, fg-re'-bam, -re'-bas, etc. fer'-rSm, -res, -rt; fer-re'-inias, -re' -tis, -rent. Future, /e'-ram, /e'-res, etc. Pres. Perf. tu f -li, tu-lis'-tl, etc. Past Perf. tul'-e-r&m, -ras, etc. Fut. Perf. tu'-l&-r(>, -ris, etc. IMPERATIVE. Present, 2. fer; 2. fer'-t. Future, 2. fer'-t6, 3. fer'-t6; 2. -to'-te. 3. -W-tO. PARTICIPLES. Present, /e'-rens, Future, la-^-rus. PASSIVE VOICE. Fe'-rSr, fer'-ri, la'-tus, to be carried. INDICATIVE. Present, /e'-r5r, fer'-ris or-r, -tfir. Imperfect, f^-re'-bar, -ba-ris, etc. Future, /e f -rar, -re'-ris, etc. Pr<35. Per/. la f -tus siim, etc. Pas< Per/, la-tus e'-ram, etc. Fut. Perf. la'-tus '-ro, etc. Per/ t la-^-rus GERUND, SUPINE, INE, f ^ m ' ( ^ -tu. IRREGULAR VERBS. 179 SUBJUNCTIVE. Present, /e'-rar, --ra'-ris, etc. Imperfect, fer'-rr, -re'-ris OT -re'-rg, -re'-t&r; fer-re'-mur, -rem'-Xnl, -ren'-tur. Pres. Perf. ^a'-ttis sim, etc. Past Perf. Id'-tus e/-sin, etc. IMPERATIVE. Present, 2. fer'-r; Future, 2. fer'-tttr, 3. fer'-t6r; 2. fe-rim'-im. 2. (fe>em'-im), 3, fg- INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLES. Present, fer'-ri. Future, la'-tum ?-ri. Perfect, ld f -t\:L&es'-s& or i 7. Flo is used as the passive of f&cio. It is origin- ally an intransitive verb of the fourth -conjugation, using only those parts formed from the present-stem. It differs from other verbs of the fourth conjugation only in not absorbing 2 in the infinitive present and subjunctive imperfect. Fi'-o, fi'-eri, /ac'-tiis, to be done, to be made, to become. *^ . INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present, '- /i'-o, f is, fit ; fl'-&m, -as, etc. fi'-mus, /I'-tis, /t'-unt. Imperf. f i-e'-biim, -e r -bas, etc. fl'-rem, -gres, etc. Future, /i'-am, -es, etc. Pres. Perf. fac'-tus siim, etc. Past Perf. /ac'-ttis e'-ram, etc. Fut. Perf. /ac'-ttis ^ r -r5, etc. /ac'-tus sim, etc. /ac'-tus es'-s&n, etc. 180 IRREGULAR VERBS. PARTICIPLES IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. Pres. f I, /I'-tS. Fut. Perf. fl'-Sri. /ac'-tum I'-rl. /ac'-tus es'-s& or ft-ci-en'-diis. . /ac'-tus. 8. Ed-$r$, to eat, is a regular verb of the third con- jugation ; but, in addition to the regular tense-forms, it has some forms similar to the corresponding tense-forms of ess8, to be, viz. : INDICATIVE PRES. SUBJUNCTIVE IMPERF. 8. e'-do, 2'-dis or es, e'-dit or W-gr&n or es'.sem, 2d'-gres est; or es'-ses, ed'-&&t or es'-st. P. cd'-imiis, ed'-itis or es'-tis, ^d-S-re'-mus or cs-se'-mfis, Sd- ^'-dunt. ^-re'-tis or es-se-tis, ed'- ^rent or es'-sent. IMPERATIVE. Pres. /S. e r -dg P. ed'-it or jp 7 ^. A e^'-ito P. gd-Mo'-tS or or es. es'-te. or cs'-to. es-to'-t, 6- INFINITIVE PRES. PASSIVE. ^o!'-grg or es'-s. Jnrfic. Pres. eo!'-itiir or es'-tfir. /Sw6/. Jmp. ^d-S-re'-tur or es-se'-tftr. NOTE. The irregular forms of this verb are syncopations of the regular ones. Thus, Zd-ls, ed-s (dropping d before 5), es ; Zd-lt, %d-t (changing d before t into 5), est. In ZdZr^m, etc., ^is elided, d be- fore r passes into 5, and r of the ending is assimilated with the last letter of the stem as in vel-tt: 8d-g-r8m, ed-r%m, es-rgm, essSm. The forms 8dim, edis, etc., are found in the subjunctive present. See J 224, 2. 9. Jr, to go, in most of its parts has the endings of the fourth conjugation. The radical i is replaced by e IRREGULAR VERBS. 181 in the indicative present, first singular and third plural ; n the subjunctive present; in the oblique cases of the present participle ; and in the gerund. N-OJ I'-rg, i'-vi, $'-tum, to go. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Pres. e'-S, is, it ; e'-&m, -as, -at ; t'-mus, t'-tis, e'-unt. e-d'-mus, etc. Imperf. I'-bam, i'-bas, I'-bat; i'-re'm, I -res, I -rt ; i-bam'-us, etc. i-re'-mus, etc. Put. I'-b6, 1'-bis, I'-blt ; ib'-i-mus, etC. Pres. P. i'-vi, i-vis'-tl, t'-vit; w'-Srim, -^ris, -Srit ; iv'-imiis, etc. I-ver'-imus, etc. 5 JP. iv'-^rS/m, -Sras, -Sr3t 5 i-vis'-sfim, -is'-ses, iv-S-ra'-mus, etc. iv-is-se'-mus, etc. Put. P. M/-ro,-5rfs, etc. IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. Pres. i ; t'-re'. i'-ens (gen. e-un'-tis). t. i'-t6, t'-to ; i-iu f -rus es'-&. i-^'-riis. 1-^0 -t^, e-an'-t6. Per/. I-wY-se'. GERUND. SUPINE. e-nn'-ili, fc'-ttim, t'-tU. e-an'-do, etc. 10. QulrZ, to be able, and nZqmre 1 , to be unable, are inflected like ire 1 , but they have no imperative or gerund, and their participles are rarely used. The passive forms quitur, queuntur, quedtur, queantur, quotas sum, nZquitur, and nVquUumj occur with a passive infinitive. 16 182 IRREGULAR VERBS. 11. For the conjugation of ess'e, see 100. Like esse 1 are conjugated its compounds, except pro- sum and possum. 12. Prosum inserts a d, to relieve the pronunciation, wherever the simple verb begins with : as, Ind. Pres. pro'-siim, prd'-des, pro'-dest, etc. " Imp. prod'-Sram, prod'-eras, prod'-rat, etc. 13. Possum is compounded of pot- (stem of ptitis), able, and sum, t before s passing into s, The potts is sometimes written separately, and is then usually inde- clinable. e, pot 7 -u-i, I can, I am able. INDICATIVE. Pres. pos'-sum, pdt'-es, pdt'-est; pos'-sumus, p5t-es'-tis, pos'-snnt. Imp. pot'-eram, pot '-eras, p&t'-grat; pot-e-ra'-mfts, etc. Fut. p6t'-r6, pdt'-erf s, pftt'-^rit ; p Who is willing to be slain by a robber? We are unwill- ing to hold the farmer's bull by the horns. The citizens are unwilling to give their gold to that fellow ( 84, Rem. ) ^ Who is unwilling to become rich and powerful? /Some of the citizens will be unwilling to bear arms. V^fhe f prudent leader will not go into the enemy's country (fines). i Cicero was made consul by the best of the citizens. This 184 DEFECTIVE VEEBS. boy will become a distinguished poet in a few years. Who can suffer so great a punishment? DEFECTIVE VEEBS. 113. 1. Defective verbs are such as want some of their parts. 2. There are many verbs which are not used in all the tenses. The following list contains such as are most defective : Odi, / hate. Ccepi, / have begun. Mcmini, I remember. Aio, / sity. Inquam, I say. Fari, to speak. Quosso, / beseech. Ave, hail. Salve, hail. Apage, begone. Cedo, tell or give me. Confit, it is done. Defit, it is wanting. Infit, he begins. Ovat, he rejoices. Remark 1. Odi, ccepl, and memlnl are used for the most part in the perfect tenses, and hence are sometimes called preteritive verbs. odi, coepi, mgmini, odgram, cceperam, memineram, odero, coepe'ro, mgmme'ro, ode'rim, coepe'rim, odiss^m, ccepissem, odissS, coepiss^, m^minissS. f osus. coeptus, x ART \ ' [ osurus, coepturus. DEP. FORM, osus sum. IMP. m&nento, mgmentote'. Remark 2. The passive form of ccepl (coeptus sum, etc.) is preferred with a passive infinitive : as, urbs oppugndrl cosptd est, the city began to be besieged. Remark 3. The tenses of odi and meminl, though perfect in form, express incomplete action : thus, odSrdm, I hated ; od&ro, I shall hate ; meminl, I have kept in mind, therefore I remember ; memlnerdm, I remembered. The perfects ndvl and consuevl have a similar meaning: thus, nosco, I find out, nOvl, I have DEFECTIVE VERBS. found out, 1 know ; consuesco, I accustom myself, consucvl, I am accustomed. 3. A-io ; I say. Ind. Pres. a'-i6*, a'-is, a'-it ; , Ind. Imperf. a-ie'-bam, a-^e'-bas, etc. Subj. Pres. , a'-ias, a'-iat ; -, a'-iuut*. , a'-iant. Imper. Pres. a'-i. Part, a'-iens. 4. Inqu&m, I say, used only after one or more words of a quotation. Ind. Pres. tW-quam, iV-quis, iV-quit; tV-qui-mus, iri- qui-tis, m'-qui-unt. Ind. Imperf. , , in-qui-e'-bat or in-^m'-bat; - , -, in-qui-e'-bant. Ind, Future, - , tV-qui-es,.tV-qui-St; - , - , - . Ind. Pro* Perf. - , in-^ms'-ti, tV-quit ; - , , -- . Subj. Pres. - , iW-qui-as, m'-qui-at ; - , in-qui-d'-tis, , iV-qui-to. Imper. 5. .Fan, to sywik, INDICATIVE. Pres, , - / r > -tiir. Put. /d'-b5r, -^, - Pres. Perf.^/a'-tus sum, etc. Pow< P OMtf Of. ledge of. ex, J tenus, up to. 3. Four prepositions are followed by the accusative, when motion to a place is implied ; by the ablative, when rest in a place is implied : in, in, on; into, upon. super, over, above. sub, under, near. subter, under, beneath. Remark 1. Clam is sometimes followed by the accusative. Remark 2. Ttnus is placed after its case; and cum is an- nexed to the ablative of the substantive personal and relative pronouns. Remark 3. A and e are used only before consonants ; ab and ex, before vowels and consonants. Remark 4- A preposition without its case is an adverb : as, ut ante dictum est, as was said before. EXERCISE L. 121. Vocabulary. *beng (adv.), well. ullus, -a, -urn (g 56), any. #male (adv.), badly, unfortunately, neque (conj.), and not, neither. *parum (adv.), little. cultus, -us, civilization. *magis (adv.), more. humanltas, -tat-is, refinement. #ionge (adv.),/ar. telum, -I, a dart. #prope (adv.), near. consilium, -i, ivisdom,*prudence. dubitatio, -on-is, doubt. \ plac-eo, -ere, plac-ui, placit-um, to please. dis-plic-e5, -ere, displicu-i, displicit-um, to displease. fiig-i-5, fug-ere, fug-I, fugit-um, to flee. comme-o, -are, -avl, atum, to go back and forth. de-sist-5, -ere, destit-i, destit-iira, to cease. ab-sum, ab-esse, ab-fui, ab-futurus, to be away, distant. con-jio-i-5, con-jic-ere, conjec-i, conject-um, to hurl. * See I 119. PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 195 Translate into English. N Omnium qui in Gallia habitant, fortissimi sunt Bblgse. A. cultu atquS humanitatS provincise longissime absunt. Ad eos mercatores minime ssepg commeant. ' Non minus fortes fuerunt Galli quam Roman!. ^ floras ( 153) sex acrite'r utrimqug pugnatum rat ( 114, 5), neque hostes nostrorum impStiim diutius sustinerg potuerunt. 'Equites Ariovisti propiiis accesserunt, ac lapides telaquS in nostros conjecerunt.J Ari5vistus magis consilio quam virtut6 Eduos vicit. Translate into Latin. Without any doubt virtue is a more excellent thing (prcestantius} than gold. ^This song displeases me (dative, 118, 1) more than that (one) pleases me. v The Belgians were farther away than the JEduans from the civilization and refinement of the Roman province. /Through the whole night the enemy did not cease to flee. *OThe boys came up nearer, and boldly hurled stones and darts upon* the fierce wild boar. ^Vhich of us can fight without arms'? / Orgetorix was far the noblest and richest (man) among (apud} the Helvetians. PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. 122. Most prepositions are used as prefixes, in composition with other words. The following are called inseparable prepositions, because they are never found alone : ambi, or amb (ambo), around, about. se, apart, aside. di, or dis, asunder. ve, not. re, or red, ayain, back. 196 PREPOSITIONS IN COMPOSITION. Remark. Con, usually classed among the inseparable prepo- sitions, is only another form of cum. EXERCISE LI. Vocabulary. baud (adv.), not. Generally used reliquus, -a, -um, remaining. with adverbs. Belgas reliqui, the rent of the Bel- inter se, among themselves, with one giana. another, from one another. aer, aer-is, the air. Gallicus, -a, -um, Gallic. ccelum, -I (pi. -I), heaven. philosophus, -I, philosopher. jub-eo, -ere, juss-i, juss-um, to order. con-ven-io, -ire, conven-i, convent-um, to come together. con-duc-5, -ere, condux-i, conduct-urn, to lead together. dif-fer-o, differre, dis-tul-i, dl-lat-um, to differ. dis-sent-io, -ire, dissens-I, dissens-tim, to differ in opinion, to disagree. con-jung-o, -ere, conjunx-i, con-junct-um, to join. con-jur-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to swear together, conspire. se-ced-o, -ere, secess-i, secess-um, to secede, go apart. se-cern-o, -ere, secrev-i, secret-iini, to separate. Translate into English. Magist&r hunc puSrum baud minus quam f ilium suum amat. \ Csesar omnes Gallise principes ad se conve'nire' ( 86, 2) jussit. i German! non multum ( 66, 2) a Gallica consuetudinS diffgrunt.' Exercitus unum in locum a legato paulatim conduc^batur. Omnes Belgse in armis sunt, Germaniqug, qui cis E,henum incolunt, sese cum his con- junxerunt. / Remi contra populum Romaniim cum Belgis ^reliquis non conjuravSrant. Aer co3lum a terris secernit. ^ Philosophi de natura deorum intSr se semper dissense- runt. Translate into Latin. 1 The general ordered the first line (acies) to retreat to (in) the mountain. \The common people frequently CONJUNCTIONS. 197 seceded from the nobility. The shepherds had separated the sheep from the kids. 7 The Eemians differed in opinion from the rest of the Belgians. 4 These wicked citizens are conspiring against the republic. f The Germans will not easily break through our line.' The enemy's forces are not far from the town.o A lion differs much from a dog. The lieutenant had been ordered to cross the river. CONJUNCTIONS. * 123. Conjunctions connect words and sentences. They are commonly divided into the following classes : 1. COPULATIVE, which connect things that are to be considered together (and) : they are et, dc, atqu&, n%c, nequS, etiam, qudque, ttvm, and itidZm. Remark 1. Et connects things which are independent of each other, and of equal importance : as, M. Pisone et M. Messdld con- sullbas. Et et is to be translated both and: &s,etrexetreglnd, " both the king and the queen." It sometimes means also Remark 2. Qae (enclitic) introduces a mere appendage, the two constituting' but one idea, and is rather adjunctive than co- pulative: as, glddils pllisque (offensive armor). Remark 3. Atque (used before vowels or consonants) contracted into dc (used before consonants only) is compounded of dd and que, and means and in addition ; it usually introduces something of greater importance: as, in hostes impetum fecit atque eos fugdvit, " and routed them too." Cognostlne hds versus? Ac memoriter, " and that, too, by heart." This peculiar force is often lost in dc, and it is used alternately with et ; it is pre- ferred in subdivisions, the main propositions being connected by et. Difficile est tantdm causdm et dlllgentid conscqul, et memorid complectl, et ordfione expromtre et voce dc virVous sustlnere. Remark 4- Neque or nee (and not], compounded of ne and que, when repeated, is translated neither nor. Et nonis used instead when only one word, and not a whole sentence, is to be negatived : as, pdtior et non moleste ftro. Et non is frequently used also 198 CONJUNCTIONS. when et precedes. Nee non, neque non, the two negatives destroy- ing each other, is equivalent to et, but is used, in classical prose, only to connect sentences, and the two words are separated. Remark 5. Etidm (et-jam) (also, even) has a wider meaning than quoque, and adds a new circumstance, while quoque is used when a thing of a similar kind is added. Remark 6. The copulative conjunctions are frequently omit- ted in animated discourse. Cupids suds in proxlmum collcni 'sub- ducit, dcitm instruit. This omission is called asyndeton (not-tied- together). * Remark 7. Item and itidtm are derived from is, and are pro- perly adverbs ; just so, also. 2. DISJUNCTIVE, which connect things that are to be considered separately (either, or) : they are aut, v&l, v8, slve, seUj and the interrogative particle an. Remark 8. Ant (either, or) expresses an essential difference in things, and ordinarily implies that one thing excludes another: as, aut vlvlt aut mortuus est, " he is either living or dead/' Aid and ve serve to continue a negation, where in English we use nor: as, Verres non Hjnorl aut VirtHtl void dtbebdt. Remark 9. Vel, on the other hand (akin to velle), indicates a difference of expression merely, and is used where either of two or more things may be taken indifferently. Conjunctio tectorum oppldum vel urbs appelldtur, a town or city (whichever you please). Vel imperdtore vel mllite me utimlnl, " use me either as a commander or as a soldier." "When one of the alternatives is omitted, vel often has the sense of even. Volo ut opptridre sex dies modj. Vel sex menses opperibor. " I wish you to wait six days only." " I will wait even six months," i.e. six days or six months, if you choose. Ve is merely vel apocopated. Remark 10. Slve, sen (or if, whether, or), is strictly either con- ditional or interrogative, and when used as a simple disjunctive always implies a doubt, at least in the earlier writers. Thus (Caesar, Bell. Gall.), Slve cdsil, Five deorum immortdlium provl- dentia. Slve tlmore perterritl, slve spe sdlutls inductl ("perhaps by one, perhaps by the other, I do not know by which"). CONJUNCTIONS. 199 Remark 11. An (or) is used in double questions, usually after utrum or the enclitic ne: as, utrum tdcedm an prcedlctm? or, tdceamne an prcedictm? shall I be silent or speak? But the first part of a double question is often omitted : as, ctijum pecus est hoc? dnMe'iboel? " whose flock is this ? (is it somebody else's or) Meliboeus's ?" The later writers use an in indirect questions in the sense of whether, without utrum or ne; and it is very com- monly so used after nescio, haud scio, dubium est, dubito, incertum est, etc., which may in such cases be translated perhaps: as, contigit tibi quod haud scio an nemim, lt there has happened to you what has perhaps happened to no one (else}." Remark 12. The enclitic ne is sometimes used disjunctively in the latter part of a double question, instead of an : as, neqiie inieresse ipsosne interficiant impedlmentisne exuant,"&n(\. that it makes no difference whether they kill (the Romans) themselves, or strip them of their baggage." 3. ADVEKSATIVE, which express opposition of thought '(buf) : they are s$d, auiZm, verum, vero, tit and its compounds, tamZn and its compounds, and GeT/erUjUTi/ Remark 13. Sed denotes strong and direct opposition, and usually sets aside what precedes. Verd dlco, sed nequidqudm, quonidm non vis credere, " I speak truth, but to no purpose, since you will not believe me/' Non best id, sed homo, " not a brute, but a man." Remark 14. Autem adds something that is different, without setting aside what precedes (on the contrary, however, on the other hand, buf). Gyges a nullo vldebdtur ; ipse autem omnid videbdt, * he himself, however, saw every thing/'' Frequently it simply marks a transition, or adds a more important circumstance (moreover, furthermore). Remark 15. Verum (as to the truth, in fact, but) is nearly, the same in meaning as sed. It is strengthened by emm, vero, emm- vero (but indeed, but in fact, but assuredly). Remark 16. Vero (in truth, assuredly, but, however] does not express as strong opposition as verum, just as autem is weaker than sed. Ubi per explordtores Ccesdr certior factus est ires jam 200 CONJUNCTIONS. cdpidrum paries Helvetios id fltimen transduxisse, quartdm verci partem citrd Jlilmen, Ardrlm reliqudm esse, " that the fourth part, however," etc. Remark 17. At does not, like scd, alter or set aside what pre- cedes, but expresses a contrast, often a strong one. Brevis d ndturd nobls vltd data est, at memorid bene redditce vltce sempi- ternd, " a short life has been given us by nature; but the memory of a well-spent life is eternal. " It frequently follows si in the sense of at least; etsl nan sdpieniisslmus at dmlcissimus, though not very wise, at least very friendly. It frequently introduces au objection, and enini is then often added to assign a reason for the objection: "iiksumus," iuquiunt, " elvitatls principes." Remark 18. Atqul admits what precedes, but opposes some- thing else to it. Magnum narras, vix crediblle: atqui sic hdbtt ; 11 yet such is the fact." It is used in hypothetical syllogisms to introduce the minor premise. Quod-si virt files sunt pares inter se, parid etidm vltid essS necesse est : atqui pares esse virt Cites facile potest perspici, " now if the virtues are equal to each other, the vices must also be equal; but it can easily be seen that the virtues are equal." Remark 19. Ceterum, literally, " as to the rest," is frequently used in the sense of sed. Remark 20. Tdmen is properly an adverb. 4. CORROBORATIVE, which adduce a proof or a rea- son (for): they are nam, namqu&, tinim, and Ztimtm. Remark 21. Nam shows the grounds of a preceding assei'tion ; so, also, tnini, except that the assertion must frequently be sup- plied by the mind. Enlm is originally only a corroborative adverb, truly, certainly, to be sure, indeed. In namque and etc mm, qne and it repeat the preceding assertion, while ndm and tnlm introduce the proof. 5. CAUSAL, which express a cause or reason (for, because): they are quid, qu&d, quoniam, guipp%, quum, quandOy quando-qitide'm, slquidZm. Remark 22. Quod (ace. sing. neut. of qui) means originally CONJUNCTIONS. 201 with respect to ivhat, in ivhat respect, in tliat ; and hence its causal meaning, inasmuch as, because. Quod omnis Gallid ad septen- triontm verglt, mdt&rce sunt hitmcs, because Gaul lies towards the north, the winters are early. li; is very often preceded by prop- teredjioc, db hanc causdm, and similar causal expressions. Remark 23. Quod is very often used merely to connect a sen- tence with that which precedes, and may be translated "and" or "but," especially with si, nisi, etc. In such cases it is a relative pronoun accusative of limitation ( 155). Quod si vcteris contw- melice obllviscl vellet, " but if he were willing to forget the old insult." Quod si furore et amentia impulsus bellum intulisstt, " but if, impelled by rage and madness, he should bring on a war." Remark 24- Quid (ace. pi. neut. of qul) has the same origin as quod, but is purely causal (because), and never has the sense of that or in that, like quod. When contrasted with quod, it expresses a real motive or reason, while quod expresses merely an alleged or pretended reason (nun quod , std quia). Remark 25. Quonidm \quum jam) introduces a well-known reason, since then, since as everybody knows. Remark 26. Quippe is originally a corroborative adverb (indeed), and hence derives its causal meaning. It is frequently united with relative words to express a subjective reason. Remark 27. In quurn, quando, quandoquidtm, the causal idea is derived from that of time (compare the English since). JSi- quidcm is conditional originally (though the antepenult has become short). Antlquissimam edoctls genus est poetdrum, siqul- dem (if, indeed, as every one admits. since) Homer us fult et Hesiodus ante Rumdm condltdm. 5. CONCLUSIVE, which express a conclusion or inference (therefore) : they are ergo, eo, Ideo, idcirco, Icjitur, %tdqu&, proinde, proptZrea, and the relative words quapropter, qudre, qu&mobr&n, quocircd, unde. Remark 28. Ergo and igltur express a logical consequence (therefore], while itdque expresses a natural consequence (and so). Ergo and eo are causal ablatives, and all the other conclusives may be considered adverbial expressions of cause or result, limit- ing the predicate. 202 CONJUNCTIONS. 6. FINAL, which express an end aimed at purpose; or an end reached remit (that, in order that) : they are ut, ne, quo, quin, quo-minus, neve 1 , neu. 7. CONDITIONAL, which express a condition (if, unless): they are si, sin, nisi or ni, dum, mddo, dum- mtidd. 8. CONCESSIVE, which express something granted (althougli) : they are etsi, quanqudm, tdmetsi, tamZnetsi, etiamsl, licZt, quamvis, quantumvls, quamlibet; ut and quum in the sense of although. 9. TEMPORAL, expressing time (when, as soon as, after, before) : they are quum, ut, ubi, postqudm, poste- dquam, ant&quam, priusqudm, quando, qudties, quamdiu, simuidc, simul, dum, don&c, quoad. 10. COMPARATIVE, expressing -comparison (than, as): they are qicdm, ut (as), sicut, velut, prout, tanqudm, quasi, utsl, acsl, ecu, with do and atquZ in the sense of as or than. Remark 29. The following conjunctions stand always at the beginning of a sentence, viz. : ct, elenlm, ac, at, atque, atqul, neque, nee, aut, vel, slve, sin, scd, ndm, verum, and the relatives quare, qudci.rcd, qudmobrcm. Remark SO. Emm, autcm, and vero are placed after the first word, or the second if the first two belong together ; rarely after three or more words. Remark 31. The other conjunctions usually stand at the beginning, unless some word or expression is especially emphatic and is therefore placed first in the sentence. Remark 32. The copulative and disjunctive conjunctions are often repeated when things arc emphatically connected : et et, loth and. et ct et, not only but also and nequc et, both not and. et neque, both and not. SYNTAX. 203 neque neque, "| nee nee, i- neither nor. neque nee, J et que, both and ; sometimes used in prose. que que, both and; frequently used by Sallust and the poets. INTEKJECTIONS. 124. Interjections are used to express strong or sudden emotion : as, vce ndbls ! woe to us ! SYNTAX. 125. 1. SYNTAX treats of the construction of sen- tences. 2. A proposition is a thought expressed in words : as, snow melts. A sentence consists of one proposition, or of several connected together so as to make complete sense. 3. Every proposition consists of (a.) A predicate; i.e. that which is declared. (6.) A subject; i.e. that of which the declaration is made. 4. The predicate consists of a verb alone (as, melts, in the above example), or the verb ess%, to be, with a noun, adjective, or participle : as, nix g%lidd est, snow is cold. 5. The subject consists of a noun, or some word or phrase used as a noun, and may be known by asking 204 SYNTAX. the question who ? or what ? with the predicate : as, John runs. ( Who runs ? John.) To play is pleasant. ( What is pleasant ? To play.) 6. The subject and predicate may stand alone, or each may have words or sentences limiting its meaning. Thus, prlmd luce, quum mons a Tito Ldbieno teneretur, Id&m Considius qul cum explordtoribus prcemissus %rat, Zquo admisso, ad Ccesar$m accurrtt, at daylight, when the mountain was held by Titus Labienus, the same Considius who had been sent forward with the scouts, runs to Caesar with his horse at full speed. Here the leading thought is Considius accurrtt, Con- sidius runs. The subject is limited by the adjective id$m, and the adjective sentence qul prcemissus ^rat. The predicate is limited by prlmd luc%, designating the point of time when Considius ran ; by quum mons tne' retur, farther specifying the time or circumstances of the running ; by &qud admisso , participial sentence, ex-* pressing the manner of the running, an adverbial limitation ; and by ad CcestirZm, the point to which the running was directed. 7. A sentence consisting of a single subject and a single predicate is commonly called a simple sentence ; and one which consists of two or more simple sen- tences combined, is commonly called a compound sen- tence. AGKEEMENT. 126. EULE I. The verb agrees with its subject ID number and person. Remark 1. If the subject consists of more than one, the verb AGREEMENT. 2C5 is plural : as, ftiror Iraque menttm prazcipltant, fury and rage hurry on my mind. Hence (a. ) A collective noun may have a plural verb : as, plebs cla- mant. (b.) A noun connected to an ablative with cum often has a plural verb : as, Bocclius cum ptdltlbus postremdm dciem inva- dunt, Bocchus and the footmen attack the rear. (c.) A plural verb is sometimes used with uterque and quisqut. Remark 2. But the verb often agrees with the nearest nomina- live, especially when the nouns denote things without life : as, Mens, eriim^et ratio, et consllium in senlbus est, for mind, and skill, and wisdom, are in old men. Remark 3. If the nominatives are of different persons, the verb takes the first person rather than the second, and the second rather than the third : as, si tH et Tullid vdletls. ego tt Cicero vdlemus, if you and Tullia are well, Cicero and I are well. Remark 4> The verb is frequently omitted when it may be readily supplied. This is especially the case with the verb esse with adjectives and participles: a,s,quot homines (sunt) tot (sunt) sentential. Ccesdr mtm/jriti tenebdt L. Cassium consulem occlsum (esse) exercltumque ejas pulsum (esse) et sub jUgum missum (esse), Caesar remembered that Lucius Cassius the consul had been slain, and his army beaten and sent under the yoke. Remark 5. The subject is omitted (a.) When it can be readily supplied from what precedes : as, Musd proflult ex monte Vosego tt In Ocednum irifluit, the Meuse flows from mount Vosegus and runs into the ocean. (b.) When it is indefinite: as, aiunt, ferunt, they say. (c.) With impersonal verbs, when it is the cognate notion: as, pugndtum est, (a fight) was fought. (d.) The pronouns ego, tu, nos, and vds, are expressed only for the sake of emphasis or contrast, as the ending of the verb suffi- ciently indicates the subject. 18 206 SYNTAX. APPOSITION. 127. A noun limiting another, and denoting the same person or thing, is said to be in apposition with it. EULE II. Nouns in apposition agree in case: as, Jugurtha rex, Jugurtha the king. Remark 1. A noun in apposition often expresses character, purpose, time, cause, etc.: as, Cicero prsetor legem Mdnilidm sudsit, consul conj ardtionem CdtUlnce oppressit ; Cicero, when prcetor (or, asprcetor), advocated the Manilian law, when consul, suppressed Catiline's conspiracy. Remark 2. The personal pronoun is often omitted before a noun in apposition with it: as, consul dixl, I the consul have said. Remark 3. A noun in apposition with two or more nouns is put in the plural : as, Jugurtha et Bocchus, reges, Jugurtha and Bocchus, kings. Remark 4- The ablative is used in apposition with the name of a town in the genitive (see J 166, Exc.) : as, Corinthl, Achaiaz urbe, at Corinth, a city of Achaia. Remark 5. A noun may be in apposition with a sentence: as, cogltet ordtorem institul, rein arduam; let him reflect that an orator is training, a difficult thing. Remark 6. PARTITIVE APPOSITION. Expressions denoting the parts are often placed in apposition with a noun denoting the whole : as, onerdrice, pars maxima dd JEglmurum, dlice adversus urbem ipsdm, deldtce sunt; the transports were carried, the greatest part to ^Egimurum, others, opposite the city itself. Quisque in partitive apposition with a noun is in the nominative: as, multls sibi quisque imperium petentibus, while many were seeking power, each for himself. Remark 7. A proper name with nomen or cognomen may be (a,) In the same case: as, nomen Arcturus mihi est t I have the name Arcturus. (b.) In the genitive: as, nomen Arctuii mihi est. (c.) By attraction, in the dative, if the verb is followed by a ADJECTIVES. 207 dative : as, nomen Arcturo mihi est, I have the name Arc- turus. Remark 8. A genitive is sometimes used instead of an apposi- tion : as, urbs Pdtdvl, the city of Patavium. Remark 9. When the apposition has forms of different gen- ders, it agrees in gender with the limited noun : as, iisus, mdgister egregius, experience, an excellent teacher ; philosophid, mdgistrd mice, philosophy, the mistress of our life. If nouns of different genders are connected, the apposition takes the more worthy gender : as, Ptolemceus et Cleopatra reges, Ptolemy and Cleopatra, sovereigns. ADJECTIVES. 128. An adjective may limit a noun : as, pulchrd saltat, the beautiful girl dances ; or it may form part of the predicate : as, puella pulchrti est, the girl is beautiful. RULE III. (a.) Adjective words agree with the nouns which they limit, in gender, number, and case. (b.) An adjective word in the predicate agrees with the subject in gender, number, and case. Remark 1. An adjective belonging to two or more nouns is put in the plural. If the nouns are of the same gender, the adjective is of that gender : as, lupus et agnus sitl compulsl, a wolf and a lamb compelled by thirst. When the nouns are of different genders, (a.) If they denote animate things, the adjective is masculine rather than feminine : as, pater mllil et mater mortui sunt, my father and mother are dead. (b.) If they denote inanimate things, the adjective is generally neuter : Ira et dvdritid imperio potentiora erant, rage and avarice were stronger than government. (c.) If names of living things and things without life are com- bined, the adjective is sometimes neuter, and sometimes takes the gender of the living being, whichever idea is uppermost. 208 SYNTAX. Numidas afque signd mllltdrid obscurat! sunt, the Numidians and their military standards were concealed. (Here the idea of per- sons is uppermost.) Inmrica sunt llbtrd clvltus tt rex, a free state and a king are hostile things. Remark 2. The adjective, however, often agrees with the nearest noun. Remark 3. SYNESIS OF THE ADJECTIVE. An adjective word (especially in the predicate) often agrees with the sense of the noun rather than with its form (constructio dd xyntsln) : as, pars mflUmcn act! sunt, part were driven into the river. Remark 4- An adjective word in the predicate, instead of agreeing wiih the subject, often agrees (a.) With a noun in apposition with the subject (especially the words urbs, oppldam) : as, Cdrinthus, lumen Grtcice, ex- tinction est, Corinth, the light of Greece, was destroyed (put out}. (b.) With a predicate noun : as, gens unlversd Venefi appellati, the whole race were called Veneti. Remark 5. An adjective without a noun is often used as a noun. Masculine adjectives, when so used, denote persons; neuter adjectives, things: as, bonl, the good; bond, property, goods. Adjectives are sometimes used as adverbs : as, multum, much (I 150, Rcm. 3} ; multo, by much ( 1G8). Such words are rather nouns than adverbs. Remark 6. In general expressions, an adjective in the predi- cate is often neuter : as, lupus triste est stdbults, the wolf is a sad thing to the folds. The adjective is here a noun. Remark 7. A possessive pronoun, being equivalent to the genitive of the substantive pronoun, may have an adjective word in the genitive agreeing with it : as, med ipsius causa, for my own sake ; or a noun in the genitive in apposition with it : as, tuus, vi ri fortis, glddius, the sword of thee, a brave man. Remark 8. The adjectives primus, medius, ultlmus, extremus, intlmus, infimus, Imus, summus, supremus, reliquus, and cetera, express the first part, middle part, etc.: as, summus mons, the top of the mountain. Remark 9. An adjective often agrees with the subject, but limits the predicate: as, pronus cecldlt, he fell headlong. RELATIVES. 209 EELATIYES. 129. RULE IV. The relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender, number, and person; but its case depends upon the construction of the relative sen- tence : as, ego qui scrlbo, I who write ; vos qui scrl- bWtSy you who write; puelld quam vldi, the girl whom I saw. Remark 1. The antecedent is so called because it usually goes before the relative sentence. But it also stands (a.) In the relative sentence, especially when this latter is em- phatic : in quern prlmam egressl sunt locum, TrCjcl vucat&r, the place upon which tli&j first disembarked is catted Troy. (b.) Both in the principal and relative sentence: as, trant omnlno itinera duo, qulbds itinerlbus ddmo exlre possent, there were only two routes, by which routes they could go out from home. Remark 2. The antecedent, especially when indefinite, is often omitted : as, qui bcne vlvlt, bedte vlvlt. Remark 3. ATTRACTION. The relative is sometimes attracted into the case of the antecedent : as, ejus generis cujas demonstra- vimiis, of that kind which we have shown. The antecedent is sometimes attracted into the case of the relative: as, urbem qudm sidtud vestrd est, the city which I am building is yours. Remark 4- The relative often agrees with a noun in apposi- tion with the antecedent : as, flamen Rhenus, qui agrum Hdve- tium a Germdnls dlvldit, the river Rhine, which separates the Helvetian territory from the Germans. Remark 5. A relative or demonstrative usually agrees with a predicate noun after the verb esse or a verb of naming, esteeming, etc., instead of agreeing with the antecedent: as, Theljce, quoJ JBoeotice caput est, Thebes, which is the capital of Bceotia. Ani- mal quern vocamus hominem, the animal which we call man. But if the predicate noun is a foreign word, the relative agrees with the antecedent: as, gtnus liomlnum quod Heloles vocatar, the race of men which is called Helots. 18* 210 SYNTAX. Remark 6. A numeral, comparative, or superlative, which in English limits the antecedent, is usually placed in the relative sentence: as, node qudm In terns ultimam egit, on the last night which he spent on earth. Other adjectives have sometimes a similar position : as, inter jocos quos incondilos jdciunt, among the rude jokes which they utter. Remark 7. SYNESIS OF THE RELATIVE. The relative often agrees with the sense of the antecedent, instead of its form: as, Ccesdr equitatum prcemittit qul videant, Caesar sends forward the horse to see, etc. , Remark 8. An explanatory noun is often introduced into the relative sentence: as, ante comitid, quod tempus hand longe dberdt, before the election, which time was not far distant. Remark 9.- Qul at the beginning of a sentence is often trans- lated like a demonstrative : as, quibus rebus cogmtls, these things being found out. Here also observe the idiomatic expression quce est temperantid, or qua es temperantid (ablative of quality), instead of pro tua temperantid: as, til, quaa est temperantia, jam vales, you, such is your temperance, are already well. Remark 10. The adverbial is often used for the adjectival rejjatiye: as, locus unde venit, the place from which he came. THE CASES. THE NOMINATIVE. 130. 1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nomi- native, and is called the subject nominative. 2. A noun in the predicate denoting the same thing as the subject, after a verb expressing an incomplete idea, is in the nominative, and is called the predicate nominative : as, Gains $t Lucius fratres fuerunt. 3. A predicate nominative is used with' verbs de- noting, to be, to become, to appear, to be named, to be called, to be esteemed, etc. Remark 1. The verb sometimes agrees with the predicate nominative: as, dmantium Irce dmorls integratio est, the quarrels of lovers are a renewal of love. THE GENITIVE. 211 Remark 2. If the subject is in the accusative, the predicate noun must be in the accusative also: as, dlcit Csesfirem esse egem, he says that Caesar is a king. Remark 3. When the subject of the infinitive is omitted, a predicate noun or adjective is often put in the dative, if a dative precedes : as, nemlnl medio esst licet, no man may be neutral. THE GENITIVE. 131. The genitive case expresses the precise limit vithin which the meaning of a word is to be taken. Thus, in the expression amtir glorice, the genitive, ylorice, expresses the limit within which the meaning [)f am6r is restricted. RULE V. A noun in the genitive limits the mean- ing of another noun denoting a different thing : as, Oicfrorits ordtiones, Cicero's orations : timor glorice,, the love of glory. Remark 1. The genitive is said to be subjective when it ex- presses that which does something, or to which something pertains or belongs : as, Clcerdnis ordtiones, Cicero's orations. It is object- ive when it expresses the object to which an action or feeling is directed : as, dinar gloria;, the love of glory. Remark 2. A noun may be limited both by a subjective and an objective genitive : as, Ccesdrls amor gloria?, Caesar's love of glory. Remark 8. Instead of an objective genitive, a preposition with its case is often used to avoid ambiguity : as, amor in rempubli- cdm, or ergd rempublicdm, love towards the state. Remark 4- The genitive of a substantive pronoun is usually objective: as, curd met, care for me ; while possessive adjectives and pronouns usually express subjective relations: as, curd med, my care ; causa regid, the king's cause. But the latter are sometimes objective: as, med injurid, injury done to me 5 metus JiostlUs, fear of the enemy. 212 SYNTAX. 132. RULE VI. Genitive of Quality. The geni- tive, limited by an adjective agreeing with it, is used to express the quality of a thing : as, vtr maynce virtiltts, a man of great valor. The ablative is used in the same way. Remark 1. This genitive may limit a noun, or form part of the predicate, like an adjective: as, maximl dniml full, he was very brave. Remark 2. Here belong such expressions as llbertdtls con- servandce est, it has a tendency to preserve liberty. Remark 3. Sccus, genus, librdm, and librds are sometimes put in the accusative instead of the genitive, to express a quality : as, OrdtiOnes aut dliquid id genus, instead of ejus generis. 133. RULE VII. Genitive of Property.-^- The geni- tive, the limited noun being omitted, is used with the verb esse 1 to denote that to which something belongs, or to which something is peculiar: as, hcec domus Marci est, this house is Mark' 8 (bouse). Pauperis est numerdre 1 pZcus, it is characteristic of a poor man to count his flock. Remark 1. Instead of the genitives mel, tul, sul, etc., the neuter possessives meum, tuum, suum, etc., are used: as, tuum est videre quid dgdtur, it is your business to see what is going on. A possessive adjective may be used in the same way: as, huma- num est errdre, it is human, i.e. characteristic of man, to err. 134. RULE VIII. Partitive Genitive. With words expressing a part, the genitive is used to denote the whole : as, units mitttum, one of the soldiers. This genitive is used with nouns expressing a part ; with adjectives, especially comparatives, superlatives, and numerals ; with many pronouns ; and with adverbs of time, place, and quantity. THE GENITIVE. 213 Remark 1. The partitive word, if an adjective, usually agrees in gender with the genitive; but adjectives of quantity are used as nouns in the neuter : as, quid novl ? what news ? tantum aurlj so much gold. Remark 2. Instead of a genitive, the prepositions ex, de, and sometimes in, inter, are used : as, qulddm ex mllltlbus, inter omnes fortissimus. . Remark 3. Here may be noticed a peculiar use of the geni- tives loci, locorum, and temporls with id, ddh tic, postea, etc. : as, dd id locorum, up to that time ; postea loci, afterwards. Remark 4. The genitive with prldie and postrldie is subjective, tiese words being ablatives of the adjectives pris or prus and posterns, with die. Postrldie ejus diel, on that day's successor, on the next day. 135. EULE IX. Objective Genitive with Adjectives and Verbs. The genitive is used to express the object to which an action or feeling is directed, with (a.) Adjectives expressing desire, experience, knowledge, capacity, participation, fulness, memory, care, certainty, fear, guilt, and their contraries : as, dvldus laudls, desirous of praise. Here also belong participial adjectives in ns ; amans pecunise. (6.) yerbs of remembering, reminding, and forget- ng : re'eordtir, mVmlni, r&miniscdr, obllviscor, moneo and compounds : as, Meminl beneflcil tul (= memor siim, etc.), I remember your kind- ess. Te officil moneo (= memorem facio), I remind you of your duty. The thing remembered or forgotten is also put in the accusative. (c.) Verbs expressing pity, shame, etc., rriis&retir, mtsZresco, and the im personals mis^ret, pcenitet, pudZt, piget, tcedZt : as, mis8resco infclicium, I pity the unfor- tunate; poemte't me peccati, I repent of my sin. 214 SYNTAX. Remark 1. With these impcrsonals the person feeling is ex* pressed by the accusative. Remark 2. The cause or object of the feeling may be expressed by an infinitive or a sentence : as, pocnltet me peccdvisse or quod peccdvl, I repent of having sinned. (d.) Verbs of plenty or want (sometimes) : as, Sget (= Sgens est) argcntl, he is in need of silver. (e.) The impersonals rcfert and interest : as, relpublt- cce interest, it is of importance to the state. Remark 3. Instead of the genitive of the personal pronouns, the forms med, tud, sud, nostrd, vestrd, are used with refert and interest ; as, non tud interest, it is not your business. NOTE. Grammarians are divided as to the origin of this expres- sion, spme regarding the pronoun as an ablative; others, as accusa- tive plural neuter; while others, with better reason, consider it an accusative (v\ being cut off, and a lengthened for compensation), agreeing with r$ni\ (understood with interest and forming the first part of refert), thus: S med interest = inttr me&m rtni est. mea re-fert ==? mcam rSm fert. Remark 4- The thing with reference to which any thing is important may be expressed by-- the accusative with dd ; the degree of importance, by the genitives magiil, parvl, etc. (see Rule XI.), or by an adverb ; while the subject may bean infini- tive, a neuter pronoun, or a noun-clause: as, hoc dd laudgm clvltdtis magril interest, this is of great importance to the glory 'of the state. Remark 5. Slmllls and its compounds, especially with the names of living beings, take a genitive (see J 142, Remark 3} : as, slmills patrlSy like his father. ^ Remark 6. The poets use an objective geifitive with a great variety of expressions; as, dives opum, ridi in resources; fldens ditliHl, confident in mind. 136. RULE X. Genitive of Crime. With verbs of accusing, condemning, acquitting, etc.,*the genitive expresses the crime or offence charged: as, servtim^rft accusftt, he accuses the slave of theft. THE GENITIVE. 215 Remark 1. With some of thes.) Patiens Idboris, Capable of enduring labor. Participial.. (a.) The participle- expresses a single action at the time spoken of. (b.) The participial expresses capability at any time. Miseret me tui, I pity y u > (It pities me of you.) Me regis miseruit, I pitied the kiitf/.*- Pcenitet puerum stultitiae, The boy repents of his folly. Pudet me sceleris, / am ashamed of my wickedness. Piget te vitse, You are disgusted with life. Capitis or rei capitalis accusare, To accuse of a capital crime. Capitis or capite condemnare, To condemn to death. THE GENITIVE. 219 Flocci non facit, He cares not a straw a rush, etc. Mea refert, It is my business. Quanti hoc facis ? How much do you value this? Translate into English. In hoc oratorg plus eloquentise 1 est quam fortitudinis. Regis fratgr avidus est glorise, 2 patiens laboris, 2 sed impotens irse, 2 vMtatis 2 expers, rerum 2 imperitus, atque multorum sclrum 2 conscius. Quanti 3 quisqug se ipsS 4 facit, tanti 3 fit ab amicis. Mercatores non tanti dgm 3 vendunt, quanti 3 emerunt. Fures veritatgrn non flocci 3 faciunt. Bom omnes virtutSm magni 3 sestimant. Quanti 3 istos emisti? Hunc latron^m scelSris 5 sui nequS pud^t, n^ pcenite't. Me civitatis morum 5 tsedgt pigetqug. Civis qui rei capitillis 6 accusatiis est, tertia parts 7 agri condemnatus est. PuSros stultitise 5 poenitebit. Catilin& alium (one man) ^gestatis, 8 ftlium (another) ciipiditatis 8 admonebat. Tua ipslus causa te ofFicii moneo. Cicronis 9 magni 3 in- t^rest conjurationgm Catilmse opprim^r^. Non mea 10 sSd regis refert fures latronesqu^ punirg. Translate into Latin. The general is desirous of money, but more desirous of praise. '*-The farmer's fields are very productive of corn. k The consul is fond of war and tenacious (tenax) of his pur- pose, but ignorant of business (rerum) and destitute of truth. I Lucius remembers a kindness and (neque) does not forget an injury. A "The soldiers who were accused of treachery have been condemned to deathx^Those who ( 129,Rem.) are unaccustomed to navigation ( 135) fear the sea/ The i I 134, Rem. 1. 2 j 135 ( a ). 3 j 137. 4 85. s j 135 (c). e j i3 6 . { 136, Rem. 2. 8 { 135 (6). 9 \ 135 (e). 10 { 135, Rem. 3. 220 SYNTAX. fr* king cares not a straw for the laws of the state. It is of great importance to us to lead the army into the enemy's country (fines). jFor how much did you sell your horse? For the same (tantldem) for which (for how much) I bought (him)./DDo you remember the speech of the ex- cellent orator? '/-The scouts had not warned the general of the danger. /^The tribune has been acquitted of treachery. Do you pity me ? THE DATIVE. 140. The dative expresses that to or for which, or with reference to which, any thing is, or is done. 141. RULE XII. Dative of jndirect Object. Ihe indirect object of a verb is in the dative : as, servos domino mediclnam parat, the slave prepares medicine for his master. The* indirect object of a verb is the thing towards which its action tends, without necessarily reaching it. NOTE. This dative is used with most verbs, especially with verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, In, intSr, ob, post, prze, pro, sub, super. Remark 1. Transitive verbs have also a direct object in the accusative. 142. RULE XIII. Dative of Advantage or Dis- advantage. The dative expresses the person or thing for whose advantage or disadvantage any thing is, or is done : as, insidiis aptas, suitable for ambush ; servus domino f Idas, a servant faithful to his master. NOTE. This dative is used with nouns and adjectives expressing goodness, usefulness, fitness, etc. ; with verbs meaning IQ favor, please, trust, obey, threaten, be angry, and their contraries ; and with some adverbs and interjections. or the dative with verbs of taking away, see $ 163, Rem. 3. THE DATIVE. 221 Remark 1. The verbs/to, delecto, Icedo, qffendo, are transitive, and have a direct object in the accusative. Fldo and confldo are often followed by a causal ablative, instead of a dative. Remark 2. Many adjectives take an accusative with a pre- position, instead of a dative : as, servas In dommum fldelis ; locus ad insidias aptus. Remark 3. Dative of Reference. The dative ex- presses the person or thing to or with reference to which any thing is dear, equal, like, unlike, near, etc.: as, similis patrl, like his father ; par fratrl, equal to his brother. Remark 4- Propior and proximus are sometimes limited by an accusative, with or without ad. 143. RULE XIV. J)ative of Possession. The dative is used with esse to express the person who has or possesses something, the thing possessed being the subject : as, est mi hi libZr, (a book is to me) I have a book ; sunt tibi libri, thou hast books ; sunt Caio librl, Caius has books ; est nobis libZr, we have a book. Remark 1. The possessor is expressed by the dative when the idea of possession is chiefly referred to : as, Ccesdrl domus est, Cassar has a house ; by the genitive, when the possessor, or thing possessed, is referred to, rather than the fact of possession: as, hcec domus Csesaris est, ilia Ciceronis, this house is Ccesar's, that one is Cicero's. 144. RULE XV. Dative of Purpose or End. The dative is used with ess%, and verbs of giving, coming, sending, imputing, and some others, to express the purpose of the action : as, hcec mihi cura9 sunt, these things are for a care to me, or, I have these things for a care. NOTE. These verbs may have a personal object in the dative, and, if transitive, a direct object in the accusative : as, colleyse 222 SYNTAX. venit auxilio, he came for an aid to his colleague (i.e. to his col- league's assistance) ; mihi liLrum dono dedii, he gave me the book for a gift, Remark 1. The verbs most commonly using two datives are es8S, Jierl, dare, ducere, hdbtre, mittvre, rulinquzre, tribuere, vtriire, verterc. Remark 2. The purpose may be expressed by a predicate nominative, or an apposition (see \ 127, Hem. 1} : as, mihi comes Llcias est, I have Lucius for a companion ; corondm Jovl donum mittunt, they send a crown to Jupiter, as a present. 145. KULE XVI. Dative of the Agent. With the gerundive in dus the dative expresses the agent or doer : as, adhftbenda est nobis ditigentid, diligence must be used by us. Remark 1. The poets sometimes use this dative with any of the passive forms : as, ntque cernitar ulll, nor is he seen by any one. But with prose writers it is rarely used with any other part of the verb than the gerundive, and occasionally with the perfect passive participle. Remark 2. Instead of the dative, the ablative with d or db is sometimes, though rarely, used with the gerundive. 146. Datlvus EtJiicus. The dative of the personal pronouns is used sometimes to express strong feeling, and can scarcely be rendered into English : as, an ille mini llb&r GUI mtilier impZrat $ is he free whom a woman rules? Remark. Here maybe noticed the use of the participles volens, ctipiens, etc. with a dative, in imitation of the Greek: as, ntque plebi militia volentl (esse) putdbatur, neither was the war thought to be agreeable to the common people (literally, to the common people wishing it). 147. The dative is sometimes used almost like a genitive, but always with the idea of advantage, disadvantage, or reference : as, cul corpus porrtgttur THE DATIVE. 223 (compare the English), his body is stretched out for him. EXERCISE LIV. 148. Vocabulary. ignotus, -a, -um, unknown. impedimentum, -I, hindrance. dedecus, -or-is, disgrace. usus, -us, use, advantage. imrjj.g;j,s, -tat-is, t in dutif illness. Numantinus, -I, Numantian. vehementer (adv.), extremely. commodum, -I, convenience, advan- tage. inquam ($ 113, 4), I say. innocentia, -SQ, innocence, integrity. similis, -e, like. proxirnus, -a, -um, nearest, next, aptus, -a, -um, Jit, suitable. aequus, -a, -urn, just. blandus, -a, -urn, flattering. utilis, -e, useful. carus, -a, -um, dear. ingratus, -a, -um, disagreeable. facilis, -e, easy. per-facilis, -e, very 'easy. noxius, -a, -um, hurtful. fav-eo, -ere, fav-i, faut-um, to favor. st-o, stare, stet-I, stat-uni, to stand. parc-o,-ere, peperc-i and pars-i, parcit-um and pars-um, to spare, to be merciful. pro-sum, prod-esse, pro-fui, pro-futurus ($ 111, 12), to do good. prse-f ic-i-o, praef ic-ere, praefec-i, prasfect-um, to put over. circum-do, circumdare, circumded-i, circumdat-um, to put around, to surround. circum-fund-o, -ere, -fud-i, -fus-um, to pour around, to surround. male-dic-o, -ere, -dix-i, -dict-um, to be abusive. prseter-eo, -ire, praeteriv-i and prseteri-i, prseter-itum ( 111, 9), to pass by. EXAMPLES. Audiens dicto ($ 142), Obedient (attentive to the word). Mlhl magno est dolorl (^ 144), It is (for) a great grief to me. Hlbernis Labienum praefecit, He put Labienus over the winter quarters. Rcgibus (^ 143) manus sunt Jongaa, Kings have long arms (hands). Dil omnibus colencli sunt, The gods ought to be worshipped by all. Urbem miiro (% 159) circumdare, ) UrM (? 141) mururn circumdare, / To ^ound the city with a wall. Terras marl ($ 159) circumfundere, " Terris (^ 141) mare circumfundere, ) 224 SYNTAX. Aptiis insidiis ($ 142 and Rem. 2} or ad insidias, Suitable for ambush. Similis patrw, Like his father (in character). (g 135, Rem. 5). Similis patrl, Like his father (outwardly), (g 142, Rem. 3.} Mctuo patrem, I fear my father. Metuo patri ($ 142), I fear for my father, i.e. for his safety. Senatum consiilo, 1 consult the senate, i.e. take its advice. SenatuI ($ 142) consulo, I consult for the senate, i.e. provide for its safety. Translate into English. Helvetii proximi Germams 1 incolunt, quibusciim con- tinenter bellum ggrunt. Loca proxima X 1 arthaginem 2 Numidia appellatur. 3 In loco insidiis apto, duas legiones collocavit. NonnS lupus est cam similis? Ferrum h5- minibus 4 iltilius est quam aurum. Jtigurtha nostris 5 velig- ment^r carus, Niimantinis 6 maximo terror! 7 fuit. Cuivis^ f^cilg est amicis suis 4 faverS. Ventus noxium 8 e'st arbori- bus. LSgatus cohortes duas prsesidio 7 castns" 9 r^liquit. Milites impSratori 9 audientes dicto non Srunt. Milites non inulieribus, 4 non infantibus 4 pgpercerunt. Nemmi ]^t sui commodi causa altgri 4 n6c^rS. Csesar le^onibus, 9 in provincia conscripsgrat, Labienum prsefecit. Deus toti orbi terrarum marfi circumfildit. Ca3sar -oppidum vallo fossaquS circumdMit. Gravia 6nSra ^quitibus 6 magno sunt impgdimento. 7 Inn5centise 10 ssep^ plus pgri- ciill 11 est quam honoris. 11 Hsec mini 12 prsetgreunda non sunt. Hsediis, in dftmus tecto stans, liipo 4 prsete'reunti malfidixlt. GUI lupus, " Non tu," inquit, " sM locus mihl 4 mal^dicit." Senatus a consult de foed^rg c^nsultus est. Dictator reipublicse constiluit. Nonne Ifteiis tins m^tuis ? ^ 1 142, Rem. 3. 2 | 142, em. 3 130, 7?ew. .7.* * 142. 5 1 142, 72em. 5. ' 143 or I 142. 144. 8 \ 128, 72em. 5. 9 J 141. 10 g i4a 11 J 134. 12 3 145. THE ACCUSAg^E. __ 225 Translate into LatmT* The number of the enemy was unknown to the general, undutifulness of children is a great grief to (their) parents. * The thick woods were a very great advantage ( 144) to our skirmishers. ' It is sweet and honorable to do good to the commonwealth. ^ Children are not always like their parents. * It was very easy for our men to cross the river. The consul's speech was very disagreeable to the Gauls. *"The snares of the enemy have been (for) a very great hindrance to our cavalry. ' God ought to be worshipped by all men. ' ^The causes of this rebellion ought not to be passed over by me. y It is the greatest disgrace ( 144) to a soldier to leave his place in battle. ^The Koman people gave to the king for a gift the fields which he had conquered. ^Nature had surrounded the town with a broad and deep river. ^'It is lawful for no man to lead an army against his country. Be kind and just to all, but flattering to none. THE ACCUSATIVE. 149. The accusative case marks the direct object of an action, i.e. the thing actually reached by the action ; also the limit of space or time which an action or motion reaches. 150. EULE XVII. Direct "Object. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative. Remark 1. Cognate Accusative. An intransitive verb, though it does not require an object to complete its meaning, may be limited by an accusative of similar or kindred signification : as, ai rr5re cursum, to run a race; vlvtre vltdm, to live a life. Remark 2. Equivalent Accusative. Instead of the cognate noun, a noun or noun-sentence equivalent to it in meaning may be used : as, docere grammdtlcam, to teach grammar ; interred 226 SYNTAX. gdvlt quls venlret, he asked who came ; longdm vidm Ire, to go a long way. Remark 3. Elliptical Accusative. The cognate or equivalent noun is often omitted, and in its stead a neuter adjective is used, limiting the cognate notion understood : as, multum ambuldt, he walks much (walking). This accusative is used as an adverb. Remark 4- A cognate, equivalent, or elliptical accusative may be used with a passive verb : as, djceor doctrlndm, I am taught teaching, science ; doceor grammdtlcdm, I am taught grammar ; mmium doctus, taught too much, too learned. Remark 5. Many verbs which are transitive in English, repre- sent in Latin an action only as done with reference to the object, and hence have a dative (see 142, Rem. 3). 151. RULE XVIII. (a.) Verbs meaning to ask and teach, with eeldrZ, to conceal, take two accusatives, one of the person, the other of the thing: as, rtigo te nummos, I ask you for money ; docuit me musicam, he taught me music. (The thing asked or taught is an equivalent accusative.) (6.) Second Accusative. Verbs meaning to name or call, choose, appoint, make, esteem, or reckon, take, besides the direct object, a second accusative of the name, office, or character : as, urbem vocavlt Rom&m, he called the city Rome ; me consulgin fccisUs, you have made me consul. Remark 1. With verbs of asking, the person is often put in the ablative with a or db, de, ex, instead of the accusative : as, Jicec a te posco, I demand these things of you. Exlgo, peto, posttdo, qucero, scltor, sciscUor, never have an accusative of the person: as, pactm a Csesare pttunt. Remark 2. The name is clearly an equivalent accusative. He namtd the city a name (to wit), Rome. So, also, but indi- rectly, the choice, appointment, etc. Me consultm creavistls, you have made me consul. You have created a creation (consuUm), and the object upon which the act of consul-making has been performed is me. ConsuUm is therefore an equivalent accusative, THE ACCUSATIVE. 227 and me is the direct object of the compound verbal notion con- sultm creavistls, rather than of credvistis alone: "you have con- sul-made me." 152. RULE XIX. Twenty-six prepositions are followed by the accusative. See 120, 1. NOTE. As a general rule, prepositions expressing motion to a place take the accusative. Remark 1. Many intransitive verbs, when compounded with a preposition, become transitive : as, translre flumen ; succedere tectum, to go under a roof. Remark 2. A preposition in composition often has an object in the accusative : as, eqmtatum pontern transdticU, he leads the cavalry over tlie bridge ; equitdtus pontem transducttur, the cavalry are led-over the bridge. Remark 3. The preposition is often repeated : as, equitdtum trans ponttm transducit. 153. RULE XX. Accusative of Time and Space. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the accusative, sometimes by the ablative : as, tres hftras mansU, he remained three hours; fossa duos pSdes lota, a ditch two feet wide. NOTE. The limit of time within winch any thing occurs is ex- pressed by the ablative : as, uno anno, within one year. Remark. The accusative of time and space is an equivalent accusative. 154. RULE XXI. Accusative of Place whither. The names of towns and small islands are put in the accusative to express the point which a motion reaches : as, R.oma'm v&ritt, he came to Home. Remark 1. Domus and rus are construed in the same way : as, domum reditt, he returned home. Remark 2. A preposition is generally used when the name of a town is limited by an adjective or an apposition, urbs, oppidum, etc. : as, Demdrdtus se contulit Tarqumios ad urbem 228 SYNTAX. Etriirice, to Tarquinii, a town of Etruria. Ad doctas Athenas proflcisci. JRemark 3. The preposition is sometimes omitted in prose, often in poetry, before the name of any place to which motion is directed. Deveniunt speluncam. Remark 4> The poets sometimes express the place wliitJier by a dative. It clamor coelo, the outcry rises to heaven. $ 155. As the accusative expresses the limit actually readied by an action or motion, so also it expresses the limit to which the truth of a proposition extends. Thus, membra nudus est, he is naked, not entirely, but only as to his limbs. Hence, RULE XX.II. The accusative is sometimes used to express a special limitation (accusative of limitation) : as, nudus membra', naked as to his limbs. Remark 1. This is a Greek construction, and is rarely used in prose. ^f Remark 2. The poets often tfse ap. accusative with a passive verb in the sense of the Greek middle: as, Pridmus inutile ferrum cingitur, Priam girds himself with (puts on) the useless sword. 156. RULE XXIII. The accusative expresses the object of a feeling, with or without *an interjection : as, Heu me m/iserum ! Ah wretched me ! For the accusative with propior- and proximus, see \ 142, Rem. 4; with miseret, etc., see \ 135, Rem. 1; with the infinitive, see JIBS. EXERCISE LV. 157. Vocabulary. Antiochus, -I, Antiochus. juventus, -tut-is, youth. Antiochia, -ae, Antioch. musica, -se, music. Ancus Martiiis, -I, Ancus Martina, grammatica, -ae, grammar. fourth king of Rome. fides, -ium (fern.), strings, a lute. Mercurius, -I, Mercury. Socrates, -is, Socrates. inventor, -5r-iSj inventor. timidus, -a, -urn, cowardly. THE ACCUSATIVE. 229 Antigonus, -I, Antigonus. certus, -a, -iim, certain. quotidie, daily. studiihn, -I, zeal, desire, pi. study. jucundus, -a, -iim, delightful. vustitas, -tat-is, devastation. servitus, -tut-is, slavery. arbitr-ari, to think, deem. Regulus, -I, Itegulus. hab-eo, -ere, habu-i, habit-um, to have, hold, consider. cel-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to hide, conceal. flagit-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to ask for, demand earnestly. serv-io, -ire, -ivi, -Itum (intr.), to be a slave, to serve. trans-duc-o, -ere, -dux-i, -duct-um, to lead over. trans-jic-i-o, -ere, -jec-I, -ject-um, to throw over, ship over. red-eo, -ire, redi-i, rcdit-una, to return. dis-ced-5, -ere, discess-i, discess-um, to depart. pon-5, -ere, posu-T, posit-iim, to put, place. sequ-or, sequi, secut-us, to follow. per-sequ-or, persequi, perseciit-us, to follow through, pursue. doc-eo, -ere, docu-I, doct-um, to leach. e-doc-eo, -ere, edocu-i, edoct-iim, to teach thoroughly. nasc-or, nasc-i, nat-iis, to be born. illic-i-o, -ere, illex-I, illect-iim, to allure, decoy. red-do, reddere, reddid-i, reddit-uin, to render. sol-e5, -ere, solitus Q 109, 3), to be accustomed. prof icisc-or, proficisc-i, profect-us, to set out. posc-o, -ere, poposc-i, , to demand, ask. EXAMPLES. Iter omnes celat, He conceals his journey from all. Regem pdcem poscunt, They ask the kin>j for peace. Unius die! iter, One day's journey. Annos (g 153) quindecim natus, Fifteen years old. (Born fifteen years.} A vita discedere, To depart from, life, to die. A millibiis passuum duobus castra } T , t He pitched his camp two miles off. posuit, Millia passuum duo (ace.), or, mil- "] libus passuum duobus (abl.), '}- Two miles from the city. ( 153), ab urbe, j Me f idibus docuit, He taught me to play on the lyre (loith the strings. Abl. of instrument). Ccosarem certiorem ( 151 6) They inform Csesar (make more ccr- faciunt, tain). 20 230 SYNTAX. Translate into English. Urbem, ex Antiochi patris l noming, Anti6"chiam 2 vftcavit. Ancum Martium populus regain 2 creavit. VSteres Roman! Merctirium omnium inventorem 2 artium habebant. Anti- gonus iter exercitus omnes celat. Quotidie Caesar ^Eduos frumentum 3 flagitabat. Num. timidus vitam 4 jucundam vivere potest? Qui 5 auri servus est, turpissimam servitu- tem 4 servit.^ Ariovistiis maximas Germanorum copias Khenum 6 transjec^rat, nequ& multorum dierum 7 it^r 8 a Csesarfs castris abfuit. Quis reg^m fidibiis docuit? Alex- andfir mensem 9 uniim, annos 9 tres St triginta natiis, a vita discessit. Jam vicesimum annum 9 Italise vastitat^m pati- mur. Reguliis Carthagin^m 10 r^diit. Consul in Africam profectus, CarthaginSm vgnit. Consid millia 8 passuum duo ab oppido castra posuSrat. Catilma juventutgm quam illex^rat mala facinora 3 edocebat. Socrates totliis mundi se incolam 2 St civ^m arbitrabatur. Exploratores de liostium adventu consulgm certiorem faciunt. JuvSnes E-omani Atheniis 10 studiorum causa prof icisci solebant. Translate into Latin. Labienus followed Ca3sar into Gaul ; Marius returned home. Our cavalry pursued the enemy ten miles. Csesar set out from the winter quarters to Rome. The place and time often render cowards brave. Lust nSakes (renders} men blind. IP Which of the teachers (masters*) taught the boys grammar and music? My brother taught me to play on the lute. /The general led all his forces across the bridge in one night. VMy brother is twenty years old. 1 { 127. J 151 5. 3 I 151 a. * \ 150, Rem. 1. 5 j 129, Rem. 2. 6 \ 152, Rem. 2. \ 132. s I 153. 9 153. w 154. THE VOCATIVE. THE ABLATIVE. 231 |*Csesar asked the senate for an army. /The robbers de- manded money from Caius. f &re you going to Rome for the sake of study? f ^C8esar was distant ten days' journey from the camp of Ariovistus. ? 3 It-is-characteristie qf a good general to throw his forces over a river quickly. /A boy twelve years old used to inform the enemy of the ap- proach of our forces.^ JkChe Germans will pitch their camp ten miles off. y THE VOCATIVE. 158. The name of the person addressed is put^n the vocative. The vocative has no grammatical connection with the sentence, but merely serves to call the attention of th6 person to whom the discourse is directed. THE ABLATIVE. 159. RULE XXIV. Ablative of Cause, Manner, Means, Instrument. The ablative expresses the cause, manner, means, and instrument : as, Cseciis avaritia, 4 Blinded by avarice. Hoc modo/ec*, -. ' He did it in this manner. Aqullcl alls volat, ' The eagle flies with his wings. Captlvum gladio o^dlt, He kills the captive icith a sword. Remark 1. The causal ablative is used mostly with intransi- tive and passive verbs, and with adjectives. Remark 2. The cause, especially with transitive verbs, is often expressed by ob or proptcr, with the accusative. Remark 3. Akin to the causal ablative is the ablative of source with participles expressing origin : as, natus dea, born of a god- Remark 4- The manner is expressed by the ablative of words meaning manner, modus, mos, ratio, rltus ; or by the ablative 232 SYNTAX. of other words with cum : as, cum voluptate te audio. When an adjective is added to the noun, cam is usually omitted : as, gequo an imo cdldmitdtes ferre, to bear calamities with patience. Remark 5. When the means or instrument is a person, per with the accusative must be used : as, per te liberatus sum, I was freed through you. But the use of per is nut confined to persons: as, per vim, per f idem. Remark 6. To this rule may be referred the ablative with the deponents utir, I employ myself with, I use ; fruor, I delight myself with, I enjoy ; funyor, I busy myself with, I perform ; potior (pjtls), I make myself powerful with, I take possession of; vescor, I feed myself with, I eat. NOTE. Potior sometimes takes an objective genitive (I make my- self master of). Remark 7. A causal ablative is used with expressions of trust, -fldo, cotifldo, Jrettis, etc.: as, fret&s vlribtis, trusting in his strength. 160. KULE XXV. The ablative expresses the material or supply: as, Germdnia flummibus abundat, Germany abounds in rivers. This ablative is used with verbs and adjectives of plenty or want, filling or emptying, depriving, etc.; also with opus est, there is need. This is a branch of the causal ablative, the supply being the necessary antecedent of the idea of filling; there can be no filling without something to fill with. Emptying and depriving are the contraries of filling. Remark 1. With opus and usus the genitive is sometimes used, and rarely the accusative. Opus is either subject of est, or an indeclinable adjective in the predicate. Dtice nobls opus est, we have need of a leader ; or, dux nobls opus est, a leader is necessary for us. The latter construction is used with neuter pronouns and adjectives: as, quid nobls opus est? Remark 2. The genitive is also used with expressions of plenty or wants. See 135, Rule IX., d. THE ABLATIVE. 233 161. RULE XXVI. Ablative of Limitation. Nouns, adjectives, and verbs are limited by the ablative showing in what respect their meaning is taken : as, opptdum nomine' Bibrax, a town, Bibrax by name ; ceg8r pgdibiis, lame in his feet. 162. RULE XXVII. Ablative of Price. The price or value of a thing, if stated definitely, is ex- pressed by the ablative : as, patridm auro vendidit, he sold his country for gold. Remark 1. The price or value, if indefinitely stated, is ex- pressed by the genitive. See $ 137. Remark 2. To this rule may be referred the ablative with dignus, indignus, etc. Remark 3. The ablative of price is akin to the causal ablative, as the price is the necessary antecedent of buying and selling ; there can be no buying and selling without a price. 163. RULE XXVIII. Ablative of Separation. That from which any thing is freed, removed, or separated, is expressed by the ablative : as, patridm hostibus lib era- vtt, he freed his country from enemies. Remark 1. A preposition (d&, de, ex) is often used with this ablative. Remark 2. The preposition is rarely used with names of towns denoting the place from which motion proceeds, or with the ablatives domo, hiimo, rare, and rtirl. Roma discessit. Domo exlre, to go out from home. Remark 3. Verbs of taking away have sometimes, instead of an ablative, a dative of advantage or disadvantage: as, ntc nrihi le eripient, nor shall they take you from me. 164. RULE XXIX, Ablative of Quality. The ablative limited by an adjective is used to express the quality of a thing : as, serpens ingenti magmtudme', a serpent of huge size. 20* 234 SYNTAX. { j'i "-' '' Remark 1. This ablative may form part of the predicate, like an adjective : as, Agesilaus statura/mrf humili, Agesilaus was of low stature. The same idea is sometimes expressed by an ablative of limitation, limiting the adjective: as, Agesilaus staturdfu/tt hftmXlls, Agesilaus was low in stature. Remark 2. A genitive may supply the place of the adjective: as, est bos cervi flgurd, there is an ox of the shape of a stag (a stag-shaped ox). 165. RULE XXX. Ablative of Comparison. The ablative is used with the comparative degree when qudm is omitted, to express that with which something is compared : as ; mons est arbftrS altitir, a mountain is higher than a tree. NOTE. This may be considered a branch of the causal ablative, that with which something is compared being a necessary antece- dent of the idea of comparison. It is perhaps better to consider it an ablative of limitation : " as far as a tree is concerned, a mountain is higher." Remark 1. The complement of a comparative may be con- nected by the conjunction qudm, either in the same case or in the nominative, subject of est, full, etc., understood : as, fortiorem vldl nemmem qudm Marium, or qudm Marius (est). Remark 2. When the thing compared is the subject, the abla- tive is generally used: as, saxum auro dtiri&s est; also, when the thing compared is the object, the ablative, especially of pronouns, is used : as, hoc riilill grdtius fdcerc potes, you can do nothing more agreeable than tins. But with a comparative in any other case than the nominative or accusative the ablative is very rarely used. Qudm is used with all cases. Remark 3. The complement of a comparative is often omitted altogether, and the comparative is translated by too, rather, or quite, with the positive : as, equitcs paulo longius processerant, the horse- men had advanced a little too far. Saepius, quite frequently. & THE ABLA' Remark 4- Plus, minus, and amplius are often prefixed to expressions of number, magnitude, etc., without effect upon the construction : as, non amplius horas sex mansit, he stayed not more than six hours. These words may be considered adverbs, or indeclinable nouns. Longius and the adjectives major and minor are sometimes used in the same way: thus, puer annorum dectm, a boy of ten years ; putr minor annorum decem, a boy of less than ten years. 166. KULE XXXI. Ablative of Place where. The ablative, usually with the preposition in, expresses the place where : as, castris or in castris mansit, he re- mained in the camp ; Alexander Baby long mortuus est, Alexander died at Babylon. NOTE. The preposition is rarely used with names of towns. Exc. The name of a town denoting the place where, if of the first or second declension and in the singular number, is in the genitive : as, habitat Romae, he lives at Rome ; Mlleti mortuus est, he died at Miletus. Remark 1. The genitives doml, huml, mllltlce, and belli, also express the place where : as, doml mllUiceque, at home and in service. Remark 2. The genitive of names of islands and countries is sometimes used in the same way: as, Romce Numidiaeque, at Rome and in Numidia. 167. KULE XXXII. Ablative of Time when. The point of time at which any thing occurs is ex- pressed by the ablative : as, tertid hord, at the third hour. Remark 1. The limit of time within which any thing is done is expressed by the ablative. See \ 153, note. Remark 2. The time before or after an event is expressed (a.) By ante or post with a numeral. (6.) By anttqudm or postqudm. (c. ) The time after an event, by the relative or quum. 236 SYNTAX. (a.) After ten years, or ten years after. \ \ (6.) 'Ten years after he had came. post decem annos. decem jjost annos. post declmum annum. declmum post annum. decem annls post. decem post annls. declmo anno post. declmo post anno, post decem annos decem post annos post declmum annum declmum post annum decem annls post decem post annls declmo anno post quam venlt. declmo post anno ) When ante or post stands last, an accusative specifying the event is often added : as, dtcimo anno antt conjurationem. (c.) Octo diebus quibus occlsun est, eight days after he was killed. Quatilduo quo ocellus est, in four days after he was killed. 168. RULE XXXIII. Ablative of Di/erence. The ablative is used to show how much one thing exceeds or falls short of another : as, multis partibus major, many times larger ; dimidio m/lndr, less by half. 169. RULE XXXIV. Ablativewiih Prepositions. Twelve prepositions are followed by the ablative. See 120. For the ablative of duration of time and extent of space, see \ 153. For the ablative absolute, see $ 186. EXERCISE LVI. 170. Vocabulary. ' fretus, -a, -iim, trusting. ' secundus, -a, -um, favorable. concordia, -ge, agreement. tumultus, -us, tumult. discordia, -as, disagreement. * cadaver, -er-is($ 38, Exc. 2), corpse. plerumque (adv.), for the most part, sensus, -us, feeling, sense. moeror, -or-is, grief. talentum, -T, ,talent. incredibilis, -e, incredible. as, assis (m.), a farthing, a small coin. THE ABLATIVE. 237 morsus, -us, biting. religio, -on-is, religion. anxius, -a, -urn, anxious. Neptunus, -I, Neirtune (god of the natiis, -us, birth. sea). in-vad-o, -ere, invas-i, invas-um, to attack. eon-fld-o, -ere, confis-us, to trust. ($ 109, 3.) cresc-5, -ere, crev-i, eret-um, to grow. ui-lUb-or, -I, dl-laps-us, to fall to pieces. inter-eo, -ire, interi-i, inturit-uin (g 111, 9), to perish. loqu-or, loqui, locut-us, to speak. ut-or, -I, usus, to use. fru-or, -i, fruct-iis, to enjoy. vesc-or, vesci, , to eat, feed upon. con-fic-i-o, -ere, confec-i, confect-iim, to finish. tut--or, -ari, -atus, to protect. in-duc-5, -ere, indux-i, induct-iim, to lead on, induce. im-pl-eo, -ere, implev-i, implet-um, to Jill. spoli-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to strip, rob, deprive. nud-o, -ure, -avi, -atum, to make naked, strip. pr5-hlb-eo, -ere, prohlbu-i, prohibit-um, to keep off, prevent. ex-pell- o, -ere, expul-i, expuls-um, to drive out. inter-dlc-o, -ere, inter-dix-i, inter-dict-um, to forbid. mut-5, -are, -avi, -atutn, to exchange, to change. Prse moerore, Major natu "(g 161), B,e (abl. of res), Dux nobis (g 142) opus est, Duce ( 160) nobis (g 143) opus est, Matarato (part. perf. pass.) opus est, Gives agrls (g 160) spoliare, Equus mihi ( 142, Rem. 3) talento (? 162) stetit, Denis in diem assibiis ($ 162), Asse (| 162)*carum, Aqua (g 163) aliquem interdicere, Alicul (^ 141 or 142) aquam inter- dicere, Alicui (? 142) aqua et igni (g 163) interdicere, EXAMPLES. On account of grief. A preventing cause. Greater by birth, older, elder. In fact. A leader is necessary for us. We have need of a leader. There is need of haste. To deprive the citizens of their land. The horse cost me a talent (stood to me at a talent). For or at ten farthings a day. Dear at an as. To cut one off from water. To forbid water to one. To cut one off from fire and water, to banish. 238 SYNTAX. Translate into English. Hostes niimgro 1 freti in nostros impgtum fecere'. Dux hostium natura 1 loci conf idebat. : Decimse legion! 2 Caesar maxime conf!dej)at. Concordia 1 res parvse crescunt; discordia 1 maximse dilabuntur. Mult! oppidanorum fum6 t sit! inter ierunt. ISTumidse plerumque lacte St carne 3 vescuntur. Hannibal victoria 3 frill quam uti mal.uit. Catilma, 'cupiditatS regni inductus, conjuratrSngm fecit. Sapie'ritisf est sequo animo dolor^m ferrg. Cornibus tauri, aprl jdentibias, morsu leones se tutantur. PatSr tuiis nomin^ 5 magis quam impSrio 5 rex fuit. Fratriim maxi- mus natu 5 fuit Orggtorix. Milites urbem tumultu 6 imple- bunt. Neptunus ventis 6 sScundis vela implevit. Auctori- tatS tua 7 nobis 8 opiis est. Quantum argent! tibi 2 opus est? Quanti 9 istfi ^quus tibi stetit? Talento. 10 Hsec victoria uobis multo sanguing 10 stetit. Denis in diem assibus 10 anima t corpus militis sestimantiir. Quod u non ftpus est asse carum est. Divites cives E-omani uxores lib^rosquS militum agris 12 expellebant. Regulus Cartha- gin 12 profectiis, Eomam 13 pervenit. Sacerdotes Balbo aqua t igni interdixSrant. Consul Roma^discessit. 4 Translate into Latin. The Britons live mostly on milk and flesh. The gene- ral, trusting in the nature of. the place, kept his forces in camp. Very many poor (men) have died of hunger and thirst. I cannot speak for (on account o/) grief. The townsmen besought Csesar with many tears. Orgetorix, M 1159, Rem. 7. 2 ? 142. 3 2 159, Rem. 6. | 1 133. 5 2 161. 6 J 160. 'i 10 $ ! 160, ! 162. Rem. 8 11 2.143. J 129, 72m. 5. 9 ? 137. 12 J 163. 13 j ! 154. THE ABLATIVE. 239 the richest and most noble of the Helvetians, led on by the desire of reigning (regni)> made a conspiracy of the nobility. ] The soldiers finished the journey with incredible swiftness. ^ Cicero wrote all his speeches with the greatest care and diligence, ^he Belgians attacked the camp with great shouting. * It is the duty of a young man to respect his elders. l ' Bocchus was king in name, but not in fact. vV The sailors had loaded the ships with gold. 1 s Thou hast deprived the citizens of (their) land ; thou hast stripped the temples of (their) silver and gold ; thou hast filled the city with blood and corpses ; for these things (ob has res') I cut thee off from water and fire. We have need of haste. ^How much gold have we need of? j This base fellow will exchange faith and religion for money. ^Lycurgus forbade the use of gold to his people. \ The JEduans were not able to keep off the Helvetians from their country. EXERCISE LVII. 171. Vocabulary. statura, -ae, stature, height (of a Hibernia, -ae, Ireland. man). antequam (conj.), before. humilis, -e ($ 72, 2), low. postquam (conj.), after. exiguus, -a, -urn, small, short. doctus, -a, -uin, learned. potestas, -tat-is, power. amplus, -a, -um, large, much. perpetuus, -a, -um, continual. diimdium, -i, half. tyrannus, -I, king, despot. infinitus, -a, -um, boundless. genus, gener-is, race, family. altitudS," -in-is, depth, height. spelunca, -ae, cave. paulus, -a, -um, little. (Usually in pravus, -a, -um, depraved. ' neuter.} figfira, -93, shape, figure. Diana, -03, Diana. inferior (% 72, 4), lower, of leas Ephesius, -a, -iim, Ephesian. value, inferior. Punicus, -a, -um, Carthaginian. posterior ( 72, 4), later, of less ac- ScIpiS, -on-is, Seipio. count. Africanus, -a, -ilm, African. (A sur- prascipuus, -a, -iim, especial. name of Seipio.} Varr5, -on-is, Varro. Britannia, -ae, Britain. 240 SYNTAX. die -5, -ere, dix-T, dict-um, to say, to call. duc-o, -ere, dux-1, duct-um, to lead, to deem. cup-i-o, -ere, cupiv-i, cupit-uin, to desire. de-flagr-o, -are, -avi, -atiim, to burn down, .to be consumed. EXAMPLES. A battle more fierce than in pro* Proejium atrocius quam pro nu- ! portion to the numbers of comba- mero pugnantium, I tants ; or than loould have been ex- j pected from, etc. Quo (g 168) longior dies,eo ( 168) The longer the day, the shorter the nox brevior, night. (Ed is antecedent of quo.) Translate into English. Agesilaus statura 1 fuit humili, corporg exiguo. Qui 2 potestatg est perpStua, tyrannus habetur t dicitiir. Lucius Catilma, nobili ggn&re 3 natus, fuit magna vi 1 t 4 animi corporis, sSd inggnio 1 malo pravoquS. Est bos cervi 5 figura, cujus a mfidia 6 fronte unum cornu exsistit. Sapi- entis 7 est humana omnia virtut^ 8 infgriora ducgreV Bello Punico 9 quo 8 nullum majus Roman! gesser^, ScipiS Afri- caniis prsecipuam gloriam tulit. Hsec verba sunt Var- ronis, quara fuit Claudius doctioris. 10 Ed die non am- plius 11 tri& millia hominum occisi sunt. 12 Gallorum copise non longius millia 13 passuum octo ab castris abSrant. Tri- biis annis u post bellum civile' populus Syphac^m reg^m creavit. Homines quo plura habent, eo cupiunt ampliora. VarrO Antiochise 15 vixit. ' 'CicerO studiorum causa multos annos Athenis habitavit. Qua noctS natus est Alexander, tempi um Dianse Ephesise deflagravit. i 164, Rem. 1. 2 $ 129, J2m. & s 159, Rem. 3. * \ 123, Jfcwi. &f. 5 \ 164, J2ew. ^. 6 2 128, Rem. 8. 133. 8 | 165. J 167. 10 J 127. 11 165, Rem. 4* i 2 128, 72cm. 5. 13 I 153. w { 167, J2w. ^. " | 166, Exc, THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION. 241 Translate into Latin. ( It is the duty of a general to deem his own safety of less account than the common safety. Near the city is a cave of boundless depth. ^ This soldier is of low stature and lame in his feet. I have seen no more beautiful (woman) than Tullia. ^ On that day Csesar advanced (procedure*) not more than six miles. c More men were killed tli&ii^would have been expected from the number of combatants, ihree days after Gesar reached the camp, ambassadors were sent by the Germans. > The consul was blind for many years be- fore (antequam) you were born. The king of the Thracians dwelt many years at Rome. Ireland is less by half than Britain. Cicero was much more eloquent than Crassus. The farther the enemy retreated, the more swiftly did our men pursue. Our horsemen pursued the enemy a little too far. THE PASSIVE CONSTRUCTION. For the change from active to passive construction, see 108. 172. RULE XXXV. Verbs which in the active take another case in addition to the object-accusative, in the passive retain that other case : as, tibZr pugro datur, a book is given to the boy ; arbores fblils nudantur, the trees are stripped of leaves. 1. A second accusative in the active (except with verbs of teaching and some verbs of asking) becomes a predicate nominative in the passive. Urbem vocdvit Romam ; Urbs Roma vocdtur. Remark 2. As intransitive verbs have no direct object in the active, they are not used personally in the passive, except with a 21 242 SYNTAX. cognate or equivalent nominative : as, curses currltur. When they are used impersonally, the remote object is of course retained:] as, mihi a te persuadetur, I am persuaded by you. Remark 3. The infinitive passive of an intransitive verb is j often used as a complement of an impersonal expression : as, tnilii persuaderl non putest, it cannot be persuaded to me; I can-\ not be persuaded. SYNTAX OF THE INDEFINITE VEKB. The finite verb consists of the indicative, the sub- > junctive, and the imperative mood ; the indefinite verb, of the infinitive, participles, gerund, and supine. INFINITIVE. 173. KULE XXXVI. Subject Infinitive. -The*! infinitive is a neuter noun in the nominative or accusa- tive, and may be the subject of a verb : as, gratum est tectim ambularS, it is pleasant to walk with you. 174. RULE XXXVII. Complementary Infinitive. \ The infinitive is used as a complement (filling up) with I certain verbs, nouns, and adjectives expressing an incom- plete idea: as, par at bellum gSre're', he is preparing to wage war. NOTE. The complementary infinitive is generally an accusative, either of direct object or limitation. TranslrZ conatur, he attempts the crossing. Translre pdtest, he is able as to the crossing (his ability reaches that limit). Remark 1. The infinitive with nouns and adjectives is rare in prose, the gerund being generally used. Cupidus moriendl, ; rather than cupidus morlrl. Remark 2. A purpose is not expressed in Latin prose by the infinitive. Thus, / came to see, must be translated venl ut viderem, not venl videre, though this construction is sometimes used by the poets. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 243 Remark 3. An infinitive expressing an incomplete idea ( 130, 3) has the same case after it as before it, if both nouns refer to the same thing: as, volo esse rex; nemlnl medio esse licet; mihi esse poetae dil non concessere, the gods have not permitted me to be a poet; ptidet me victum discedtre, I am ashamed to come off conquered. Remark 4. An adjective limiting a complementary infinitive agrees with the subject : as, Ccesdr clemens existlmdrl voluit, Caesar wished to be esteemed merciful. Remark 5. The accusative with the infinitive ($ 188) is some- times used with licet, and the predicate noun must then be in the accusative : as, nemml (se) medium esse licet. 175. RULE XXXVIII. Historical Infinitive. In animated narration the infinitive is often used like a past indicative : as, consul \n Afrlcam festmarg, the consul hastened to Africa. For the predicate infinitive, see $ 188. For the construction of participles, see $ 185. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 176. RULE XXXIX. The gerund is a verbal noun in the oblique cases (the nominative being sup- plied by the infinitive), and is construed with the same oases as the verb from which it is derived. Studium patrem vldendi, the desire of seeing my father. Parcendo victis, by sparing the conquered. 177. RULE XL. Instead of a transitive gerund the gerundive is frequently used ; the object-noun being put into the ease of the gerund, and the gerundive agree- ing with it in gender, number, and case : as, Consilium scribendi epistolam, ) _, , Y The denan of writing a letter. Consllium epistolae seribendae, j Remark 1. A transitive gerund with an object accusative is not generally used in the dative or accusative, but the gerundive 244 SYNTAX. is used instead : as, chartd utilis est scribendls epistolis, or dd sciibendas epistdlds (not scrlbendo tpistolao). So also when the gerund would be the object of a preposition the gerundive is pre- ferred : as, in victore laudando (not victorem), in praising the conqueror. Remark 2. The gerund is preferred when the object is a neuter adjective or pronoun: as, stadium aliquid fdciendl, the desire of doing something. Remark 3. The genitive singular of the gerund is sometimes used instead of the genitive plural of the gerundive, with a noun in the genitive plural : as, fdcultds agrorum latrombus suls corido- nandi, the opportunity o/ presenting our fields to his ruffians. So also in the expression sul purgandl causa, for the purpose of excusing themselves; though sul may better be regarded as the genitive singular neuter of the possessive, like nostrl and vestri, and purgandl as a gerundive agreeing with it. Remark 4- The verbs utor, fruor, fungor, potior, and some- times medeor, use the gerundive like transitive verbs. 178. RULE XLI. The gerundive of intransitive verbs is used impersonally with the tenses of ess%, to ex- press the necessity or duty of doing an action : as, Mihi eundum est, I must go. Tib! eundum est, Thou must go. 9 Caio eundum est, Cains must f;>r eonficiendd*, for finishing, to finish, these things. (c.) After a noun, by the dative of a gerundive: as, me regem bello gerendS credvisti, you have made me king for the purpose of carrying on war. (d.) By caufid, gratia, with the genitive: as, me regem belli gerendi causa credvisti, you have made me king for the purpose of carrying on war. SUPINE. 247 (e.) By the supine after verbs of motion : as, leydil res repetitum reniunt, ambassadors come to seek redress. (For other modes of expressing purpose, see 193; 210; 185, 3 b.) Translate into English. Germams neque consilii habendi 1 nqu arma capiendi 2 spatiiim datum est. Magna pars quitatus prsedandi fru- mentandique 2 causa trans Rheniim missa erat. Ad eas res conf iciendas l Orggtorix deligitur. Omnes homines plura habendi 3 ciipidi sunt. Multi in Squis parandis 1 adliibent curani, s^d in amicis deligendis 1 negligentes sunt. Csesar in Arari pontSm faciendum l ciiravit. CaBsar pontem qu^m in Hheno faciendum 1 curaverat, rescidit. Hominis mens discendo alitiir ^t cogitando. BrSvS tempus setatis satis longiim est ad benS honestequ^ vivendum. Herminius int^r spdliandum 1 corpus hostis v^ruto percussus est. Loquendi eloquentia augetiir legendis l oratoribus ^t poetis. Principes civitatis, sui conservandi 4 causa, Roma 5 profu- gerunt. Fortes ^t magnanimi* sunt habendi non qui 6 faciunt, sd qui propulsant injuriam. Illo ipso die mihi 7 proficiscendiim 8 erat. Militibtis de navibus erat desilien- diim. 8 Mendaci 9 a nullo creditur. 10 Mihi a te noceii 11 non potest. Translate into Latin. (The verb esse is often omitted with participles. See $ 126, Rem. 4>) The Gauls had formed the design of attacking the town. ^ Time for retiring from (out of) the fight was not given to 1 177. 2 1 176. 3 ^ 135 am * | 177, Rem. 3. 5 \ 163. 6 g 129, Rem. 2. 7 145. 8 I 178. 9 \ 142, or \ 141. 10 $ 114,5; 1112, Rem. 2. \ 172, Rem. 3. * Predicate nominative after sunt habendi; the subject is th relative sentence following. 248 SYNTAX. the wearied. The hope of plundering had recalled the farmers from their fields. ^ The general gave the city to his soldiers to be plundered. vThe chiefs of the state came to Csesar/or the purpose of excusing themselves. *The king's daughters had fled from home for the purpose of saving themselves. ( The Gauls send ambassadors to Rome to com- plain-of (supine) injuries, and to seek redress. I?L short life is long enough to accomplish all these things. ^Csesar had to do all things at one time : the flag had to be set up, the soldiers recalled from the work ; (those) who had advanced a little too far, sent for; the line had to be drawn up ; the soldiers exhorted; the signal given. lt>The soldiers had at the same time both to leap-down from the ships and to fight with the enemy. The Helvetians were desirous of carrying on war. ^ I SYNTAX OP PROPOSITIONS. 181. 1. Propositions are either principal or depend- ent. A principal proposition makes complete sense when standing alone ; a dependent one does not make complete sense when alone, but must be connected with another proposition. 2. Principal propositions are declarative, interrogative, imperative, or exclamatory ; as, Puer currtt, the boy runs. (Declarative.) CurriinS puer 9 Does the boy run ? (Interrogative.) Cur re puer ! Run, boy ! (Imperative.) Quarn cZleriier currltl How fast he runs! (Exclamatory.) 3. Dependent or subordinate propositions are of ten kinds, viz. : 1. Participial propositions, i.e., those whose predicate is a participle. 2. Infinitive propositions, i.e., those whose predicate is an infinitive. 3. Causal propositions, introduced by the causal conjunctions quod, quia, etc. THE MOODS. 249 4. Final propositions, introduced by & final conjunction. 5. Conditional propositions, introduced by a conditional conjunction. 6. Concessive proposition*! introduced by a concessive conjunction. 7. Comparative propositions, introduced by a comparative conjunction. 8. Temporal propositions, introduced by a temporal conjunction. 9. Relative propositions, introduced by a relative pronoun. 10. Interrogative propositions, introduced by an interrogative word. 4. Every dependent proposition is either a noun, an adjective, or an adverb, limiting either the subject, or predicate, or some other word of the principal propo- sition on which it depends. 5. Propositions of the same rank, whether principal or dependent, may be connected by conjunctions, and are then said to be co-ordinate with each other. Co- ordination is of five kinds, viz. : 1. Copulative: e.g., he has lost his property, and forfeited his credit. 2. Disjunctive : e.g., either he has lost his property, or he has forfeited his credit. 3. Adversative : e.g., he has lost his property, but he has not forfeited his credit. 4. Corroborative : e.g., he will forfeit his credit, for he has lost his pro- perty. 5. Conclusive: e.g., he has lost his property, therefore he will forfeit his credit. THE MOODS. 182. RULE XLIIL The indicative is used both in principal and dependent sentences when a fact is stated. 183. RULE XLIV. The subjunctive is used when a thing is stated, not as a/ac, but simply as conceived in the mind. It is used in principal propositions, (.) In a softened assertion: as, hoc confirmaverim, I think I can as-' sert this, 250 SYNTAX. (b.) In a question implying doubt or expecting a negative answer: as, quid fad dmus ? what shall we do? (c.) To express a supposea case : as, forsltun allquis dixerit, perhaps some one will say. (d.) To express a command or prohibition: as, ne hocfeceris, do not do this. Remark. The subjunctive is always used to express a com- mand or exhortation in the first person, the imperative having no first person : as, eamus, let us go. TENSES. 184. The tenses are either primary or historical. f PRESENT. FUTURES. PRES. PERFECT. amat, amabit, amavit, Primary. ] he i ove8t he wi u i ove . he ha8 i ovedt amaverit, he will have loved. C IMPERFECT. PAST PERFECT. AORIST PERFECT. Historical. < amabat, amaverat, amavit, / he was loving. he had loved. he loved. RULE XLtV. Succession of Tenses. If there be a primary tense in the principal proposition, there must be a primary tense in the dependent; if there be an historical tense in the principal, there must be an historical tense in the dependent. PRINCIPAL. DEPENDENT. Venio ut videam, I come, that I may see. Veniam ut videam, / will come, that I may see. Veni ut videam, / have come, that I may see. Veniebam ut viderem, / was coming, that I might see. Veni ut viderem, I came, that 1 might see. Remark 1. An historical present is primary in form, but past in fact : it is, therefore, often followed by past tenses in the depend- ent propositions. Remark 2. The latter part of a long oblique discourse, when the leading verb is past, is almost always shifted to the present, for the sake of animation. PARTICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS. 251 PARTICIPIAL PROPOSITIONS. 185. 1. The participle is used to abridge discourse, and may stand in the place of a causal, final, conditional, concessive, relative, or temporal proposition, or a prin- cipal proposition connected by et with what follows. 2. (a.) The participle may agree with the subject, object, or some other word of the principal proposition (participial conjunctive construction) : as, Aristldes patrid pulsiis Ldc&dcemone'm fuglt, Aristides when driven from his country fled to Sparta. (6.) Or, it may stand with a noun or a pronoun in the ablative, without grammatical connection with any word in the principal proposition : as, his rebus constitutis, consul discesstt, these things being determined upon, the consul departed. (Ablative Absolute.) 3. Here may be noted some peculiarities in the use of the participles. (a.) The participle in rus is used with the verb esse to represent the agent as about to perform, or intending to perform, an action. Ldciittirus fuit, he was on the point of speaking. (This is some- times called the First Periphrastic Conjugation.) (b.) The participle in rus, especially with verbs of motion, is sometimes used to express & purpose. Ad Jovem Ammontm pergit consulturus de orlglne sud, he goes to Jupiter Ammon to consult about his origin. (c. ) The perfect passive participle agreeing with a noun is often used like a verbal noun in -io or -us limited by a genitive: as, db urbe condita, from the building of the city ; post prcelium factum, after the fighting of the battle. An adjective limiting a noun may often be translated in the same way, i.e. like an abstract noun with a genitive : as, improvlsd re commotl, alarmed by the suddenness of the thing. (d.) Instead of the perfect tenses in the active, the perfect pas- 252 SYNTAX. sive participle is sometimes used with liabco ; and the compound form thus obtained is generally stronger than the simple perfect : as, Dumnorix portorid redempta ha"buit (forrtdemerdt), Dumnorix had farmed the revenues. 186. EULE XLVI. Ablative Absolute. A noun and participle, whose case depends upon no other word, are put in the ablative called absolute, to express the time, cause, condition, or circumstances of an action : as, Pythagoras, Tarquinio regnantfi, \n Italiam veritt, Pythagoras came to Italy in the reign of Tarquin (Tar- quin reigning). Remark 1. Two nouns, or a noun and an adjective, are often used in the ablative absolute without a participle, the participle ens of esse having become obsolete : as, natura dp.ce, under the guidance of nature (nature being guide) ; Manlio consule, in the consulship of Manlius (Manlius being consul). ^ Remark 2. This omission of the participle ens is quite com- mon in the participial \conj^inctive construction also : as, C. .Antdm&s, pedibus seger, )prtelfo ddxsse nequibat, Caius Antonius could not be present at the^j^ttle, (being}, lame in his feet, i.e. because he was lame; Metellus, vir egregius dlils artlbus, Metel- lus (though he was) an illustrious man in other respects, etc. Remark 3. The ablative absolute is very rarely used when the subject of the participial proposition is the same with that of the principal proposition; the conjunctive construction is then used. EXERCISE LIX. 187. Vocabulary. repentinus, -&, -um, sudden. de-sper-are, to despair. tempestas, -tat-is, time. Atheniensis, -is, an Athenian. ulterior ($ 74, \], farther. Messala, -se, Mesaala. Dyonysius, -1, Dyonysins. Pls5, -on-is, Piso. Syracusae, -arum, Syracuse, a city Persa, -se, a Persian. of Sicily. ex sententia, according to one's notion, pollicitati, -frn-is, promise. satisfactorily. err-are. to err t to wander. PARTICIPIAL PPvOPOSITIONS. 253 arrip-i-o, -ere, arripu-i, arrept-um, to snatch up. nancisc-or, nancisc-i, nactus and nanct-us, to obtain. pro-gred-i-or, progred-I, progress-us, to go forward. co-hort-or, -aii, -atus, to encourage, exhort. cond-o, cond-ere, condid-1, condit-um, to found, build. com-mitt-o, -ere, coin-mis-i,*commiss-um, to join. del-e5, -ere, delev-1, delet-um, to destroy. aggred-i-or, aggred-i, aggress-us, to go to, attack. ver-eor, ver-erl, verit-iis, to fear. ad-duc-o, -ere, addux-i, adduct-um, to lead on. EXAMPLE. Cassar, having called a council, ) Caesar, concilio convocato, centuri- sharply censured the centurions. J ones vehementer incusdvlt. (None but deponent verbs have a perfect participle with an active meaning ; the perfect active participle in English must therefore be translated by the perfect passive participle in the ablative absolute, unless the verb is deponent.) Translate into English. Nostri, rgpentma re perturbati, arm a arrtpiunt. Bar- bari, multituding navium perterriti, 1 a Htor6 discesserant. Nactus idoneam ad navigandum 2 tempestatSm, tertia ferS vigilia 3 Sopites in ulte'riorem portum progredi jussit. His rebus ex sententia confectis, 4 impSratdr, milites cohortatus, proelium commlsit. Viginti annis 5 ant6 CatonSm natum 6 pat^r metis vita 7 discessit. Anno quadragesimo prime ab urbS condita 6 Num^i rex 8 creatus est. Haud multis anms post Carthagin^m deletam 6 Jugurtha natus est. Dyony- sius tyranniis, Syracusis 7 expulsiis, Corinth! 9 puSros doce- bat. Legatus signum militibus non dgdit cupientibus. 1 g 185, 2 a. *J186. 2 142, #m. #. 5 { 167, 72m. #. *| 130, 2. 22 3 167. 6 g 185, 3 c. J 166, Exc. 254 SYNTAX. Natura duce * nunquam errabimus. i ' His rebus consti- tutis 2 legati regain de rebus suis desperantgm, multis pol- licitationibus aggrediuntur. 3 >^Hac re sttim per spgcula- tores* cognita, Caesar, insidias veritus, exercitum castrls 5 continuit. jAlexande'r in Asiam contendit regnum Per- sarum occupaturus. 6 '^Csesar in Italiam profecturiis 7 prin- cipes civitatum ad se convocat. ' ' Consul collSm occupa- turus estX^Athenienses legates miserunt oraculum consiil- turos. 6 / / Marco Messala ^t Marco Pisong consiilibus, 1 Orgetorix, cupiding regni adductus, conjurationSm nobill- tatis fecit. f > Translate into Latin. Who will err under the guidance of nature? Wlio, pray, will not err under your guidance ? } In the consul- ship of Manlius the Gauls sent ambassadors to Rome. 'These things having been determined upon, the line of battle having been drawn up, the signal having been given, our men commenced battle. * Both parties fought ( 114, 5) bravely. ^The consul, fearing the enemy's cavalry, kept his forces in camp (for) three days. /'Two years before the destruction of Carthage the Numidians sent ambassadors to Rome to the senate. ' The general is going-to-attack the enemy at sunset. In the reign of Tarquin the Proud, many noble citizens were murdered at Rome. < The general, having called together his lieuten- ants, ordered them to commence the battle. The Athe- nians, having consulted the oracle, returned home/ 1 Ad- herbal, (when) expelled from Numidia, fled to Rome. \\ These things having been satisfactorily arranged, Caesar set out to (in) Britain. 186, Rem. 1. 2 I l6/> 3 95, Rem. 159, Rem. 5. 5 166. 6 185, 3 b. 185, 3 a. INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 255 INFINITIVE PROPOSITIONS. 188. EULE XLVII. After expressions of saying, thinking, etc. (verbtt, sentiendl H dlcendi), and certain impersonal expressions, dependent propositions intro- duced in English by that, are expressed in Latin by infinitive propositions : as ; dlclt me scrlb&r&, he says that I write. The subject of an infinitive proposition is in the accusative. NOTE. The infinitive cannot with propriety be called a predi- cate, as it is a noun, and not a mode of the verb. Thus, in the above example, the object of dlclt is scribere, and me shows the limit to which the assertion extends ($ 155), he asserts the writing with respect to me. The thing asserted is the writing, and the person as to whom the assertion is made is me. But as the accusative with the infinitive corresponds to English noun-propositions introduced by that, it is more convenient to regard it as a dependent pro- position, the accusative being the subject, and the infinitive being the predicate. Remark 1. The infinitive expresses an action as incomplete, completed, or future, with reference, not to the present time, but to the time of the leading verb. (a.) Dicit, he says } me scrlbere, ^ ^ DIcet, he will say that I write, or f s P siss6 > . scripturum essg, Dixit, he has said J am writing. J that 1 have wriiten ' J that Iwil1 write ' $.) Dicebat, he was saying ~\ me scribere", ^ me scrip.isse, ^ Dixit, he said I that I wrote, or I that Ihad [ m scri P tMra ess Dixerat, he had said J was writing. J written. J that Iw uld WrUe ' ep. scriptum IrT, that the letter will be written. ep. scriptum iri, that the letter would be written. }epist61S,m scrlbT, "\ ep. scriptam ess, ^) that the letter is > that the letter has ( being written* J been written. J Jepistolam scribl, "| ep. scriptam essg, ^ that the letter was > that the letter had > being written. J been written. ) * A doubtful expression, which, however, has been engrafted upon the language. 256 SYNTAX. Hence, after a primary tense (a) the infinitive is translated like the indicative of the same tense, i.e. an infinitive present, like an indicative present, etc. ; after an historical tense (b) the infinitive present is translated like the indicative imperfect ; the infinitive perfect, like the indicative past-perfect ; the infinitive future, like the subjunctive imperfect (should or icould) ; and the infinitive future-perfect (fuisse scriptHrum], like the subjunctive past-perfect (should have, would have). Remark 2. The accusative with the infinitive future passive is properly the object of the supine, the infinitive present passive Irl being used impersonally : as, dlcit tpistolam scriptam m, he says that it is gone to write the letter ; i.e. that some one is going. to write it, and, hence, that it will be written. Remark 3. The passive construction is preferred with transi- tive verbs where ambiguity would arise from the use of the direct object. Thus, nuncialum est Mdriam Jagurthdm vlcisse, might mean either " that Marius has conquered Jugurtha," or ''that Jugurtha has conquered Marius." Hence Jagurthdm a MJrio victam is preferable. Remark 4- Verbs meaning to wish or desire are followed by a complementary infinitive, or an infinitive with a subject: as, CcBsdr clemens existimarl vult, or Ccesdr se existimarl clementtm vult, Caesar wishes to be esteemed merciful. R mark 5. An infinitive proposition is always a noun-pro- position, the object of a verb of saying or thinking, the sub^ ject of an impersonal verb, or in apposition with another noun. With an impersonal verb an infinitive proposition is logically (i.e. according to the manner of speaking) dependent, but gram- matically the subject. EXERCISE LX. 189. Vocabulary. jucrum, -i, yoJce. f&miliaris, -e, pertaining to the family. biermium, -I, two years. res familiaris, property. victor, -or-is, conqueror. spes, -ei, hope. prod-itor, -or-is, traitor. facultas, -tat-is, means, opportunity. m INFINITIVE PRO: nSg-8, -are, -avi, -atum, to say no, to \ com-par-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to acquire. larg-ior, larg-iri, larglt-iis, to bribe. neglig-5, -ere, neglex-I, neglect-um, to neglect. con-sId-6, -ere, consed-i, consess-uin, to encamp. con-stat, con-stabat, con-stit-it (impers.), it is evident. nosc-o, -ere, novr-i, not-um, to find out, to know. conjic-i-5, -ere, conjec-i, conject-um, to hurl. pollic-eor, pollic-eri, pollicit-us, to promise. sper-5, -are, -avi, -atura, to hope. re-nunti-5, -arc, -avi, -atum, to bring back word. pell-o, -ere, pepul-i, puls-um, to beat, drive. mm-or, -ari, -atiis, to threaten. confirm-5, -are, -avi, -atum, to declare, assert. red-d8. redd-ere, reddid-i, reddit-um, to give back, return. animadvert-5, -ere, animadvert-i, animadvers-iim, to perceive. opprim-5, -ere, oppress-!, oppress-um, to oppress. sub monte, at the foot of the mountain. EXAMPLES. (a.) Caesari nunciatur, Word is brought, it is announced, to Csesar. (6.) Eex se negotiuin confecturum The king promises to finish the pollicetur, business. (c.) Latrones se regem occisuros The robbers threatened to slay the ease minabantur, king, (d.) Iinperator se regem futurum sperabat, The general hoped to be king. (Observe that after the verbs hope, promise, and threaten, the Latins use an infinitive proposition, while we use a complementary infinitive ; but a complementary infinitive sometimes occurs with these verbs : as, polllcentur obstdes dare.) (e.) Memoria (g 166) tenere, (/.) Caesar negat se posse, (g.) Turpe est regem mentlrl, (h.) Constat inter omnes, To remember. Csesar sai/s that he cannot (denies that he can). It is base for a king to -lie (that a king lie). All are aware (it Is evident anwn^ all). 258 SYNTAX. (t.) Dicitur Jugurtham regem esse, It is said that Juyurtha ia king. (Impersonal construction.) Jugurtha dicitur rex esse, Juyiirtha is said to be king* (Per- sonal construction.) Translate into English. Exploratores dicunt oppidum ab hostibus teneri. Cams fratrem suum magno in periculo esse anirnadvertit. Csesari l notum est Dumnorigem Helvetiis 2 fdvere. Rgglnse nunciabo te venisse. ^ GalbS, ab exploratoribus certior 3 factiis est Gallos omnes diseessisse. A Csesari nuntiatum est Gallos propiiis accedere ac lapides telaqu^ in nostros con- jicere. ISTuncius pollicetur se nggotium ex sententia con- fecturiim esse.^ Principes sperabant se totius Gallic * potiri posse. ! Equites rgnimtiaverunt oppidum expugnatum esse. i Caesar mgmoria t^nebat Lucium Cassium consulem occlsum? exercitumque ejus ab Helvetiis pulswn 1 &t sub jiigum missum. 1 ' Csesar negavit se Helvetiis ite'r p^r pro- vinciam darS posse. Ad eas res cqnficiendas 5 Helvetii .biennitim sibl 2 satis esse duxerunt. JEquiim est victorem pareere victis. Non sine causa dictum est dlvitias alas haberS. Constat intgr omnes nemmem sinS virtutS posse 1 beatum 6 Translate into Latin. \ The cruel chief threatened to slay ( 189, Exc.) the women and children. Ariovistus declared that he would not return the hostages. * Caesar said that he was not lead- ing the army against his country. ''This base traitor will s r iy that he has not announced our plans to the enemy. Who can assert that he has never violated the laws of i \ 141. 2 % 142. 3 g 128 b. *? d lM,note. 5JJ177. *\ll,Rem.3. ? J 126, Bern. 4- CAUSAL PROPOSITIONS. 259 ( God ? Dumnorix asserted that lie was about to seize the kingdom. All were aware that the robbers had slain the merchant. Vlt is not just for a rich man to oppress the poor. c flt is said that in Africa men eat human flesh. The Belgians are said to be the bravest of all the Gauls. /Word had been brought to Csesar that the enemy had moved their camp, and had encamped at the foot of the mountain. I \Csesar had said (dlcere) that he would not neglect the injuries of the JEduans. f Sfbe chief thought that he would compel the nobility by force. >The consul hopes by these things to increase ( 189, Exc. sd quia Athenienses bus reprehendebat. Id ea rations Coesar fecit ; quod nole- bat eum locum undo 1 Helvetil discessgrant vacare. 2 Dum- norix se in Gallia rSlinqui 2 volebat, partim quod insuetiis navigandi 3 marS timer et y partim quod religionibus impedl- retar. Caesar, concilio convocato, centuriones omnium ordinum 4 vehementfir incusavit quod dc rebus minime ad eos pertinentibus 5 sententiam dixissent. Quoniam civitati consiile'rg non possum, mih! consulam. Quoniam res ita se hab^t, in urbm r^deamus. 6 Translate into Latin. Caesar cut down the bridge which he had built (see 180, examples) over the Rhine, because he was unwilling for the Germans to follow him into Gaul. Was not Ar is tides banished from his country because (as men thought) he was unduly just? The ^Eduans complained that (because) Ariovistus had (as they alleged) led a great army of Ger- mans across the Rhine. Caesar, because he was unwilling (a fact) for these things to be discussed in the presence of the ambassadors, quickly dismissed the council. The consul said that, since he could not consult for the state, he would look to his own safety. You desire to slay me, not because (as you allege) I have violated the laws of the commonwealth, but because I have rebuked you severely for your crimes. The shepherd blamed his son strongly, because he had neglected to shear the sheep. I Since this is the case, let us set out. / Liscus said that, since such was the case, he would speak a few things. 1 \ 129, Rem. 10. 2 j 188. s \ 135 a. 4 \ 132. 5 I 185, 2 a. g 183, Rem. 262 SYNTAX. FINAL PKOPOSITIONS. 1 92. Final propositions express a purpose or result (the end to which an action tends), and are introduced by the final conjunctions ut^ ne, quo, quin, quoiuinus. 193. RULE XLIX. The predicate of a final pro- position is in the subjunctive : as, vtni ut videam, I have come to see. NOTE. As a purpose has reference to the future, and is not a, fact, but something conceived in the mind, it is purely subjective, and should obviously be expressed by the subjunctive. A result is a purpose accomplished, and was regarded by the Latins not so much in the character of a fact, as of what was intended to follow, or would naturally be expected to follow, in the. circumstances : they give it, therefore, the shape which it was supposed to have before it became a result ; and hence the use of the subjunctive. Remark 1. Ut or utl expresses either a purpose or a result. Verii ut videam, I have come to see (that I may see}. Ed impttH mdites ierunt ut hostes sefiigaz mandarent, the soldiers went with such violence that the enemy took to flight. Remark 2. (a.) Ne always expresses a purpose (that not, lest). Te obsecro ne hoc facias, I beseech you not to do this. A negative result i^ust be expressed by ut non. (b.) With verbs of fearing, ne is translated that, and ut, that not, the final sentence being constructed with reference to the contrary purpose or hope implied in the verb of fearing. Timeo ne moriattir, I am afraid that he will die. (It is my purpose that he shall not.} Timeo ut moriatur, I am afraid that he will not die. (It is my purpose that he shall.) Ne non is sometimes used instead of ut for emphasis, especially after a negative : as, non vereor ne tud virtus, oplnionl ho mm dm non respondedt, I am not afraid that your valor will not answer the expectation of men. Remark 3. Quo, that, is generally used in preference to ut, when a comparative enters the sentence. Ccesdr ponttm fecit quo f acilius flumen translret. FINAL PROPOSITIONS. 263 Remark 4- Qitln, but tJiat, but that not ( qul non or ut noii), is used with negative expressions, and expressions of doubt. Nemo est quln putet, there is no one who does not think. Nemo tdm imperltus est quin putet, no one is so foolish as not to think. Remarks. Qudmlnus, that not, is often used with expul- sions of hindering, instead of ne. Nlhll Caio obstat quommua sciibat, nothing hinders Caius from writing. Quln is sometimes used if a negative precedes. Remark 6. Ut is often omitted after volo and verbs of permit- ting, asking, advising, commanding, reminding. Ne is often omitted after cave. Remark 7. A final proposition is usually a noun, though a result may be an adverb limiting sic, ltd, tdm, tantus, etc. Ui in the sense of as is always a relative. EXI:RCISE LXIL (#*,- m ; QUO.) 194. Vocabulary. commutatio, -on-is, change. motus, -us, movement, insurrection. al&critas, -tat-is, cheerfulness. colloqui, -locutus, to confer, con* morti-fer, -a, -iim, mortal, deadly. verse. pristinus, -a, -vim, former. ex equis or equu, on horseback. coinmunicatio, -on-is, communica- Item (conj.), likewise. tion. subit5 (adv.), suddenly. neu, or neve (cop. fin. conj.), and una (party.$166), (adv.), toe/ether. that not, nor (after a final sen- contlnens, -ent-is, continent. tence). ad-duc-o, -ere, addux-i, adduct-um, to lead against. preecip-i-5, -ere, prsecep-i, praecept-uin, to instruct, enjoin. e-dic-o, -ere, edix-I, edict-um, to issue an edict. in-stitu-o, -ere, institu-i, institut-um, to instruct, teach. incend-o, -ere, incend-I, incens-um, to set on fire. ex-ur-5, -ere, exuss-I, exust-ilm, to burn up. ia-nasc-or, -I, innut-us, to spring up. tim-eo, -ere, timu-i, to fear (as a coward}. metu-5, -ere, metu-i, to fear, to be apprehensive. ver-eor, -eri, verit-iis, to feel awe of, to fear. (As tlmeo and metuo have no supine stem, the parts forme(Vfrom that stem are sup- plied by vereor in either sense.) 264 SYNTAX. coqu5, -ere, cox-i, coct-um, to cook. pac-0, -are, -avi, -atum, to subdue. imper-o, -are, -avi, -atum (intr.), to command, order. That no, that not any, That no one, That no one at all, That never, That nothing, EXAMPLES. Negative Purpose. Ne quis ( 89, Bern. 2 Ne quis, Ne quisquam, Ne unquam, Ne quid, Negative Result. Ut nullus. Ut nem5. Ut nemo omnium. Ut nunquam. Ut nihil. Tanta vis probitatis est ut earn vel So great is the power of honesty, that in hoste dllljdmus, we love it even in an enemy. N.B. In final propositions of result, the subjunctive is translated like the indicative of the same tense. Operam dare, To take care. Prseeeptum est, Instructions were given ($ 114, 5). E dictum est, An edict was issued (114, 5). Pater f Ilio praecepit ne unquam The father instructed his son never to menfttetur, lie. Dominus servo imperavit ut equum The master commanded the servant to infrendret, bridle the horse. t)ominus servo imperavit we The master ordered the servant not to equum infrendret, bridle the horse. Translate into English. Id mih! sic grit gratum ut gratius 1 essg nihil possit. Ea non ut te instituerem scrips!. Caesar castella communit, quo f acilius Helvetios prohiberg possit. Oppidan! multis cum lacrymis imp^rator^m obsecrabant ne oppidiim incen- deret. Prseceptiim Srat Labieno ne proelium committeret Esse 2 nos SportSt ut vlvamus, noh viv^rS ut edamus. In eo itinerg Orgt5rix persuasit Castico 3 ut regniim in civitatS sua occuparet; itemqu^ pumnorigl 3 ^Eduo, fratri 4 Diviti- aci, ut idem conaretur persuasit. Hauracis 3 persuasuin 174, Rem. 4. 127. FINAL PROPOSITIONS. 265 Srat 1 uti, oppidis suis vicisque' exustis, 2 una cum Helvetiis proficiscerentur. Consul edixit ne quisquam in castris coctum cibiim vender et. Tantus trmor omnem exercitum subito occupavit ut omnium animos perturbdret. Hac oration^ habita, 2 tanta comrnutatio facta est ut summa alacritas t cupiditas belli gerendi 3 innata esset. Legem brevem essg 4 oportet quo facilius ab impSritis tenedtur. Consul militibus imperavit ne quern civem inter/ iccrent. Caesar vritus ne quis motus in Gallia ficret, Labienum in continent^ reliquit. Milites mStuunt ne mortlfSrum 5 sit vulntis Scipionis. Timeo ut fratres me! ad urbein perveni- ant. Csesar milites cohortatus est ut suse pristinss virtutis mSmoriam retmerent, neu perturbdrentur animo. 6 OpSra dabatur ne quod iis 7 colloquium inter se, nevS communi- catio essSt. Translate into Latin. The enemy ran forward so swiftly tfiat time was not given to our men for throwing their darts. So great a panic took possession of the citizens that no man was able to take up arms. An edict has been issued that no one leave the town. Instructions had been given to the horsemen not to pursue the enemy too far. Wise men eat to live, but fools and gluttons live to eat. I advise you, my son, never to believe a liar. Balbus is such a liar (so lying) that he is never* believed (it is never believed to him). I fear that some one has announced our plans to the enemy. Ariovis- tus demanded that they should confer on horseback, and not bring more (amplius) than ten horsemen apiece to the con- ference. The Belgians, fearing (having feared) that if all Gaul were subdued (abl. abs.) the army of the Komans i 172, Rem. 2. 2 \ 186. 3 j 177> 4 \ 188. & J 128 b. { 161. \ 143. 23 266 SYNTAX. would be led-against (ad) them, collected great forces. The citizens feared that the auxiliaries would not reach the city. Csesar commanded (inyp&Far$) the soldiers to run forward swiftly, and not give the enemy time for collecting them- selves. Ariovistus said that he feared that snares were prepared for him. It has been said that brave men do not fear death. The consul thought that Catiline had formed the design of setting the city on fire. An edict was issued that no bread (nothing of bread) should be introduced into the camp. EXERCISE LXIII. (Qmn; Quommus.) 195. Vocabulary. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful. custos, custod-is, guard. compell-are, to call, address. itaque (conj.), and so, therefore. dubit-are, to doubt. baud multum ($ 153), not much, not conjunctio, -on-is, friendship, inti- far. macy. ParmeniS, -on-is, Parmenio. avoc-are, to call away, separate. medicus, -I, physician. investig-are, to investigate. medicamentum, -I, dose of medicine. Cimon, -on-is, Cimon. fl-eo, flere, flev-i, flet-um, to weep. ob-st-0, obst-are, obstit-i, obstit-um (intr.), to stand in front of, hinder, prevent. im-ped-io, -ire, -ivi, -Itum (tr.), to tangle the feet, hinder, prevent. de-terr-eo, -ere, deterru-i, deterrit-um, to frighten off, deter, prevent, praster-mitt-o, -ere, -mls-i, -miss-iim, to pass by, leave undone. circum-ven-io, -ire, -ven-i, -vent-iim, to surround. bib-o, -ere, bib-i, bibit-um, to drink. ad-spic-i-5, -ere, adspex-i, adspect-um, to look at. im-pon-5, -ere, iinposu-T, imposit-um, to post, place. fru-or, fru-i, fruct-us, to enjoy. EXAMPLES. / It cannot be that he is not going to Fieri non potest qu-in venturus sit, J come (but that he is going to come}] ( he is certainly going to come. Nunquam Balbum adspexit quin He never saw Balbus without calling fratricldam compelldret, him a fratricide. FINAL, PROPOSITIONS. 267 Milites retinere non possum quin cur- I cannot restrain the soldiers rant, from running. Facere or rnihl 1 ~ _ > non possum quin fleam. I cannot help weeping, temperare, J Non est dubiurn ) ) There is no doubt "\ that God XT- - quin Deus mun- I A , 7 . 7 , , Negan n5n potest > ^ > It cannot be denied > rules trie Quis dubitat ) dGm **** j Who doubts j world. After the above expressions, quin must be translated that. Nihil praetermisi quin ad te veniam, I have left nothing undone to come to you. Nihil Caio obstat quominus veniat, ") _, ~ n^.- .* r Nothing hinder* Cams from coming. Nihil obstat quominus Cams vem&t, j Per me stat quominus venids, It is my fault that you do not come. Quid te impedivit quominus venires, What prevented you from coming ? Minimum ( 153) abfuit quin caderet, He was very near falling. Translate into English. Non dubium est quin virtus summiim sit bonum. 1 Bal- bum nunquani adspexit quin proditor^m 2 compelldret. Fi^ri non p5test quin alii a nobis dissentiant. Non du- bitavit Adherbal quin Jugurtha eum interf ic6r condretur. Quis diibitarS potest quin multo 3 turpius sit fall^rS 4 quam falli? German! rStmeri non potuerunt quin in nostros tela conjicerent. P^r Considium st^tit quominus Caesar Helvetios circumvenlret. Org^torix non dubitat quin breVI tempor^ 5 totius Gallise regnum occupaturus sit. Altitudo flu minis hostes deterrebat quominus transirS condrentur. Nihil prsetermisit Cicero qutn Pompeium a Csesaris con- junctionS dvocdret. Nihil tam difficile est quin quserendo investigari possit. Cimon nunquam in hortis custodem imposuit, ne quis impedlretur quominus fructibus 6 fruere- iur. Parmenio audiv^rat v^nentim a Philippi medico regi 7 parari ; 8 itaquS Spist5la scripta 9 eum deterrer^ 1 | 128, Rem. 5. 2 ? 151 b. s g igg. 4 I 173. 5 j i 67) Rem . 1. 6 j 159^ Rem> 6t * 141. 8 g 188. a | 186. 268 SYNTAX. voluit quominus mgdicamentiim biberet quod mdiciis constitugrat. Translate into Latin. It cannot be denied that Caesar was (a man) of the greatest courage. Who can doubt that our men are able to sustain the attack of the enemy (for) many months? The general will certainly relieve us in a few days. It cannot be denied that your son was born many years ( 167, Bern. 2) after the building ( 185, 3 c) of the city. I never converse with you without becoming wiser. What hinders us from persuading Marius not to storm the town? It was not Cicero's fault that Pompey was not separated from intimacy with (of) Caesar. The army was not far from being -beaten and sent under the yoke. The soldiers could not be restrained from running forward with a great shout. Orgetorix was not far from getting posses- sion of the government of all Gaul. There is .no man but knows that all things are ruled by God. The queen could not help weeping. CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS. 196. Conditional propositions express a condition, and are introduced by the conditional conjunctions si, if; ritdt or ni, unless, if not ; sin, but if; dum, modo, dummodo, provided. The complement of the condition is called the conclu- sion. 197. RULE L. (a.) If the condition is represented as a fact, the indicative is used both in the condition and conclusion. f If you speak the truth (of which I have no Si vera dicis. leqes violavi. \ 7 7 \ r 7 7 7 (. doubt), I have broken the laws. (6.) If the condition is represented as possible or CONDITIONAL PEOPOSITIONS. 269 likely to be realized, the subjunctive present or perfect is used in the condition, and the indicative (generally future) in the conclusion. (Indeterminate Condition.} Si pecuniam habeat, dabit, If he has the money, he will give it. ( If he will give (shall have given) me' Si mihi pecuniam dederit, Ibo, < the money, I will tjo. (The money must ( be given before I go.) (c.) If the non-existence of the condition is implied, the subjunctive is used both in the condition and con- clusion, the imperfect for present or future time, the past-perfect for past time. f If he had money (noio], Tie would give it. Si pecuniam haberet, daret, -I If he should have money (at any future [ time), he would give it. > j-j- ~ t / V he had had mon ' e y> he would have Si pecuniam habmsset, dedisset, j given ^ (pMt ^ } Remark 1. On the same principle, the subjunctive present or present-perfect is used to express a possible wish, the imperfect or past-perfect to express a vain wish. f vi vat ! (may live ! Utinam films < viveret ! Oh that my son -I were living! ( vixisset ! ( had lived I Remark 2. The condition is sometimes (a.) Implied in some other expression: as, sine cibo nemo vlvtre posset, no one would be able to live without food ; or, (6.) Altogether suppressed, in which case the indicative imper- fect is frequently used : as, sdtius erat mdrl qudm mentlrl, it would be better (if necessary) to die than to lie. Remark 3. When the non-existence of the condition is im- plied, the indicative (especially the imperfects dtcebdt, oportebdt, debebdm, poterdm, and erdm with a gerundive or adjective) is sometimes used in the conclusion: as, si victoria dubid esset tdmen omnes bonds relpublwce subvenlre decebat, if the victory- were doubtful, yet all good men ought to come to the assistance of the state. Remark 4- The use of the imperfect or past-perfect in a condi- tional sentence does not necessarily imply the non-existence of 23* 270 SYNTAX. the condition, as they are often used simply because the leading verb is past, and not because the character of the condition requires their use. (See g 184.) Itemark 5. In a mere supposition the present subjunctive is often used, both in condition and conclusion. Nee si scidm dwtre auslm, and if I knew I would not dare to say. Remark 6. The conclusion is a principal or a dependent pro- position, according to tie construction of the sentence in which it stands. Si vera dieis, leges violdcl. Caius confesses est se, si frater vera dieeret, leges violdvisse. Remark 7. If the condition must be fulfilled before the con- clusion can follow, the Latins use a perfect tense where in Eng- lish we use a present . as, si hoc feceris, te amabo, if you do (shall have done) this, I will love you. (The doing must be accomplished before the loving.) Remark 8. A conditional proposition is an adverb, limiting the predicate oi the conclusion. EXERCISE LXIV. 198. Vocabulary. prseceptum, -i, precept. in-cit-are, to arouse. inmiicitia, -se, enmity. perpetuus, -a, -urn, unending. adhuc (adv.), still, yet. invlt-are, to invite. mature (adv.), soon. vera dicere, to speak truth (true iitinam (inter).), Oh that ! 1 wish thing*). that. subvenire alicui, to come to one's stipendium, -I, tribute, tax. assistance. t^uotannis (adv.), yearly. minu-o, -ere, minu-i, minut-um, to make less, weaken. exerc-eo, -ere, exercu-i, exercit-um, to exercise. siibig-5, -ere, subeg-i, subact-um, to subjnyate. lacess-o, -ere, lacessiv-i, lacessit-iim, to provoke. injuria lacessere. to provoke by injury, to injure. dol-e5, dol-ere, dolu-i, dolit-um, to grieve. con-ven-io, -ire, conven-i, convent-um, to agree. pend-o, pendere, pepend-i, pens-um, to weigh, to pay. respond-e5, -ere, respond-i, respons-iim, to answer. cav-eo, -ere, cav-v, caut-um, to avoid. CONDITIONAL PROPOSITIONS. 271 Translate into English. Me'mo'ria minuitur nisi earn exerceds. Si Helvetii flu- m&i transirg conentur, Csesar eos prohibebit. Csesar jiEduis bellum intulisset nisi obsides misissent. Alexander, si diutius vixisset, totum orbgm terrarum subegisseL Uti- nam patr meus vlvdt ! Utmam rex viveret ! Csesar aV Ariovisto postiilavit ne quam 1 multitudmSm hominiim in Galliam transducer et, 2 neve ^Eduos injuria 3 Idcesseret 2 neve his sociisquS eorum bellum inferret ; 2 " Si id ita feceris" inquit, " milil 4 populoque' R5mano perpStua ^micitia tecum Irit" Ad hsec Aridvistiis respondit : "JEduis 5 injuria 3 bellum non inf^ram, si in eo quod convenerunt maneant, stipendiumque quotannis pendant" Nisi te satis incita- tum essS 6 confiderem, plura scr'iberem. Sin6 ferro 7 fieri non posset (it would be impossible) ut agri col^rentur. ImpSrator^ interfecto 7 fi^ri non potest qum exercitus pellatur. Si vis me flerg, primum d6lendum est 8 ipsi tibi. 9 Translate into Latin. If you speak the truth, Cato has done (to) you a great injury. If this is the case ( 191, Ex.). I will set out immediately to Rome. No man can be happy, unless his life is ruled by the precepts of virtue. If Csesar had been able to avoid these enmities, he would be still living. If I knew, I would say. If you live well, you will die happily. / wish you had come a little ( 168) sooner. Ariovistus would not have led his army across the Rhine unless he had been invited by the Sequanians. It would be im- possible to believe this report if we did not know that the i g 89. 2 j 193. s j 159. * g 143. 5 g 141. e g igs. 7 { 197, Rem. 2, . 8 178. 272 SYNTAX. messenger always speaks the truth. If I had known your danger, I would have come to your assistance. If I go to Rome, I will send you the money which you demand. If the Helvetians had endeavored to cross the river, Csesar would have prevented them. Ariovistus would not be waging war on the .ZEduans if they had paid the tribute. Without an army it is impossible to wage war (it cannot happen that war be waged). CONCESSIVE PROPOSITIONS. 199. Concessive propositions express something granted or yielded, and are introduced by the concessive conjunctions etsi, quanqudm, tametsi, tamZnetsi, etiamsl, ticZt, quamvis, quantumvls, quamtibZt, ut and quum in the sense of although, etc., with the general meaning although* 200. RULE LI. (a.) If the thing granted is repre- sented as a fact, the indicative is used, generally with quanqudm, etsi, or tametsi : as, Romdni, quanqudm fessl brant, lumen instructl procedunt, the Romans, though they were weary, yet march in order of battle. (6.) A concession merely for argument's sake, or where the non-existence of the thing granted is im- plied (a mere conception), is expressed by the subjunc- tive, usually with quamvis or facet, sometimes with Ztiamsl or etsi: as, mendacium, quamvis occultettir, tdm&i turp$ est, a falsehood, though it be concealed, is nevertheless base. Remark 1. The complement of a concessive sentence is an adversative proposition introduced by tdmen. Remark 2.- Quanqudm is properly the accusative singular feminine of quisquis (rtm being understood) : thus, (a.) In respect to whatever thing the Romans were weary, etc. CONCESSIVE PROPOSITIONS. 273 Remark 3. Etsl, tdmetsl, etiamsl (even if), and ut in the sense of even if, although, are properly conditional conjunctions, the mood to be used depending upon the character of the condition. (See | 197.) Remark J^. Quamvls, guantumlibtt, quamlibet, are properly relative pronouns (as much as you please, however much). Thus, in example (b), a falsehood, however much it may be concealed, lei it be concealed as much as you please, etc. (See 210, Rem. 3.) Remark 5. Licet is an impersonal verb, ut being omitted: as, fremant omnes licet, dlcdm quod sentio, though all cry out (it is allowed that all cry out), I will say what I think. Remark 6. The subjunctive is always used with ut or quum concessive. Remark 7. Concessive propositions are adverbs. EXERCISE LXV. 201. Vocabulary. occult-are, to conceal. -~ strenuus, -a, -um, brisk, active, fessiis, -a, -urn, weary. Italicus, -i, Italian. nondum (adv.), not yet. ** penes (prep.), with, in the power of. tamen (conj.), nevertheless, yet. deditio, -on-is, surrender. emoluinentura, -i, advantage. advers-ari, to resist, object. crebro (adv.), frequently. Sic (adv.), thus. put-are, to think. cognosc-o, -ere, cognov-i, cognit-um, to find out. accid-o, -ere, accid-i, , to happen. con-sequor, -I, consecutus, to follow, pursue and overtake, attain. ne-sc-io, nesc-ire, nesciv-I, nescit-uin, not to know. ~^suad-eo, -ere, suas-i, suas-um, to advise. reor, reri, ratus, to think, deem. trans-eo ($ 111, 9), -ire, transi-i, transit-um, to pass away. ^ vit-6, -are, -avi, -atiim, to shun, to escape. potior, potius (superl. potissimus, from potis), letter, preferable. Translate into English. Quod turpe est, id, 1 quamvis occultetur, honestiim i I 87, G 2 \ 174, Rem. 4. 274 SYNTAX. nullo mSdo potest. Nostri milites quanqucim itine're' t prcelio fessi erant, tamen, consuie imperanteV ad summum 2 collem celSritgr procurrerunt. Caesar, etsl nondum eorum consilia cognoverat, tamgn fere id quod accidit suspicabatur. Viri bom multa 3 6b earn causam faciunt, quod dgcgt, etsl nullum consecuturum emolumentum vident. Quod 4 crebro aiiquis videt, non miratur, Ztiamsl causam nescit. Licet strenuum metiim putes essS, velocior tam^n spes est. Italic! Adherbali 5 suadent uti se 6t oppidiim Jugurthse trddat; at ill^, tametsl omnia potiora 6 fide 7 Jugurthse rebatur, tamSn, quia p^ngs Italicos, si adversaretur, 8 cogendi potestas ^rat, deditionSm facit.^ Divitise, quamvis magnse sint, tam^n alas habent. f Quamvis prudens atque sapiens sis, mortem vitarS nulld modo pot^s : sic transit gloria mundi. COMPARATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 202. Comparative propositions express comparison, and are introduced by comparative conjunctions (than, as), qutim, ut (as), slcut, v8lut, prout, tanquam, qutisi, utsl, acsl, ceu ; with do and atqu& (as or than). 203. EULE LIL In comparative sentences, (a.) A fact is expressed by the indicative : as, qu^m maxlmds pfttest copids cogtt, he collects as great forces as he can. (6.) A mere conception, and not a fact, is expressed by the subjunctive: as, me adspicWis quasi monstrum Sim, you gaze at me as if I were a nfiteister. Remark 1. The comparative conjunctions are for the most i $ 186. 2 \ 128, Rcm. 8. *** J 128, Rem. 5. ^ J 129, Rem. 2. 5 \ 141. 6 \ 151 b. 7 I 165. 8 \ 107, Rcm. 4- COMPAKATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 275 part either relative or conditional words. Thus, qudm, than, is a relative, rem being understood. Cicero eloquentior fuit quam (rem) Csesar (eloquens full). In respect-to-what Csesar was eloquent, Cicero was more eloquent ; i.e. Cicero was more eloquent than Ccesar. So, in example (a), (copias cogit (tdm) maximas qudm potest, he collects forces very great in that degree in wJiich degree he can), qudm is an adverbial relative, tdm understood being its antecedent; or it may be considered an accusative singular feminine of qul, rem being understood : copias quam (rem) potest maximas, forces very great in what respect he can, i.e. as great as possible. The position of the superlative is the re.gular one. (See 129, Rem. 6.) In the example, in liorto ambuldbdm sicut meus est mos ( as my custom is), sic is an adverbial demonstrative limiting ambuldbdm, and ut an adverbial relative having sic as its antecedent ; (in liorto eo modo ambulabam quo modo metis est mos ambuldre). In example (b), qudm (quasi = quam si) is a relative, and si a conditional conjunction. Me adspicitis qudm (adspiceretls) si monstrum essem, you gaze at mo as (you would gaze) if I were a monster. It will be observed, however, that, as the- leading verb is present, the present is used in the comparative proposition (sim, not essem), though the non- existence of the condition is implied. Remark 2. In comparative propositions, the subjunctive is mostly translated by the indicative. Remark 3. Comparative propositions are adverbs. EXERCISE LXVL Vocabulary. quasi (quam-si), as if. veluti (vel-uti), even so, just as. porinde (adv.), in the same manner, Graecus, -a, -um, Greek. precisely, just, exactly. litera, -se, a letter of the alphabet ; aliter (adv.), otherwise. pi. literature. ac or atque (after aliter), than; avidc (adv.), eagerly. (after perinde), as. diuturnus, -a, -um, long, lasting. honor, -or-is, office, honor. imperatum, -I, order, command. honores populi, offices given by the ita (adv.), so. people. ops (now. obs. $ 51), op-is, help, might. 276 SYNTAX. sicuti or sicut (sic-uti), so as, rati, -on-is, plan. just as. summa ope, with all one's might. tanquam or tamquain (tarn, so, silentium, -I, silence. quam, as), so as, just as. vitam transire, to pass one's life. pecus, -oils, flock, herd; pi. cattle, agmen, -in-is, an army on the march. ex-pl-eo, ere, explev-i, explet-um, to Jill, satisfy. con-temn-o, -ere, con temp s-i, contempt-urn, to despise. nit-6r, nit-i, nix-us and nis-us, to strive. de-fer-o, de-ferre, de-tul-i, de-lat-um, to carry (from one to another), to report. e-ven-i5, -ire, even-i, event-urn, to turn out, result. sub-sequor, subsequi, subsecut-us, to follow closely. Translate into English. Grsecas litgras sic avide arripui, quasi diuturnam sitim explerS c&perem. Mea in domo imperata tua dicis, quasi dominus sis. Homines corrupt! l siiperbia 2 ita agunt, quasi populi honores contemnant; ita hos (honores) pgtunt quasi honeste vixerint. Sicuti dixl faciam. Patr meus septima hora 3 r^dibit, sicut pollicitus est. Mala for- tuna tibi accidit, tanquam mih! (accidit). Homines summa opS 4 niti 5 dgcgt, ne vitam silentio 4 transeant 6 veluti p^cora (vitam transeunt). Res evenit non p^rinde atque puta- vram. Caesar, ^quitatu prsemisso, 7 subsSquebatur omni- bus copiis ; sed ratio orddqug agminis alitSr se habebat de Belgse ad Nervios detulerant. TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 204. Temporal propositions point out the time of an action, and are introduced by the temporal conjunc- tions tit, ubij quum, when ; postqutim, posteaqu&m, after ; 1 1 185, 2 a. 2 159. s g 167. * ? 159. 5 g 173. g 193. ^ a isa TEMPORAL PROPOSITIONS. 277 anttquam, priusquam, before ; quando, when, whenever ; qudties, as often as ; quamdiu, as long as ; dim-Mac, simul, as soon as ; dum, donee, quoad, while, as long as, until. NOTE 1. In the narration of facts, the indicative will of course be used in temporal propositions : as, postquam In urbem venit, alter he came into the city. NOTE 2. The adverbial relative quum or cum (at what time, when, while) frequently has also a causal or concessive force, since, although. As a pure particle of time, it takes the indicative, but is also followed by the subjunctive imperfect or past-perfect in the narration of past facts, especially when the aorist-perfect is used in the principal sentence. When the subjunctive is used, however, the idea of cause is usually combined with that of time. Quum, causal or concessive, always takes the subjunctive. Hence, 205. RULE LIII. The subjunctive is always used (a) with QUUM causal or concessive; (6) frequently also with QuttM temporal, especially when the aorist-perfect is used in the principal sentence. (a.) Quse quum Ita sint, since these things are so. (a.) Ceres frumenta invenit, quuni anted homines glandlbus vescerentur, Ceres invented grains, wherean men before lived on acorns. (6.) Quum nostrl annii cepissent, hostes se recepenint, when our men had taken up arms, the enemy retreated. (Here quum cepusent points out both the time and the cause of the enemy's retreat.) 206. RULE LIV. With anttquam and priusquam (a) the indicative is used to express the simple priority of one action to another (both having actually been per- formed). Fltios convocdvit antequam mortuus est, he called together his sons before he died. (6.) The subjunctive is used (1.) when the action is future and doubtful ; (2.) when the non-existence of the action is implied; (3.) in indefinite general expressions. 24 278 SYNTAX. (1.) Csesar, priusquam quiclquam Csesar, before he attempted any conaretur, DivUiacum vocdvlt, thing, called Divitiacus. (The attempting was future to the calling, and dependent upon the result of Caesar's interview with Divitiacus.) (2.) Prius ad hostium castra per- He reached the enemy' scamp before veirit, quam Germdnl quid ageretur the Germans could find out ivhat was sentire possent, going on. (It is here implied that the Germans never could find out.) (3.) Tempestds mlndtur antequam The tempest t h reatens before it rises, surgat, (A general truth.) Remark 1. After a future in the principal proposition, the indicative present or future-perfect is used with anttqudm and priusquam : as, antequain pro Mtirend dlccre instituo paucd pro me dlcdni, before I begin to speak for Murena, I will say a little for myself. Remark 2. In historical narrative, the subjunctive imperfect and past-perfect are sometimes used with these conjunctions, very much m'twe same way as with quum temporal. Pauc'is ante diebus quam Syracuse^ caperenttir, a few days before Syracuse was taken. 207. RULE LV. Dum, dontc, and quo&d-, in the sense of until, are followed by the indicative when a fact is stated ; by the subjunctive when the action is doubt- ful or future (not &fact, but a conception}. Locum relinquere nolultdum Milo He would not leave his post till veniret, Milo should come. (These conjunctions in the sense of while, as long as, take the indicative.) Remark. All temporal propositions are adverbs, and in such propositions the subjunctive is, for the most part, translated like the indicative. TEMPOKAL PROPOSITIONS. EXERCISE LXVII. 208. Vocabulary. 279 Sries, -etis, ram. infirmus, -a, -urn, weak, scapha, -98, boat. Commius, -I, Commius. Atrebas, -at-is, Atrebatian. mandatum, -I, order. ver, ver-is, sirring. acerb us, -a, -urn, bitter. Phocion, -on-is, Phocion. perpetuo, continually. pavor, -or-is, f right. se recipere, to recover one's self. exspect-are dum, to wait for any tiling to happen. periculum facere, to make a trial. fulguratio, -on-is, lightning. Sonus, -I, sound. rusticus, -a, -um, rustic. Suessiones, -um, Suessiana. Boeotii, -orum, Boeotians. Epammundas, -ae, Epaminondas dementia, -3d, madness. (App. I.). Verres, -is, Verres. obsidio, -on-is, siege. rosa, -ae, rose. sum-6, -ere, sumps-i, sumpt-um, to take. dif-fer-o, -ferre, dis-tul-i, di-lat-um, to put off, defer. in-cip-i-o, -ere, incep-i, incept-um, to begin. in-cid-o, -ere, incid-i, incas-iim, to fall upon. con-sperg-o, -ere, -spers-i, -spers-um, to sprinkle. prae-sto, -are, praestit-i, praestit-um and praestat-um, to stand before, be superior. at-ting-o, -ere, attig-i, attact-um, to touch, reach. de-sist-5, -ere, destit-i, destit-um, to leave off, cease. bell-o. -are, -avi, -atum, to make war. claud-o, -ere, claus-i, claus-uni, to shut up. ex-pon-o, -ere, exposu-i, exposit-uin, to set forth, explain. de-ferve?c-o, -ere, deferv-i, to subside. inter-ced-5, -ere, -cess-i, -cess-um, to come between, intervene. de-liber-o, -are, -avi, -atum, to deliberate. de-flu-o, -ere^ de-flux-I, deflux-um, to flow away. com-pl-eO, -ere, complev-i, complet-um, to Jill. / Translate into English. 1. QUUM, when, since, although, whereas. Csesr qu&m id nuneiatum esset, maturavit ab urb^ pr5- f icisci. 1 Qu6d 2 ciim tinlmadvertisset Csesar, scaphas longa- rum navium militibus 3 compleri 4 jussit. Britanni Com- 13174 2 $ 129, Rem. 9. 160. 188. 280 SYNTAX. mium Atrgbatgrn, guftm ad eos Csesaris mandate deferret, comprehenderant, et in vincuia conjecrant. tyu&m rosain vlderdt, tiim inclpSr^ 1 ver arbitrabatur. O acerbam inlhi 2 raemoriain 3 tempuris illlus t loci, quum hie in me incidlt, quum complexes est, conspersitque lacrymis, n^c loqui pra3 moerorS potuit ! Phocion fuit perpetuo paupSr, quum di- tissimiis essS posset. Homines, quum multis rebus infir- miores sint, hac re 4 maxime bestiis 5 prsestant, quod loqui possuntX ^Edui, quum: se suaqug ab Helvetiis defender^ uoupossint, legatos ad CsesarSm mittunt rogatum 6 auxilium. Quam vita sinS S,micis metus 7 plena sit, ratio ipsa monSt amicitias comparare. Quse cum ita sint, ad urbem prof i- eiscamur. 8 2. Postquam ; Antequam ; Prinsquam. E postqudm Komse 9 aud'ttd sunt, timor omnes invasit. Decem post diebus 10 qudm Csesar in Italiam pervenlt, l^giones duse Srant conseriptse. (RULE LV., a.) Ante decimum digm 10 qudm vita 11 disces- sit, liberos omnes convocavit. Hsec omnia ante facta sunt qudm Verres Italiam attigit. Epammondas non prius bellfirg destitit qudm LacSdsemonem obsidione 12 clausit. (6.) Gives prius se dediderunt qudm aries murum at- tigisset. AntSquam de republica dlcdm, exponam br^viter consilium meum. Caesar priusquam hostes se ex pavorg gt fiiga reciperent, in fines Suessionum exercitum duxit. Ad lisec cognoscenda 13 priusquam pSriculum fdceret, Caium prsemittit. Ante videmus fulgurationSm qudm sonum audidmus. 3. Dum; Donee; Quoad. Dum haec g^runtur, Ca3s^ri nunciatiim est hostes propius i | 188. 2 142. 3 g 156. *g 161. & 141. 6 179 a. ^ 2 135 a. 8 I 183, Hem. J 16G > Exo - W|1G7, JZew. 2.. { 163. " j 169. ^ J 177. EELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 281 accede're'. 1 Lucius, quod potuit, pontem defendit. Epami- nondas, quum animadverteret 2 mortiferum se vulnus ac- cSpisseV ferrum in corpor contmuit quoad renuntidtum est vicisse 1 Bceotios. Irati r6gandi sunt* ut vim differant, dum defervescat Ira. Caesar, ut spatium intercedere possSt 3 dum milites convenlrent y legatis respondit dim se ad deli- bgrandum sumpturum. Dum vivimiis vivamus. 4 Csesar summse dementise 5 ess^ judicabat, exspectarS dum hostiiim copise augerentur. Rusticus exspectat dum defluat amms. RELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 209. Relative propositions are introduced by a rela- tive word. (For construction of relatives, see 129.) The predicate of a relative proposition is of course in the indicative when afact is stated. The subjunctive is used in three cases. 210. RULE LVI. The subjunctive is used in relative propositions (a) expressing purpose, result, or cause (qul = ut or quod with a personal pronoun!) : as, Legdtos mlserunt qul (= ut ii) They sent ambassadors that they might pdcem peterent, sue (to sue) for peace. (Purpose.) Won Is sum qui (= ut ego) hoc I am not such a one as to do this. faciam, (Result.') Male fecit Hannibal qul (= quod f H *" 1 did r 9 in wintering is) C&pu* hiemarit, j (because he wintered) at Capua. \- ( Cause.) (b.) In indefinite general expressions, both affirmative and negative : as, Sunt qul die ant, There are some who say. Nemo est orator qui se Demosthenfo No one is an orator who is unwilling simile in esse nolit, to be like Demosthenes. 1 g 188. 2 9Q5 j. s j 193. * { 183, Hem. 5 % 183. * Ought to be asked. 24* 282 SYNTAX. (c.) To express the words or opinions of some one else, and not of the author : as, nuneiattim est 8quttts qul prsemissl essent rvertiss&, word was brought that the horsemen who had been sent forward had returned. Remark 1. The subjunctive with qul expresses a purpose with reference to the object of the sentence, a purpose with reference to the subject being expressed by ut. (See \ 193, 180, Example.) Thus, qul pacSm peterent means, that they (the ambassadors] might seek peace. Qul may be used with the passive construction, legdtl missl sunt qul pdcem peterent, where the object in the active becomes subject in the passive. Remark 2. Quippe, utpote, and ut are frequently joined with qul expressing a cause. The indicative is frequently used with quippe qul. Remark 3. The subjunctive is used in indefinite general ex- pressions introduced by any relative word, whether adjectival or adverbial. Ubi res posceret casiellum commiinlvit, wherever cir- cumstances required, he built a fort. Such relative sentences ex- press a condition : thus, if circumstances anywhere required, etc. But the indicative is frequently used : as, quamcunque In part em nostrl impetum fecerant, hostes loco cedere cogebantur. Remark 4- The poets and some prose writers use the indicative with sunt qul, erant qul, etc. The indicative will of course be used when a definite subject is introduced. Sunt f tree quad domdrl non possunt, there are wild beasts which cannot be tamed. (A fact.) But the subjunctive is used even then, if & particular fact is not stated : as, sunt ferce quse domdrl non possint, such that they cannot be tamed (if one should make the attempt). Remark 5. The subjunctive is used in a relative proposition included in another dependent proposition expressing a concep- tion rather than a fact. In such cases the relative proposition takes the subjective complexion of the sentence : as, mllites co- hortatus est tit omnes qul essent vulncrdtl, proelium redintegrarent, he exhorted the soldiers, in order that all who had been wounded might renew the fight. Tanta rerum commutatio facta est, ut nostrl, etiam qul vulneribus confecti procubuissent, proelium red- integrarent, so great a change of things was produced, that our RELATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 283 men, even those who had fallen worn out with wounds, renewed the Jight. Remark 6. A relative proposition is an adjective, limiting the antecedent. Putr qul Itglt, the reading boy. But as an adjective often agrees with a noun while limiting a verb, so an adjective proposition frequently limits the predicate, expressing the purpose (like a dative of purpose, ? 144) or the cause (like an ablative of cause ( 159). See examples, 210 a. EXERCISE LXVIII. 211. Vocabulary. divinus, -a, -urn, pertaining to the adulatio, -on-is, flattery. 'gods. fortuna, -&, fortune. quo (adv. for old ace. quori), whither, natus (part, of notcdr), a son. rudis, -e, uncivilized. ant aut, either or. 'argutus, -a, -urn, sagacious. Druides, -urn, Druids. fortuniitus, -a, -um, fortunate. fuma, -se, fame, report. -priECO, -on-is, herald, crier. praaditus, ~a, -um, endowed. ^pecc-are, to do wrong, to sin. esuriens, -ent-is (part, of esurire}, coinplures, -a and -ia, very many, hungry. quite a number. quam (relative adv.), as. phalanx, phalang-is (Gr. ace. pha- una (parte understood, $ 166), I 188. 5 \ 129, Rem. 7. 6 { 174. \ 142. EEL ATI VE PROPOSITIONS. 285 3. CAUSE, LVL, a.- O fortunate adolescens, qul tuse virtutis H5merum prsecongm l inveneris ! Peccavisse 2 mihl videor qul a te discessertm. Omnes laudabant fortunas meas, qul 3 natiim tali ingenio prseditum hdberem. 4. LVI., 6. Sunt qul censeant una animum t corpus occide're'. 4 Kgpertl sunt complures qul in phalangas in- sillrent, t scuta manibus reveller ent. Mhil est quo d ho- mines tarn miseros 1 faciat quam impiStas ^t scSlus. An quisquam est qul libertati servitutgni prceponatf NemO est quin Balbum stultum 1 existimet. 5. LVI., c. ArioVistus dixit se obsides quos ab JEduis haberet non redditurum. 4 Caesar n^gavit 5 se Helvetiis quod postuldrent Translate into Latin. The Britons sent ambassadors to say ( 210 a) that they would return the prisoners whom they had taken ( 210 c). No one of the soldiers, as far as I know, has left his post. This boy has never, as far as I recollect, deceived me. Is, Caius (a) suitable (person) to commit your daughter to ? Kings are not too wise to be conquered by flattery, nor too sagacious to be deceived. " Some say (there are who say) that the consul is both (et] a liar and a thief. Some thought that the enemy would not besiege the city. Is there any one who doubts that ( 193, Rein. 4) God rules the world ? Is there any one w r ho thinks that a robber will return the booty ivhich he has taken ? The townsmen will send the noblest of the state to sue for (ask) peace. The general is worthy of being loved by all the soldiers. The lieutenant, as was ordered, sent forward the cavalry to sustain the attack of the enemy till the footmen should arrive ( 207). i \ 151 b. *% 174. 3 | 129, Ran. 7. * g 188. 5 j 139, Exc. /. 286 SYNTAX. liTEREOGATIVE PROPOSITIONS. 212. Interrogative propositions are introduced by an interrogative word, and contain a question. 1. A direct question is asked by means of a principal proposi- tion : as, quls vtnlt f who comes ? 2. An indirect question contains the substance of a direct question, without giving the exact words, and the proposition by which it is asked is always dependent: as, janitor interrogavit quls venlret, the porter asked who came. 3. Questions, both direct and indirect, are asked by means of interrogative pronouns ($ 88), and the particles ne, nonne, num ($ 81); and double questions, by utrum an, whether or. In an indirect question, ne means whether, if; nonne, if not ; num, whether, if. 213. RULE LVII. The subjunctive is used in a direct question implying doubt : as, quo fugidm f whither shall I fly ? 214. RULE LVIII. The subjunctive is used in indirect questions : as, nescio quls ve'nia't, I do not know who is coming. Remark 1. The older writers sometimes use the indicative in indirect questions. Remark 2. The first part of a double question is often omitted. Cujum pecus est hoc f an Melibcei ? Is it another person's, or is it Meliboeus's ? Remark 3. Dependent interrogative propositions are nouns. EXERCISE LXIX. 215. Vocabulary. quo? whither? Delphi, -orum, Delphi (a city of permultiim (adv.), very much. Greece). consultum, -I, a thiny determined; patina, -se, dish. abl. on purpose. Morini, -orum, the Morini. inoertus, -a, -um, uncertain. sit-ire, to be thirsty. INTERROGATIVE vitrcus, -a, -um, of gla**. concavus, -a, ^um, hollow. miiniis concava, the hollow of the hand. unde ? whence? cur ? ichy ? deorsum (adv.), down-hill. interrog-are, to ask. Apollo, -f ab Ap. peter in fans, -ant- is, infant. providentia, -33, jjrovidenc.e. prsestantia. -as, excellence. catlniis or -um, -I, bowl. fictilis, -e, earthen. casus, -iis, chance. ab-do, -ere, abdid-i, abdit-um, to run for concealment. af-fer-o, afiferre, attul-i, allat-um, to briny forward. causam afiferre, to briny forward a reason, to explain. irasc-or, -I, irat-us, to be angry. Iratus, -a, -um (as an adjective), angry. EXAMPLES. Quid (g 155) interest? Nihil (g 155) refert or interest, Ub! gentium ( 134) ? Nescio quis clamavit, What difference does it make ? It makes no difference. Where in the world? (In what place of the nations f) Somebody or other (I don't know who) shouted. (A fact. Nendo qui* = aliqulu, but stronger.) Translate into English. Quisn&m in horto ambuUt ? Nescio qivls m horto am- bulet. PuSr dic^rS non p6tuit quo latrones sese abdidissent. SsepS non utilS 1 est scir^ 2 quid futurum sit. Quails 1 sit Animus, ips Animus nescit. Permultum interest utrum casu an consulto/Ia^ injuria. Can n6pos-n6 Ss, ^in filius? Incertum est Call n^pos-ng sim, &n f ilius. Si sitis 3 nihil interest utrum aquam bibds an vmum, n^c refert utrum sit aureum 1 poculum, 4 an vitreum, an miinus concava. NonnS cams lupo 5 similis est? Pafir pitr^m interr6gavit nonne canes lupis similes essent. Pu8r interrogates est utrum pluris 6 patr^m an matrSm faceret. Numquis 7 infantibus 5 128 b. 142, Rem. 3. 173. 137. 197 a. 89. 130, 1. 288 SYNTAX. irascitur ? Interrtfgat Caius num quis infantibus irascdtur. Quo itis, pugri ? In hortum ? Ariovisto mirum visum est quid in ejus Gallia Csesari 1 nggotii 2 esset. Mentiri 3 honestum-nS sit factu 4 an turp, nemO dubitat. Und& le- gati venissent rex nunquam rgpSrirg p6tuit. An quisquam dubitat casu-ne an Dei providentia mundiis regatiir? Dum in his locis Csesar navium parandarum 5 causa morabatur, ex magna parts Morinorum ad eum legati venerunt, qui causas afFerrent 6 cur civitas populo Romano belliim intu- lisset. NesciO quis in horto ambuldbat. Translate into Latin. Does any man doubt concerning the excellence of virtue? The poet asks whether any one doubts concerning the ex- cellence of virtue. Can you explain, my son, why water always flows down hill? ^The king sent messengers to Delphi ( 154) to inquire ( 210 a) of Apo-llo whether he should give his daughter in marriage to Clodius or Glaucus. < What difference does it make to a hungry man whether he eats his food out of a golden dish or an earthen bowl ? ^It makes no difference to the dead whether the king is a wise man or a fool. It is uncertain whether the girl thinks more of ( 137) her father or mother. It is un- certain whether Balbus values life or honor m($(,(pluris). It seems wonderful to me what business either you or your father has ( 143) in my garden. Did Caius kill his brother by chance, or on purpose ? I have not been able to find out whether the injury was done by chance or on purpose. No one knows where in the world Glaucus is wandering. i143. 2 134. 8ji73. * { 179 b. 5 \ 111. e \ 210 a. ORATIO OBLIQUA. 289 OEATIO OBLIQUA. 216. In narrating the words or opinions of another, the writer may give, either (a.) The exact words of the speaker : as, Ocesdr dixit, " Vein, vidi, vici," Caesar said, "/ came, I saw, I con- quered" (Oratio recta, or Direct discourse); or, (6.) The substance of what the speaker said, but not the exact words : as, Ccesar dixit se venissS, vidissg, vicissg, Caesar said that he had come, seen, conquered. (Ordtio obliqua, or Indirect discourse.) 217. EULE LIX. Principal propositions in the oratio recta become infinitive propositions in the oratio obliqua; and dependent propositions in the oratio recta take the subjunctive in the oratio obliqua. Oratio recta. Ariovistus dixit, " Obsides quos ab -ZEduis habeo non reddam." Oratio obliqua. Ariovistus dixit se obsides quos ab < to go under. intellig-o, -ere, intellex-i, intellect-um, to find out, to know. Translate into English. Ariovistus respondit, '^Eduos, qutini&if, belli>/ortunam tentassent* ^t armis siipSrati fssent, stipendiaries 1 ess^ factos : nemin^m seciim iSine sua pernicie contendissS : cum Caesar velleV congrederetiir : 3 intellecturiim 4 quid in- victi German!, qui intgr annos quatuord^cim tectum non siibiissent, virtutg (facSrS) possent.' 6 Diviti^cus dixit i 2 128 b. 2 1 205. 3 g 217, Rem. 1. * ; 188. 5 214. * For tentavissent. ORATIO OBLIQUA. 291 'pejus 1 victoribus Sequams 2 quam JEduis victis accidissg, 3 proptered quod Ariovistus in eorurn finibus consedisset, tertiamqug partem agri Sequani, qul esset optimus totius Gallise, 4 occupdvisset.' Consul pollicitus est 'se, postqudm rex f mgm I6quendi fecisset, legatos audituriim esseV Im- pgrator rgspondit ' se, etsl nondum principum consilia cog- novisset? tamSn conjuratione*m fi^ri* suspicari.' Philoso- phus respondit 'nSgari 6 non possS quin homines mortales essent.' 1 Hex dixit, ' qul 8 opulentior esset, etiamsl injuriam accipgret, 5 tamgn, quid plus possZt, fad^rsg 6 videri.' Translate into Ifatin. Caesar said (negdvif) that he could not give the Helvetii a way through the province, because he feared that ( 193, 2 6) they would do injury to his allies. The scouts an- nounced to Caesar that the cavalry which he had sent for- ward had been routed by the enemy ; that the skirmishers had not been able to cross the 'river ; that the forces which the Germans hd collected would arrive in three days. Word was brought that the footmen, the flight of the horsemen having been seen, had retreated to the mountain. (Change the examples in the Latin exercise from oratio obliqua to oratio recta.) 1 g |28, Rem. 5. 2 \ \\l. 3 188. 8 I 129, Rem. 2. * Depends on se susplcdri. 292 APPENDIX I. Pe-neZ'-o-pe, JE-He'-as, An-cAi'-ses, Pe-tteZ'-o-pes, M-ne'-m, An-c7u'-sae, Pe-ne7'-o-po3, M-ne'-te, ^ Pe-;ie7'-o-pen, JE-e'-am or -an, An-c7,i'-sen, Pc-neZ'-o-pe, JEt-ne'-a,, An-c7tt'-sc or -a, Pe-ne?'-o-pe. M-ne'-*. An-cAl'^se or -a. APPENDIX I. GREEK NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION. 219. 1. Nouns of this declension transferred from the Greek end in e (fern.) ; as and cs (masc.). PARADIGM. Norn. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. All. 2. Nouns in a transferred from the Greek sometimes have an in the accusative. 3. Those Greek nouns which have a plural are declined in that number like mensd. 4. The genitive plural of patronymics in es, and of some com- pounds in gcnd, and cold, has um instead of arum. APPENDIX II. GREEK NOUNS OF THE SECOND DECLENSION. 220. 1. Greek no^ins of the second declension end in os (masc. and fern.), and on (neut.) ; commonly changed in Latin into us and to. PARADIGM. Singular. fearbiton, a lyre. Singular. Plural. Nom. De'-los, An-dro'-ge-os, 5r'-bl-ton, ftar'-bi-ta, Gen. De'-ll, An-c?rd'-ge-o or -i, Jar'-bi-tl, 6ar'-bl-tuu, Dat. J9e'-lo, An-dro'-ge-o, ^ar'-bi-to, 6ar'-bi-tis, Ace. Ue'-lon, An-Jro'-ge-o or -on, Z>ar'-bl-ton, 6ar'-bl-ta, Voc. De'-le, An-c/ro'-ge-os, ia;-'-bi-ton, Jrtr'-bi-tii, All. De'-\o. An-fZro'-ge-o. 6ar'-bi-to ; 5a/-bi-tis. GREEK NOUNS OF THIRD DECLENSION. 293 2. The plural of Greek nouns in os is declined like the plural of dommiis, except that they sometimes have -on instead of -drum in the genitive. 3. Greek proper names in eus are declined like dommus, except that they have the vocative in eu. They sometimes retain tho Greek forms in the other cases, viz.: genitive eus, dative el (con- tracted el], accusative ed, and are of the third declension. 4. Pelage is found as the accusative plural of peldgiis. APPENDIX III. GREEK NOUNS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 221. The following paradigms show the most usual forms of Greek nouns of the third declension : Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Foe. All. o. Lampas, J -udis, | ( -ados, j -adi, ( -adem, j -ada, -as, -ade. p. -ados, -adum, -adibus, ( -ados, 1 -adus, -ades, -adibus. s. Ileros, -01S, -01, J -oem, -OS, -oe. p. -oes, -oum, -oibus, ( -oes, 1 -ens, -oes, -oibus. Chelys, ' "|cs, } -yi, '*, -ye or y. PoesTs, -is, -ios, ) _J 1 "* ' _l -i. -60S, j ' |-m, Achilles, l-eo's, ' j -1, { -ea, -en, j -es, -e, -e or -I. Orpheus, -eos, -ei, -ea, -eu, See ^220, 3. A or, -eris, -eri, -era, -er, -ere. Dlclo, -fis, -o, -0-, -o, -o. APPENDIX IV. DERIVATION OF NOUNS, ADJECTIVES, AND VERBS, 222. 1. Nouns are derived from other nouns (Denominatives) from adjectives (Adjectival Abstracts) ; from verbs (Verbals). 25* 294 APPENDIX IV. DENOMINATIVE NOUNS. 2. The ending ium added to the stem of a noun denotes condi- tion, and sometimes a collection or assemblage : as, colleg-iiim (colleg-a), being a colleague, the office of colleague, an assemblage of colleagues, a college. 3. The ending imonium added to a noun-stem denotes condi- tion, and, derivatively, several other relations : as, matr-imonidin, motherhood, the married state ; patr-imonium, fatherhood, then, derivatively, that which results from being a father, what a father gives a son, what a son inherits, a patrimony. 4. The ending etum added to the stem of names of plants denotes a place where they grow in abundance : as, laur-elum, a laurel grove ; qiierc-etum, an oak grove. 5. The diminutive endings las, Id, Ium, ulus (a, um), olus (d, urn), sometimes culus, unculus, uleus, denote a small specimen of the primitive : as, libellus (liber], a little book ; filiolus (fllids}, a little son. 6. Patronymics are personal names derived from the name of one's father or other ancestor. They end in ides (penult short, feminine is); ides (penult long, feminine eis); ids, iddes( feminine as}; and some feminines in ine or tone; as, Tynddr-ides, a son of Tyndarus ; Tynddr-is, a daughter of Tyudarus. Ner-ldes, a son of Nereus ; Ner-eis, a daughter of Nereus. 7. Amplificatives are personal names given on account of the great size of some part of the body. They are formed by adding o to noun-stems : as, cdplt-o, big head ; nas-o, big nose. ABSTRACT NOUNS. 8. Adjectival abstracts are formed by adding to adjective- stems the endings ids, itds, etas ; tils, itHs, ittido ; id, itid, ities ; edo, and imonid. VERBAL NOUNS. 9. The name of an action or condition is expressed (a.) By adding or to the present-stem (generally of intransitive verbs) ; as, mo3r-or, grief; splend-or, brightness. DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES. 295 (b.) By adding i&m to the present or supine stem: as, gaud- ium, joy; exit-ium, destruction. (c.) By adding io or us to the supine-stem: as, lect-io, a read- ing ; cant-us, a singing. (d.) Sometimes by adding Sid, Imonid, imonium, to the present- stem, or urd to the supine-stem: as, qiwr-eld, complaining, a complaint. 10. Urd added to the supine-stem usually denotes the result of an action : as, pict-ilrd, the result of painting, a picture. 11. The doer of an action is expressed by or (feminine rix) added to the supine-stem : as, vict-or, vict-rix, a conqueror. Some nouns in tor are formed from other nouns, though an intermediate verb is always supposed to exist : as, vi-d, vi-are, vi-Cd-or ; glddi-us, glddi-drc, glddi-dt-or. The doer is expressed by adding d or o to the present-stem of a few verbs : as, scrlb-d, comed-o. 12. The endings ulum, bulum (brum), culum (clum or crum), triim, added to the present-stem, express the instrument, some- times the place, for performing the action : as, ven-d-bulum, a hunting-spear ; vtli-i-culum, a vehicle. These endings- are some- times added to noun-stems : as, dcet-dbulum, a vinegar-cruet. 13. The ending men added to the present-stem expresses the thing in which the action of the verb is exhibited : as, flU-mcn, that which exhibits flowing, a river ; ag-men, something which exhibits motion, an army on the march. 14. The ending mentum added to the present-stem usually with a connecting vowel, expresses the means of performing the action : as, doc-u-mentam, a means of showing, a proof. 15. The ending orium added to the supine-stem expresses the place where an action is performed : as, audlt-orium, a lecture- room. These nouns are neuter adjectives, formed by adding^mm to the verbal in or denoting the doer. DERIVATION OF ADJECTIVES. 16. Adjectives are mostly derived from verbs ( Verbals), or from nouns and adjectives (Denominatives). 296 APPENDIX IV. DENOMINATIVE ADJECTIVES. 17. The ending eas (sometimes ww-?, neus) moans made of: as, aur-eus, made of gold; ebur-nus, made of ivory. Sometimes it expresses resemblance in character: as, virt/in-eus, maidenly. The endings mus (penult short) and -etms have the same meaning. 18. The endings alls, anus, dris, arms, His (penult long), dtilis, icus, wins, ius, mus (penult long), and was, mean per- taining to, belonging to, and form possessive adjectives. The ending His often denotes character : as, puer-llis, boyish. These adjectives are often used as nouns, the limited noun being omitted: as, ferr-drius (fdber), a smith; medlc-lnd (a?*s), the physician's art, medicine ; dvi-drium, a place pertaining to birds, an aviary ; ov-lls, something pertaining to sbe^p, a fold. 19. The endings- ds us and lentus mesmfull of: as, vln-osus, full of wine ; fraud-u-lentus, full of fraud. 20. From names of places are formed possessives in anus, as, ensis, ius, Inns.: as, Athen-i-ensis, of Athens, an Athenian. 21. The ending dtus means furnished with, wearing: as, aji-dtus, winged ; barb-dtus, bearded. VERBAL ADJECTIVES.. 22. The ending bundus added to the present-stem, with a con- necting vowel, has the meaning of the participle present, but usually with, an int^isive. force : as, err-d-lundus, wandering to and fro. Cutidtis has sometimes Ijie 'same meaning. * 23. .Theiending Idas added to the present-stem expresses state or conditioners, .cdl 7 idus, warm; rdp-idus, rapid. 24. The ending uus ad'cled to the stem ^jgm in trans^ive^ verb expresses condition or tendency ; added to the stem of' a 'transi- tive verb, it has a passive meaning: as, congru-us, agreeing; noc-uus, hurtful ; consplc-uus, visible. \ \ 25. The endings bills (with a connecting vowel) and ills added to verbal stems express, passively, capability or desert : as, fdc- ills, capable of being done ; dm-d-bills, deserving to be loved. Sometimes they are active in meaning : as, horr-l-bilis, producing horror. DERIVATION OF VERBS. 297 26. The ending wills or ltius added to the supine-stem has a passive sense: &s, Jict-lcius, feigned. 27. The ending ax expresses an inclination, generally an evil one: as, rdp-ax, rapacious. 28. The ending Ivus added to the supine-stem expresses, actively, capacity or tendency : as, conjunct-lvus, having a tendency to unite, conjunctive. DERIVATION OF VERBS. 29. From noun and adjective stems are formed (a.) Intransitives (in o, eo, or), denoting to be that denoted by the primitive : as, cdmlt-or, I accompany. (b.) Transitives (o, or), denoting to do or make, to exercise, employ, or use upon something, that which is denoted by the primitive: as, fraud-o, I use fraud, I defraud; llber-o, I make free. 30. From verbs are derived the following : (a.) Frequentative.?, expressing frequency or increase of the action expressed by the primitive. They are formed by adding the endings of the first conjugation to the supine-stem, at pass- ing into it: as, clam-are (cldm-dt-), to cry cldm-it-dre, to cry aloud or frequently. A few add ito to the present-stem: as, dg-lto. Frequentatives are sometimes formed from frequenta- tives : as, curro, curso, cursito ; vtnio, vento, ventito. (b.) Inceptives, 'expressing the beginning of an action or condition. They are of the tfrird conjugation, and are formed by adding sco, scor, to the present-stem with a connecting vowel: as, Idb-d-sco, I begin to totter ; ard-e-sco, I begin to be warm ; proflcK-sc&\ I begin Fo make myself forward, I set out. (c.) Desideratives, expressing strong desire. They are of the fourth conjugation, and are formed by adding urio to the supine- stem -of -the primitive: as, es-urio (edo), I desire to eat, I am hungry. They are few in number. (d.) Diminutives, which express trifling action. They are formed by adding illo to the present or supine-stem : as, conscrlb- illo, I scribble. (e.) Intensives, which express earnest action. They are of the 298 APPENDIX V. third conjugation, and are formed by adding esso or mo to the stem of the primitive : as, fdc-esso, I do with all my might. NOTE. Many verbs of the above classes have only the meaning of the primitive. APPENDIX V. ANALYSIS OF TENSE-FORMATION. 223. 1. Every verb-form consists of two parts, the stern and the ending. The ending consists of the per- sonal signs (for the most part pronominal roots of the different persons); the connecting vowel, or mood-sign; and, in some tenses, the tense-sign. Though for the sake of convenience we call the radicals am-, mon-, and and- the present-stems of the verbs dmdre, mdntre, and audire, the stems are in fact ama-, mtine 1 -, and audi-; verbs of the first, second, and fourth conjugations may, therefore, be termed pure or vowel verbs, while only those of the third conjugation have consonant stems. Thus, in the form ama-ba-tis (ama-eba-l-tis), dmd- means love; eba-, the tense-sign, marks incomplete action in past time (the e being absorbed by a of the stem), and means did; 2, the connecting vowel, or mood- sign, is absorbed by the a preceding ; while Us, the per- sonal sign, means ye or you. The whole, if literally rendered, means love-did-ye, or, according to the Eng- lish idiom, ye love-did, ye love-d. 2. The following tables show the personal, mood, and tense signs, which, uniting with the verb-stem, produce the various verb-forms. DERIVATION OF VERBS. (a.) PERSONAL ENDINGS. 299 Singular. Plural. Person, 1st. 2d. 3d. 1st. 2d. 3d. Active, m, s, t. mils, tis, nt. Ind. Perf. stl. Ind. Perf. stis. Passive, r, ris, re, ttir. mur, mini, ntur. NOTE. The personal sign m is the radical of the Greek, Latin, and English me ; mus is the pluralized form ; s, frequently inter- changed with t, is the radical of tu (Greek cv, English th-ou), and tis is the same form pluralized, the t being resumed: t, of the third person (plural nt), has a demonstrative force, and is found as a prefix in tantus, tails, etc. ; and as a suffix in id (English i-t), is-te, etc. The sign of the passive is r, and enters into all the passive end- ings except mini, which is wholly unlike the rest, and is generally considered a participial ending (Greek ptvoi), estis being understood : amd-mini estis. The personal signs for the imperative are to (pi. tote), to (pi. ntd). Passive, re or tor (pi. mini), tor (pi. nttir). (b.) MOOD-SIGNS. Persons. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. ( All but Pres.-Perfect and ) Fut., 3d and 4th Conj. / Indicative, j p res> .p erf> o, i, I 1 ' \pass. 6 I, I. I. i, i, i, I, u. em. (. Fut., 3d and 4th*Conj. .*> i, i. i, i, u. r Pres., 2d, 3d, and 4th Conj. a, , a. a, a, a. Pres., 1st Conj. Subjunctive. 4 ^ j Pres.-Perf. e, !, e, ^ e. !. e, !, e, , e. !. (^ Imperf. and Past-Perf. e, e, e. e, e, e. Imperative. - e, i. - i, ii. Inf. Active, e; Passive, I. NOTE. The mood-signs of the indicative are short (except I and eru of the present-perfect) ; those of the imperative are short ; those of the subjunctive are long (except I of the present-perfect, which is long or short). 300 APPENDIX V. (c.) TENSE-SIGNS. Pres. Imperf. Future. Pres.-Peff. Past-Perf. Fut.PerfJ Indicative. none. eba. eb, 1st and 2d conj. e, 3d and4thconj. none. 6r&. 6r. i Subjunctive. none. 6r. er. iss. Infinitive. 6r. iss. . NOTE. The sign of completed action must not be confounded with the tense-sign. It is In the 1st conj., v, sometimes passing into u, sec-u-l ; " " 2d " v, generally passing into u, mon-u-i / " " 3d " generally s, sometimes u. " 4th " v. Before it the final letter of the stem is lengthened : as, ama-vl, fie-vi, and audi-vi. The reduplication is sometimes used, as in Greek, to indicate completed action : as, mo-mord-i, po-posc-l, ve- ven-i (contr. ven-i), mo-mdv-l (contr. mov-l) . Such perfects as pav-i (pa-sc-o), quiev-l (quig-sc-o), spre-vl (sper-n-o for spr$-n-o\ are regularly formed on vowel-stems, strengthened by the addition of sc (App. IV., 30 b) and n. 3. Where two vowels come together, the former usually absorbs the latter, the two short syllables making one long one. It must be borne in mind, however, that no vowel in Latin can be long before m, t, or r (final), except in certain monosyllables, and a long vowel before one 'of these final letters is shortened. The mood-sign o and the personal sign m never stand together, but one or the other is dropped: as, dmd6(m), dmabd(6}m, dmo, dmdbdm. 4. In the following table the stem, tense-sign, mood-sign, and personal sign are exhibited. PARTS ON THE PRESENT-STEM. Full Form. reg-8-(m), reg-i-s, etc., rgg-u-nt. Contracted Form. reg-5, reg-is, etc., reg-unt. Full Form. ama-o-(m), . ama-i-s, etc., &m-tt-nt. Contracted Form. am -5, am-as, &m-ant. DERIVATION OF VERBS. 301 Full Form. Contracted Form. Full Form. Contracted Form. reg-e"ba-(5)-m, reg-eba-i-s, etc reg-eba-u-nt. reg-ebam, , reg-ebas, reg-ebant. ama-eba-(o)-m, ama-eba-i-s, etc., ama-eba-i-t. am-abam, am-abC,s, am-abat. reg-e-a-m, reg-e-i-s, etc., reg-e-u-nt. reg-sim, reg-es, reg-ent. ama-eb-o-(m), ama-eb-i-s, etc., ama-eb-u-nt. am-abo, am-a.bis, am-abunt. reg-a-m, reg-a-s, etc., reg-a-mus, etc. reg-am, reg-as, reg-amus. ama-e-m, ama-e-s, etc., ama-e-mus. am-em, ain-es, am-emus. reg-er-e-m, reg-er-e-s. reg-erem, reg-eres, etc. ama-er-e-m, ama-er-e-s. am-arem, am-ares, etc^ reg-e-, reg-i-t, reg-i-te, reg-i-tote, etc. reg-e, reg-it5, reg-ite, reg-itote, etc. ama-e-, ama-i-to, ama-i-te, ama-i-tote, etc. am-a, am-ato, am-ate, am-atote. reg-er-e. reg-ere. ama-er-e. am-are. PARTS ON THE PERFECT-STEM. regs-i, rex-i, regs-i-sti, rex-isti, regs-i-mus, etc. rex-imus, etc. regs-era-(o)-m, rex-eram, regs-era-i-s, etc. rex-eras, etc. regs-er-5-(m), rex-er5, regs-er-i-s, etc. rex-eris, etc. regs-er-l-m, rex-erim, regs-er-i-s, etc. rex-eris, etc. regs-iss-e-m, rex-issem, regs-iss-e-s, etc. rex-isses, etc. regs-iss-e. rex-isse. amav-i, amuv-i-sti, amav-I-mus. amav-i, amav-isti, amav-imus, etc. amav-era-(o)-m, amav-eram, amav-era-i-s, etc. amav-eras, etc. araav-er-o-(m), amav-er5, amav-er-is, etc. amav-eris, etc. amav-er-i-m, amav-erim, amav-er-l-s, etc. amav-eris, etc. amav-iss-e-m, amav-issem, amav-iss-e-s, etc. amav-isses, Q^tc. amav-iss-S. amav-iss5. 26 302 APPENDIX V. PARTS ON THE PRESENT-STEM. Full Form. Contracted Form. Full Form. Contracted Form. fle-o-(m), fle-i-s, fle-i-t, etc., fle-u-nt. fle-5, fl-es, fl-et, etc., fl-ent. audi-o-(m), audi-i-s, audi-i-t, etc., audi-u-nt. aud-i5, aud-is, aud-it, etc., aud-iunt. fle-eba-(o)-m, fle-eba-i-s, fle-eba-i-t, etc. fl-ebam, fl-ebas, fl-ebat, etc. audi-eba-(o)-m, audl-eba-i-s, audi-eba-i-t, etc. aud-iebam, aud-iebas, aud-iebat, etc. flc-eb-o-(m), fle-eb-i-s, fle-eb-i-t, etc. fl-eb5, fl-ebis, fl-ebit, etc. audi-a-(o)-m, audi-e-i-s, audi-e-i-t, etc. audi-am, audi-es, audi-et, etc. fle-a-m, fle-a-s, fle-a-t. fl-eam, fl-eas, fl-eat, etc. audi-a-m, audi-a-s, audi-a-t. aud-iam, aud-ias, aud-iat, etc. fle-er-e-m, fie-er-e-s, etc. fl-erem, fl-eres. audi-er-em, audi-er-e-s. aud-irem, aud-ires, etc. fle-e , fle-e-te, etc. fl-e, fl-ete, etc. audi-e , audi-e-te, etc. aud-i, aud-ite, etc. PARTS ON THE PERFECT-STEM. fle-v-I-(m), flev-era-(o)-m, flev-er-o-(in). fler-i, flev-eram, flev-ero. audi-v-I-(m), audiv-era-(o)-m, audiv-er-o-(m). audiv-i, audiv-eram, audiv-ero. fle\ r -er-i-m, flev-iss-e-m, flev-iss-e. flev-erim, flev-issem, flev-isse. audiv-er-l-m, audiv-iss-e-m, audiv-iss-e. audiv-erim, audiv-issem, audiv-isse. NOTE. The pupil can readily complete the tables for himself. 5. The participles are formed by adding adjectival endings to the, verb-stem (sometimes with a connecting vowel in consonant verbs), ns expressing continuance (actively); tHrus y futurity; tus, completion (passively) ; and -ndus, fitness, capacity. PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORMATION. 303 6. The gerund is a verbal noun formed by adding -ndl, etc., to the verb-stem, a connecting vowel being necessary in consonant verbs : as, rtg-e-ndl. 7. The supine is a verbal noun of the fourth conjugation, sometimes complete (as, cursus), but usually found only in the accusative and ablative. It is formed by adding tus (sometimes sus) to the verb-stem. APPENDIX VI. PECULIARITIES OF TENSE-FORMATION. Tenses formed on the Present-stem. $ 224. 1. The tense-sign of the indicative future in verbs of the fourth conjugation (i stems) seems anciently to have been eb, as in a and e stems, the I of the stem absorbing the e of the tense- sign : as, vestl-b-o, scl-b-o, instead of vestidm, scidm. The same contraction also occurs in the imperfect : as, ves-tlbdm. The forms Ibdm and Ibo of eo are still retained. 2. The endings Im, Is, etc., in the subjunctive present (mood- sign i) are sometimes found in the earlier writers and in the poets : as, edlm, edls, e powerful ; putco, to stink; renidco,. to glitter ; rigeo, to be stiff ; rube5, to be red; scateo, to gush out ; seneo, to be old ; sordeo, to be filthy ; splendeo, to shine ; squaleo, to be foul ; sue5, to be wont; tepeo, to be warm ; torpeo, to be stiff ; tiimeo, to swell ; uveo, to be moist; vegeo, to arouse ; vigeo, to flourish ; vireo, to be green. VARIOUS FORMATIONS OF THE PERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. Third Conjugation. $ 230. 1. The perfect-stem is formed, in the third conjuga- tion, (a.) By adding s to the present-stem, which in this conjugation is the crude form of the verb : as, carp-o, carps-l. (b.) By adding v to the crude form of the verb, which has been strengthened by adding n or sc, as in Greek. These are all originally vowel verbs : as, cre-sc-o, crev-l ; pa- sc-o,pav-l; no-sc-o, nov-l ; sl-n-o, slv-l ; sper-n-o (sptr-o by meta- thesis for spre-o), sprev-l. (c.) By adding u (the form which the perfect-sign v assumes after a consonant) : as, dl-o, dlu-l. (d.) By adding w to the present-stem : as, arcess-o, arcess-wl. (e.) By reduplicating the initial consonant: as, curr-o, cu~ curr-o. (f.) By lengthening the present-stem, with or without vowel change : as, tm-o, cm-l ; ag-o, eg-l. (y.) In a number of verbs (especially vowel verbs in u) the perfect-stem is like the present-stem : as., dcii-o, dcu-l. 2. The supine-stem is usually formed in the third conjugation "by adding t, frequently by adding s, to the present-stem. PERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 309 3. The following list contains most of the verbs of this con- jugation : Acu5, acui, acutuin, to sharpen. Ag5, egl, actum, to set in motion ; arabig5, -ere, , ; deg5, degi; satago, satagere, , . Alo, alul, alturn and alitum, to nourish. Ang5, anxi, anctum and anxum, to choke. ArcessS (pass, -iri or -I), arcessivi, arce.ssltum, to send for. Argu5, argul, argutum, to convict. Batu5, batul, to beat. Bib5, bibi, bibitum, to drink. Cad5, cecidl, casum, to fall ; accid5, decido, excid5, succid5, have no supine-stem. (See App. VL, 8.) Caed5, caecidi, csesum, to cut. The compound* change 3d into i : as, * occid5, occldl, occisum. (See App. VI., 8.) Cand5, to cause to shine ; whence accend5, incendo, succendo (-cendi, -censuin). Cano, cecini, cantura, to siny ; praecin5, -cinui, -centum; concinS, -cinui, ; so occin5, accino, -ere, , ; *o, also, incm5, intercino, recm5, succin5. Capesso, -ivi or -ii, -Itum, to seize. Capi5, cepl, captum, to take; so antecapiS.' The other compounds change a of the present-stern into i, and of the supine-stem into e : as, accipio, accepT, acceptum. Carp5, carpsi, carptum, to pluck. ' Cedo, ce.ssi, cessum, to yield. CellS, ante-, prse-, -ere, , ; excel!5, excellui, excelsum ; per- cel!5, perciili, perculsiim. Cern5, crevi, cretuin, to decide. Cing6, ciuxi, cinctum, to gird. Clango, -ere, , to clang. Ciaudo, clausi, clausuia, to shut. Claud5 or -e6, , clausum, to limp. Ciepo, clepsi, rarely clepi, cleptuin, to steal. Colft, colui, cultuin, to cultivate; occulo, occulul, occultum. Coino, compsi, comptum, to adorn. Compesco, compescui, to check. Condo, condidi, conditum, to build; abscondo, -condidi or>w-condl, -conditumor-consum. For other compounds of do, see $ 225, 3. ConsulS, -sului, -sultum, to consult. Coqu5, coxi, coctura, to cook. Cresc5, crevl, cretum, to grow. Cud5, -ere, , , to forge ; ex- cudo, excudl, excusum. CupiS, -Ivi or -ii, -itum, to desire. Curr5, ciicurri, cursum, to run ; con- curr5, succurro, transcurrS, drop the reduplication. The other com- pounds have both forms: as, ac- curr, accurrT, accucurrl, accur- sum ; antecurr5, -ere, , ; so, also, circumcurrS. (See App. VI., 8.) DepsS, depsui, depstum, to knead. Dic5, dixi, dictum, to say. Disc5, didici, disciturus, to learn. Dispesco, , dispistum, to sepa- rate. DividS, dlvlsi, divisum, to divide. Duc5, duxi, ductiim, to lead. Edo, cdi, esura, to eat. (See ? 111.) Em5, emi, emptum, to buy ; dem5, dempsi, demptum. Exu5, exui, exutiim, to put off. 310 APPENDIX VII. Facesso, -ivi, -itum, to do eagerly. Facio, fed, factum, to do ; pass. flo, fieri, factus (g 111). Jmper. pres. fac. Compounds with verb- stems follow the simple; pate-faciG, -feel, -factuin, patefac, patefi5; those with prepositions change a of the present-stem into I, and of the supine-stem into e, and have a regular passive : as, interficio, interleci, interfectum ; interficior, interf ici, interfectus. Fallo, fefelli, falsum, to deceive ; re- fello, refelli, . Fendo (obs.), defendo, defend!, de- fensum, to defend; ofiendo, of- -fendi, -fen sum, to offend. Fero, ferre (syncopated from fer-ere), lull, latum, to carry. A perf. te- tuli occurs ; affero, attuli, allatuna ; aufero, abstuli, ablatum ; confero, contuli, collatum ; differo, distiili, dilatum; effero, extuli, elatum; infero, intuli, illatum ; offer5, ob- tuli, oblatum; suffer5, sustull, sublatum. Fervo, fervi, to "boil. See PerveS, second conjugation. Fldo, fisus, to trust ; confid5, con- fidi or conf isus sum. Fig8, fixi, fixiim, rarely fictum, to fix. Findo,xfidi, fissum, to split. Fingo, finxi, fictum, to feign. Fl^p*^, flexi, flexum, to bend. Piigo, flixT, , to dash ; afllig5, affli^i, afflictum; so infligo, pro- fllgo, -ar'e, -avi, -atiim. Fluo, flu.xi, fluxum, to flow. Podio, fodi, fossum, to dig. Old inf. pass, fodiri j so, also, cfFodiri. Fran^, fregi, fractiim, to break. S, fremul, fremitum, to roar. Frendo, , fresum and fressum, to (JJKlb'h. Prlgo, frixi, frictum, rarely frixum, to fry. Fugio, fugi, fugitum, to fly. FulgO, , , to flash. Furido, fusi, fusum, to pour. Fur 5, , } to rage. Gemo, gemui, gemitiim, to groan. Gero, gessi, gestum, to bear. Gigno (for gi-geno), genui, genitiim, to beget. Glisco, , , to grow. Glubo, , , to peel; deglub5, degluptiim. Gruo (obs.), congruB, ingruo, -grui. Ico, ici, ictuni, to strike. Imbuo, imbui, imbutiim, to imbue. IncessS, incessivi or incessi, , to attack. Induo, indui, indutum, to put on. JaciS, jeci, jactum, to throw; con- jicio, -jeci, -jectum; so the other compounds. Jungo, junxi, junctum, to join. Lacesso, -ivi, -ituin, to provoke. Lacio (obs.), allicio, allexi, allectum, to allure. So illiciB, pellicio ; but elicio, elicui and elexl, elicitum. Laedo, laesi, laesum, to hurt. Lainbo, Iambi, lambitum, to lick. Leg3, legi, lectum, to read. So the compounds with ad, per, prse, re, sub, and trans ; the other com- pounds change e into i. Diligo, intelligo, and negligo, have -lexi, -lectum. Lingo, linxi, linctum, to lick; de- lingo, -ere, to lick up. Lino, livi or levi, litiim, to daub. Linquo, liqui, , to leave; re- linquB and delinqu5, -liqui, -lio- tiim. PERFECT AND SUPINE STEMS. 311 Ludo, lusi, lustim, to play. Luo, lui, luiturus, to atone ; abluo, -lui, -lutuni. So diluo and eluo. Mundo, mandi, mansum, to chew. Mergo, inersi, mersum, to dip. Metuo, metul (metutum, rare), to fear. Mingo, minxi, minctum and mic- tuui, to make water. Minuo, minui, minutum, to lessen. Mitto, misi, missum, to send. Molo, molul, molitum, to grind. Mungo (obs.), emung5, einunxi, emunctum, to wipe the nose. Necto, nexui and nexl, nexiim, to knit; annecto, annexui, annec- tum. So innecto and connecto. Ningo or ninguo, ninxi, , to snoiv. Nosc5, novi, notuin, to know. Ag- nosco and cognosce have -nitum ; dignosco and prasnosco have only the present-stem. Nubo, nupsl, nuptum, to veil. Nuo, to nod; abnuo, -nul, -nuitum or -nutum ; annuo, -nui, -nutum ; innu5, -nui, -nutum ; renu5, -nui, , , to smell. 015 (olere), Pando, pandi, passum or pansum, to spread; dispando, , dispan- sum. Pango, panxi, peg! and pepigi, panctum and pactiim, pancturus, to fix. The compounds have -pigi, -pactum, except depango and sup- pingO, which loant the perfect-stem ; and repango, which wants both perfect and supine stems. Parco, pepcrci, rarely parsl, parci- tum and parsum, to spare. Pario, peperT, partum and paritiim, to brin(j forth. The compounds are of the fourth conjugation. Pasco, pavT, pastum, to feed. Pecto, pexi, pexum and pectitum, to comb. Peclo, pipedi^ , to break toind ; oppedo, , . Pello, pepuli, pulsum, to drive. Pendo, pependi, pensum, to weigh. Peto, petlvi and -ii, petituni, to beg. Pingo, pinxi^ pictum, to paint. Pinso or pii^o ; pinsi and pinsui, pin- situm, pinsum and pistum, to pound. Plango, planxi, planctum, to beat. Plaudo, plausi, plausuin, to clop ; circumplaudo, , . The other compounds, except applaudo, change au into o. Plecto, plexi and plexui, plexum, to twine. Pluo, plui or pluvi, , to rain. Pond, posui, posltum, to place. Porricio^ porreci, porrcctiim, to sac- rifice. Posco, poposcT, , to demand. Prehendo, } Prendo, i - di ^ - siim ' to 8cize ' Premo, press!, pressum, to press. Promo, prompsi, promptum, to bring out. Psall5, psalli, , to play on a stringed instrument. Pungo, piipugi, punctum, to prick. The compounds with con-, dis-, ex-, and inter-, have punxi, punctum ; repungo has no perfect or supine. Qusero, qusesivl and quaesii, quassi- tum, to seek. Quatio, , quassiim, to shake. The compounds change qua into cii : os, concutio, concussT, concussiim. Quiesco, quicvi, quietum, to rest. Rado, rasi, rasum, to shave. Rapio, rapul, raptum, to snatch. 312 APPENDIX VII. RegB, rexl, rectum, to rule. Rep5, repta, reptiira, to creep. Rydo, rosl, rosum, to gnaw. E- and pra3-rodB want the perfect-stem; and obrodo, both perfect and su- pine steins. Rudo, rudivi, ruditum, to bray. Ruinpo, 'rupi, ruptum, to break. Ruo, rul, rutum, ruiturus, to fall; corruo, corrui, ; so irruo. Salo or sallo, , salsum, to salt. Sapio, sapivl and sapii, <, to be wise ; resipio, , ; so de- sipio. Scabo, scabi, , to scratch. Scalpo, scalpsi, scalptum, to engrave. Scando, scandi, scansum, to climb. Scindo, scidi (anciently sciscldi), scissum, to cut. Scisco, sclvi, seitiim, to order. Scribo, scrips!, scriptum, to write. SculpS, sculpsi, sculptum, to carve. Sero, scvi, satuin, to sow. Sero, , sertum, to entwine. Com- pounds have serui. Serpo, serpsi, serptum, to creep. Sldo, sidi (collateral form of sede5), to settle. Sino, sivi, situm, to place. Sisto, stitl, statum, to stop. The compounds with con, de, ex, and ob, have stitl, stitum ; the rest want the supine-stem. Solvo, solvi, solutum, to loose. Spargo, sparsi, sparsum, to scatter. Specio, spexi, spectum, to look; used only in the compounds. Sperno, sprevi, spretum, to despise. Spuo, spui, sputum, to spit ; respu5, respui, . Statuo, statul, statutum, to place. Stern5, stravl, stratum, to strew. Sternuo, sternul, , to sneeze. Stert6, stertul, , to snore. Stinguo, , , to put out. The compounds have stinxi, stinctum. Strepo, strepui, , to make a noise. Stride, stridi, to creak. Stringo, strinxi, strictum, to bind. Struo, struxi, structum, to build. Sugo, suxi, suctuin, to suck. Sumo, sumpsl, sumptum, to take. Suo, sui, suturn, to sew; consuS, , consutum; so dissu5, assu5, Tango (strengthened from tago), t- tigl, tactum, to touch. Tego, texi, tectum, to cover. Temno, , ; contemnB, -tem- ps!, -temptum, to despise. Tendo, tetendi, tensum and tentum, to stretch. So in-, os-, and reten- do ,- detendo, , -tensum. The other compounds have tentuin. Tergo (tergeo, second conjugation), tersl, tersiim, to wipe. Tero, trlvl, tritum (syncopated for terivi, teritum), to rub. Texo, texui, textum, to weave. Tingo (or tinguo), tinxi, tinctum, to moisten. Tollo, tetuli (anciently], rarely tolli, , to raise. Sustuli and sub- latum, from suifero, supply the perfect and supine stems of tol!5 and sustollo. The compounds want perfect-stem. Traho, traxi, tractum, to draw. Treino, tremui, , to tremble. Tribuo, tribui, tributum, to attribute. Trudo, trusi, trusum, to-thrust. Tundo, tutiidi, tunsiim and tusum, to beat. The compounds have -tu- sum ; but detunsum and obtun- suin also occur. INCEPTITE VERBS. 313 Ung5 (or -guS), unxi, unctum, to anoint. TJr5, ussi, ustum, to burn. Vado, vasi (once), , to go. Su- pervudo, , . The com- pounds have vasi, vasum. Veho, vexi, vectum, to carry. Vell5, veil! and vulsi, vulsum, to pluck out. So avel!5, divellS, evel!5, intervello, -vulsi, -vulsum. The other compounds have velli only. Vergo, versi, , to incline. Verro, verri, versum, to sweep. Verto, vertl, versum, to turn. Vinco, vici, victum, to conquer. Viso, visl, vlsum, to visit. Vivo, vixi, victuin, to live. Volvo, volvi, volutum, to roll. Vomo, vomui, vomltum, to vomit. INCEPTIVE VERBS. \ 231. Very few inceptive verbs have a supine-stem, and these take it from the simple verb ; the perfect-stem, when used, is also adopted from the simple verb. In many inceptives, especially those derived from nouns and adjectives, the intermediate verb in ~eo is not used : as, grdvesco, from grdvls. Evilesc5, evilui, to grow vile. Extiinesco, extimui, to fear greatly. Fatisco, , to gape. Fervesco, , to boil. Flaccesco, flaccui, to wilt. Floresco, florin, to begin to flourish. Fracesco, fracui, to grow rancid. Frigesco, frixi, to grow cold. Frondesco, frondui, to grow leafy. Fruticesco, , to begin to shoot. Gelasco, , to freeze. Gemisco, , to begin to sigh. Gemmasco, , to begin to bud. Gemmesco, , to become a gem. Generasco, , to be produced. Grandesco, , to grow large. GravescO, , to grow heavy. Acesco, acui, to grow sour. ^Egresc5, , to grow sick. Albesco, , to grow white. Alesco, , to grow; coalesco, -alul, -alitum. Ardesco, arsi, to take fire. Aresco, , to grow dry ; exaresc5, -arui ; so inaresco, peraresc5. Augesc5, , to begin to grow. Calesco, , to grow warm. Calvesco, , to grow bald. Candesco, candui, to grow white. CanescS, , to grow gray. Claresco, clarui, to become bright. Condormisco, -dormivi, to grow sleepy. Contieesc5, -ticui, to become silent. Crebresco, crebui and crebrul, to increase. Crudesco, criidui, to become cruel. Ditesc5, , to grow rich. Dulcesc5, dulcui, to grow sweet. DurescS, durui, to grow hard. Haeresc3, Hebesco, - , to adhere. -, to grow dull. Horresco, horrui, to grow rough. Humesco, , to grow moist* IgnescS, , to become in/lamed IndSlescS, -dolui, to be grieved. 27 314 APPENDIX VII. InsolescS, , to lie haughty. IntegrascO, , to grow fresh. Juvenesco, , to grow young. Languesco, langul, to grow languid. Lapidesco, , to become stone. Latesco, , to grow broad. Latesco, , to lie hid ; delitescS and oblitesco have -litui. Lentesc5, to become soft. Liquesco, licul, to become liquid. Lucesco, , to grow light. Lutesco, , to grow muddy. Macesco, , ) Ti/r * _ f to grow lean. Macresco, macrm, J * Madesco, madui, to grow wet. Marcesc5, , to pine away. Maturesco, maturui, to ripen. Miseresco, , to pity. Mitesco, , to grow mild. Mollesco, , to grow soft. Mutesco, , to grow dumb ; ob- mutesoo, obmutui. Nigresco, nigrui, to grow black. Nitesco, nitui, to grow bright. Notesco, notui, to become known. ObbrutescS, , to become brutish. Obdorinisco, , to fall asleep. Obsurdesco, obsurdul, to grow deaf. Occallesco, , -callul, to grow hard. Olesc5 (rarely used], adolesc5, ad- olevi, adultum, to grow up; ex- olesco, -olevl, -oletum, to grow obsolete; so, obsolesco; inolesco, , -olevl, olitum. Pallesco, pallul, to grow pale. PatescO, patui, to be opened. Pavesco, , to grow fearful. Pertimesc, -timui, to fear greatly. Pinguesc, , to grow fat. PubescS, pubui, to grow to maturity. PuerascS, , to become a boy. Putesco, putui, ) Putresco, , J to become rotten ' Raresco, , to become thin. Resipisc5, -siplvl, -sipii and -sipui, to come to oneself. Rigesc5, rigui, to grow cold. Rubesco, rubui, to grow red. Sanesco, , to become sound ; con- sanescB, -sanui. Senesco, senui, to grow old. Sentesc5, , to perceive. Siccesco, , to become dry. Silesco, f to grow silent. Solidesco, , to grow solid. Sordesco, sordui, to grow filthy. Splendesco, splendui, to grow bright. Spumesco, , to begin to foam. Sterilesco, , to become barren. Stupesco, , to be astonished. Suesco, suevi, suetum, to become ac- customed. Tabesco, tabui, to waste away. Teneresc5 and -asco, , to grow tender. Tepesco, tepui, to grow warm. Torpisco, torpul, to grow torpid. Tremisc5 ; , to grow tremulous. Tumesco, tumui, | TurgescS, J to be ^ in to 8WelL Uvesco, , to grow moist. Valesco, to grow strong. Vanesco, > , to vanish ; evanescS, evani. Veterasco, -avi, to grow old. Yiresco, , to grow green. Vlvesco, vixi, to come to life. DEPONENT VEEBS. 315 232. Deponent Verbs of the Third Conjugation. Apiscor, aptus, to get. Expergiscor, -perrectus, to wake up. Fatiscor, to gape; defetiscor, de- fessus. So the other compounds. Fruor, fructus, frultus, fruiturus, to enjoy. Fungor, functus, to perform. Gradior, gressus, to walk; aggre- dior, aggredl and aggrediri, ag- gressus / so progredior. Irascor, iratus, to be angry. Labor, lapsus, to fall. Liquor, liqul, to flow. Loquor, locutus, to speak. Miniscor (obs.), commmiscor, com- mentus, to invent; reminiscor, to remember. Morior, mori, rarely morirl, mortu- us, inoriturus, to die. Nanciscor, nactus or nanctus, to ob- tain. Nascor, natus, nascituriis, to be born. Nitor, nisus or nixus, nisiirus, to strive. Obliviscor, oblitus, to forget. Paciscor, pactus, to bargain. Patior, passus, to suffer. Prof iciscor, profectus, to set out. Queror, questus, to complain. Ringor, rinctus, to snarl. Sequor, secutus, to follow. Tuor, tutus, to protect. Ulciscor, ultus, to avenge. Utor, usus, to use. Vescor, to eat. Fourth Conjugation. \ 233. 1. Verbs of the fourth conjugation are vowel- verbs, the characteristic vowel being i. The perfect-stem is formed (a.) By adding v: as, audio, audlvl. (b.) The characteristic vowel is dropped in some verbs, and then v passes into u : as, sdli-o, sdl-u-l. (c.) By dropping the characteristic and lengthening the stem- vowel : as, veni-o, ven-l. 2. The supine-stem is formed by adding t. In many verbs v of the perfect-stem is elided. 3. The following list contains those verbs which form the per- fect-stem according to the last three methods mentioned above : Amlcio, -ui or -xi, amictum, to clothe. Balbuti5, , , to stammer. CsecutiS, , , to be blind. Cambio, campsT, to exchange. Dementi5, , , to be mad. EffutiS, , effutitum, to prate. 316 APPENDIX VII. E5, ivi, itum, to go. The compounds almost always elide v of the per- fect-stem, redii, etc. ; anteeo, -ivi or -ii, . Contraeo and posteo have no perfect or supine. Farcio, farsi, fartiim and farctum, to pack. The compounds change a into e; refercio, -fersi, -fertum; confercio, , confertum ; effar- cio or -fercio, , effertum. Ferio, , , to strike. Feroci5, -ivi and -ii, to be fierce. Fulci5, fulsi, fultum, to prop. Ful- citus occurs. Gannio, , , to bark. GlociS, , , to cluck. Grandi5, , , to make great. Haurio, hausi, rarely hauril, hau- sum, rarely hausitum, hausus, hausurus, hauritus, hauriturus. Hinnio, , , to neigh. Ineptio, , , to trijle. Pario is of the third conjugation, but its compounds are of the fourth : as, aperi5, aperui, apertum ; so opperio; reperio, reperl, reper- tum ; so comperio, rarely depo- nent. Prurio, , , to itch. Queo (like e8), quivi, quitum, to b* able. Ptaucio, , rausum, to be hoarse. Riigio, , , to roar. Ssevi5, saevii, -itum, to rage. Sagio, , , to perceive keenly* Salio, salui or salii, saltum, to leap ; as- and de- sili5, -ui, -sultum ; pro- and trans- silio, -ui, -Ivi, -ii ; ab-, in-, sub- silio, -ii, -ui ; dis-, ex-, re- silio, -ui; circum- andprsd- silio have no perfect or supine. Salio, , salltum, to salt. Sancio, sanxi, sanctam and sanci- tum, to ratify. Sarcio, sarsi, sartum, to patch. Sarrio, -ivi, -ui, -itiim, to hoe. Scaturio, , , to gush out. Sentio, sensl, sensiim, to feel. Sepelio, -ivi and -ii, rarely sepeli, sepultum, rarely -itum, to bury. Sepio, sepsi, septum, to hedge. Singultio, , ; also singult5, , -atiim, to sob. Sitio, -ivi and -ii, , to be thirsty. Suffio, -ivi and -ii, -Itum, to fumigate. Tussio, } , to cough. Viigio, -ivi or -ii, to cry. Venio, venl, ventum, to come. Vincio, vinxi, vinctiim, to bind. Deponent Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation. Metior, mensiis and metitus, to measure. Ordior, orsus, to begin. Orior, ortiis, oriturus, to rise. Of the third conjugation) except infin. pres. Perior (obs. whence peritiis) ; expe- rior, expertiis, to try ; opperior, oppertus and opperitils, to wait for. Potior, potitus, to obtain. The poets sometimes use an indicative present and subjunctive imperfect of the third conjugation. ROMAN MODE OF RECKONING TIME. 317 APPENDIX VIII. ROMAN MODE OF RECKONING TIME. 234. 1. The Romans divided the natural day (from sunrise to sunset) into twelve equal hours of varying length according to the time of year. The night was also divided in the same way into four equal watches. 2. The year, according to the calendar of Julius Caesar, was divided into twelve months, as follows : Januarius, 31 days. Februarius, 28 " Martius, 31 " Aprllis, 30 " Maius, 31 days. Junius, 30 " Quintllis, 31 " Sextilis, 31 " September, 30 days. October, 31 " November, 30 " December, 31 " 3. In early times the year began in March: hence the names, Quintllis, Sextilis, September, etc. Quintllis and Sextilis were afterwards changed to Julius and Augustus, in honor of the first two Caesars. 4. The day of the month was reckoned from three points, Kalends, Nones, and Ides, which fell respectively on the first, fifth, and thirteenth of each month ; except March, May, July, and October, when the Nones fell on the seventh, and the Ides on the fifteenth. 5. Any given date was reckoned, not backward from the first day of the month as with us, but forward to the next Kalends, Nones, or Ides, inclusive. Thus, the 2d of March was called the ''sixth before the Nones of March;' 7 sextus (ante) Nonas Mar- tiaSj or ante diem sextiim Nonas Martids; the 16th of March was called the " 17th before the Kalends of April," septimus dcclmus (ante) Kdlendds Aprltes, or ante ditm septlmum dtclmum Kdlen- dds Aprltes. The 2d of June was called quart Us Nonas Jilnids, or ante diem quartum Nonas Jdnids, etc. 6. In leap-year February had 29 days, the 24th (sextus Kal. Mar.) being doubled and called blsextus Kal. Mar. Hence leap- year was called blsextllls. 7. Therefore, to reduce the Roman calendar to our own, (a.) For a date before the Nones or Ides, subtract the number of days from the day of the month on which the Nones or Ides 27* 318 APPENDIX IX. fell, and add one to the remainder. Thus, a. d. VIII, Idus Maias, (15 8) + 1 = 8; May 8th. (6.) For a date before the Kalends, subtract the number of days from the number of days in the month, and add two to the re- mainder. Thus, a. d. XVII, Kal. Jun., (31 17) + 2 = 16; May 16th. 8. To reduce our calendar to the Roman, the process will be reversed. 9. The week of seven days (hebdomds) was not used in Rome till after the introduction of Christianity. APPENDIX IX. PKOSODY. 235. Prosody is the science of versification, and belongs rather to poetry than to grammar. QUANTITY. 236. 1. The quantity of a syllable is the relative time occupied in pronouncing it, a long syllable requiring twice as much time as a short one. 2. A vowel is long by nature, as duco; or by position, as restiti. A syllable that is sometimes long and some- times short is said to be common. 237. RULE I. A vowel before another vowel is short. So also when h comes between two vowels, it being only a breathing. Exc. 1. Flo has i long except before er; and sometimes even then : as, fiunt, flam, fleret. Exc. 2. E between two i's is long in the genitive and dative of the fifth declension: as,fdciei. Exc. 3. A is long in the penult of old genitives in di : as, auldi. Exc. 4. A and e are long in the endings aius, eius, eia. PROSODY. 319 Exc. 5. I is common in genitives in *us, but in alterlus it is almost always short ; in dllus, long, contracted for dliius. Exc. 6. The first vowel of eheu is long ; that of Diana, io, and ohe, is common. 238. KULE II. Diphthongs are long. Exc. 1. Proe, in composition, is short before a vowel. Exc. 2. A diphthong at the end of a word is sometimes made short when the next word begins with a vowel. 239. KULE III. Contracted syllables are long. (For an exception, see 223, 3.) 240. RULE IV. A vowel before two consonants, a double consonant, or the letter j, is long by position. NOTE. A vowel, other than i, really combines with j to form a diphthong. Remark 1. The vowel is long by position when one or both the consonants are in the same word with it ; but when both stand at the beginning of the following word, it is common. Remark 2. A short vowel at the end of a word before a double consonant orj beginning the next word is not lengthened. Remark 3. The law of position is frequently disregarded by the comic poets. Exc. 1. I is short before j in the compounds of jugum : as, bijugiis. Exc. 2. A vowel naturally short, before a mute followed by a liquid is common. Remark 4- A vowel is made long by position in compound words where the former part ends with a mute and the latter part begins with a liquid : as, ab-luo. Remark 5. A short vowel at the end of a word, before a mute and a liquid in the next word, is rarely lengthened, except in the arsis of a foot. Remark 6. In Latin words only I and r following a mute lengthen a preceding short vowel. 241. RULE V. Derivatives retain the quantity of their primitives. 320 APPENDIX IX. Exc. 1. Frequentatives from verbs of the first conjugation change a long into i short : as, clamdt-um, clamlt-o. Exc. 2. (a.) Some derivatives lengthen a short vowel: such as deni from dtcem, persona from sono, humdnus from homo, secius from secus, Idterna from Idteo, sedes from scdeo, lltera from lino, tegida from tego, susplcio from susincor. (b.) Some shorten a long vowel: as, dlcax from dlco, dux (duds) from duco, fides from/VZo, Idbo from Z^6or, lucerna from liiceo, mulestus from moles, ndto from natum, noto from notum, odium from odi, sopor from sc^'o, vddum from t-acfo, w5co from 242. KuLEVL Words introduced from the Greek or other languages retain their original quantity ; so, also, Latin stems have the same quantity as the cognate Greek ones : as, Darius (Greek Aapztoz) ; vicus (Greek o?xoc, digammatecT). 243. EULE VII. Compound words retain the quantity of their components. Exc. 1. Agnitus and cognltus from notus, dejero and pejero frowijuro; hodie from hoc die; compounds in dlcus from dlco; innuba, pronuba, subnuba, from niibo (but connubium has u com- mon) ; imbtcillus from bdcillum; ambltum from Uum, but i is short in ambitus and ambltio. Exc. 2. Pro is short in procella, procul, prof anus, profdri, pro- festus, proficiscor, profiteor, profugio, profundus, prontpos, pro- neptis, Siwlprdtervus. It is common in procuro, prof undo, propago, propello, and prdplno. The Greek pro is always short. Remark 1. The inseparable prepositions dis and re are short ; dl, se, and ve, are long. Remark 2. A ending the former part of a compound word is long ; the other vowels, short. Exc. 1. E is long in se for sex or semi, and common in some compounds of facio. Exc. 2. I is long when the first part of a compound is declined, or may be separated without altering the sense: as, quldam, agrlcultura ; also in the former part of compounds of dies PROSODY. 321 (blduum, merldie*s, etc.), in iblque, utroblque, and ibidem, and in Idem when masculine. Exc. 3. is long in compounds of contro, intro, retro, quando (except quandtiquidem), and in alioqui. INCREMENTS. 244. 1. A noun is said to increase when in any of its cases it has more syllables than in the nominative- singular. A plural increment is one which belongs to the endings of the plural number; while a singular in- crement always belongs to the stem. 2. If a word has but one increment, it is the penult ; if two, the antepenult is called the first increment, and the penult the second ; if three, the syllable before the antepenult is called the first, the antepenult the second, and the penult the third: as, I 12 123 sermo, ser-mon-is, ser-mon-i-bus, it-m-er-i-bus. SINGULAR INCREMENTS. 245. RULE VIII. Increments of the third declen- sion in a and o are long ; in e, i, and u, short. Remark 1. There are no singular increments in the second declension, stems in r merely dropping the nominative-ending. Those of the first, fourth, and fifth declensions belong to \ 237. A. Exc. 1. Masculines in dl and dr (except Car and Nar), with anas, mas, vds (vddis), baccdr, hepdr,jubdr, Idr, nectar, par, fax, and sal, increase short. Exc. 2. Nouns in s preceded by a consonant increase short in a and o : as, daps, ddpls ; scrobs, scrobls. O. Exc. 3. in the increment of neuters is short ; but os (6m) 322 APPENDIX IX. and neuter comparatives have o long. The increment of ddoi is common. Exc. 4. Arbor, memor, bos, compos, impos, Icpus, and prcecoa increase short. E. Exc. 5. Nouns in en, ems (except Hymen) wiihAnio and Nerio, increase long ; also, hceres, locuples, mansues, merces, quies, Iber, ver, alec or dlex, lex, rex, vervex, plebs, and seps. I. Exc. 6. Nouns and adjectives in ix increase long ; but cdlix, coxendix, filix, fornix, Idrix, nix, pix, sdlix, and strix, increase short. Exc. 7. Dls, glls, lls, vis, Nesls, Quirls, Samrils, and vlbex, in- crease long. U. Exc. 8. Nouns in us (gen. urls, udls,utls), with far, frux, lux, Pollux, increase long; but intercus, Ligm, and pecus increase short. Remark 2. Increments in y belong to Greek nouns. PLURAL INCREMENTS. 246. RULE IX. Plural increments in a, e, and o are long ; in i and u, short. INCREMENT OF VERBS. 247. 1. AT verb is said to increase when any of its forms has more syllables than the second person singu- lar of the indicative present active. 2. The number of the increment is reckoned as in nouns ( 244, 2) : as, 1 12 123 1234 audis, aud-i-tis, aud-I-e-bas, aud-i-e-ba-tis, aud-I-e-bam-i-ni. 248. RULE X. In the increment of verbs, a ; e, and o are long, i and u are short. PROSODY. 323 A. Exc. 1. The first increment of do is short. fi. Exc. 2. E is short before r in the first increment of the present and imperfect of the third conjugation, and in the second incre- ment in beris and litre. Exc. 3. E is short before ram, rim, and ro, and the persons formed from them. I. Exc. 4. I is long before v or s in the perfect-stem. Exc. 5. 7 is long in the supine-stem of gaudeo, dlvido, peto, qucero, recenseo, obliviscor, and intensives in sso. Exc. 6. /is long in the first increment of the fourth conjuga- tion, except imus of the perfect ; also in slmus, sltis, vellmus, velltis, ndllto, nollte, nolltote. Exc. 7. /is common in ris, rimus, ritis, of the indicative future- perfect and subjunctive perfect. U. Exc. 8. U is long in the supine-stem and future participle active. PENULTS. 249. RULE XI. Monosyllabic perfect and supine stems are long ( 225, 2 c) : as, movi y motum (perhaps syncopated from mtivitum). Exc. (a.) Seven perfect-stems are short: bib-i, ded-i, fid-i (from Jindo), scid-i, stet-i, stlt-i, tul-i. NOTE. A reduplication is always short: hence the short stems of blbi, d8di, steti (for s&ti), and stiti (for slsti). (b.) Ten supine-stems are short : cit-um, ddt-um, it-urn, tit-um, quit-urn, rdt-um, rut-um, sdt-um, sit-um, stdt-um. So, also, the obsolete futum, whence futtirus. 250. KULE XII. (a.) Words in abrum, dcrum, 324 APPENDIX IX. dtrum, ubrum, osus, dtum, Hum, utum, udus, dris, and elus, lengthen the penult. Exc. Gelus, gelum, and scelus ; defrutum, pulpltum, petorltum, lutum. (b.) Words in ca, do, ga, go, ma, tus, le, les, Us, na, ne, ni, nis, dex, dix, mex, mix, lex, and rex, lengthen the penult. Exc. In CA, brassica, dica, fulica, mantica, pedica, pertica, scutica, tunica, vomica; in DO, cddo, dlvido, edo (to eat), solido, spado, trepido; in GA and GO, cdllga, fuga, pldga, toga, ego, ligo; in MA, dnima, lacrlma, victlma ; in TUS, cdtus, Idtus (-tris], metus, vegetus, dnhelltus, dlgitus, grdtuitus, halltus, servltus, splrltus, notus, quotus, arbutus, putus, inclutus ; in LE, male; in LIS, verbals in His and bllis ; adjectives in dtilis, dapsllis, grdcllis, humllis, pdrilis, mugllis, simllis, sterllis, strigills ; in NE and NIS, sine, cdnis, cinis, juvenis ; in NA, buccma, f.sclna,.femma, fuscma, lamina, pdgina, patina, sarcina, dpince, nundince ; in LEX, culex, sllex; in MEX, rumex. (c.) A, e, o, and u, before mus, mum, nus, num, are long. Exc. Glomus, humus, postumus, nemus ; anus (an old woman), mdnus\ ocednus, penus, tenus, Venus, onus, bonus, sonus, Id- gdnum. (d.) Words in dies, itis, otis, dta, eta, ota, uta, lengthen the penult, except sttis, ptttis, ntita, rdta.. (e.) A penultimate vowel before v is long. Exc. Avis, brevis, grdvis, Igvis, ovis ; juvo, Idvo, ovo; dvus, cdvus, fdvus, novus, favor, pdvor, novem. 251. RULE XIII. (a.) Words in acus, %cus, Vdus, tlus, Imus; ba, bo, pa, po ; Mas, Was, and Ua, shorten the penult. Exc. Ddcus, mgrdcus, opdcus ; dmlcus, apncus, flcus, mendl- cus, plcus, postlcus, pudlcus, splcus, umbilicus; Idus, fldus. PROSODY. 325 infldus, nidus ; asllus, blmus, llmus, oplmux, patrlmus, matrlmus, quadrlmus, trlmus, and the superlatives Imus and primus ; g'eua, ba,bo, gltibo, llbo, nilbo, scrlbo, rlpa, ctipa, papa, pupa, scdpa,rBpo, pitulta. (6.) Diminutives and polysyllables in ulus, with verbs in %no, Vnor, shorten the penult. Exc. Festlno, sdglno, proplno, oplnor, and compounds of cllno. 252. RULE XIV. Words in inus, except adjectives expressing time or material, lengthen the penult. Exc. But mdtdtlnus, rtpentlnus, and vespertlnus lengthen the penult, and the following shorten it : accimts, dslnus, d^minus, fdcinus, sinus, terminus, geminus, circlnus, minus. 253. RULE XV. Before final ro and ror, a and e are short ; the other vowels, long. Exc. Pero, spero,foro, soror, voro,furo. 254. RULE XVI. Before final rus, ra, rum, e is short ; the other vowels, long. Exc. Austerus, gdlerus, plerus, procerus, serus, severus, verus, stdtera ; barbdrus, nurus, plrus, scdrus, spdrus, torus, hdra, mom, pdrum, suppdrum. 255. RULE XVII. Adverbs in tim lengthen the penult; those in \ter and Uus shorten it. But stdtim (immediately) is short. Remark 1. Many apparent exceptions to the foregoing rules are covered by g 241, \ 242, \ 243. The masculine only of adjec- tival terminations is given, the quantity of the feminine and the neuter being of course that of the masculine. Remark 2. Patronymics (Greek) in ddes and ides shorten the penult, while those in dis, eis, and dis, lengthen it. Nouns in eus form patronymics in Ides. 28 326 APPENDIX IX. AOTEPENULTS. 256. EULE XVIII. The connecting vowels i, o, and u are short; a is long: as, vlndlentus, fraudulentus, &tlmentum, atrdmentum. 257. RULE XIX. A vowel before nea, neo, nia, nio, niuSy nium, is long. Exc. Castdnea, tinea, mdneo, mineo, mdneo, teneo, ignominia y luscinia, venia, Idnio, venio, and words in cinium. FINAL SYLLABLES. MONOSYLLABLES. 258. EULE XX. (a.) Monosyllables ending in a vowel are long. (6.) Monosyllabic nouns ending in a consonant are long; all other monosyllables ending in a consonant are short. Exc. 1. Cor, fel, mel, pol, vir, os (ossis), vds (vadis), are short. Exc. 2. En, non, eras, plus, cur, par, are long. So, also, monosyllables in c, except nee (short), and hie and hoc (com- mon). Exc. 3. Monosyllabic plural cases and verb-forms in as, es, and is are long ; but es from sum is short. POLYSYLLABLES. A. final. 259. EULE XXI. A final, in words declined, is short, and long in words undeclined. Exc. 1. A final is long .in the ablative singular of the first declension, and in the vocative singular of Greek nouns in as and es. PEOSODY. 327 Exc. 2. A final is short in eid, itd, quid, and putd, when used adverbially ; sometimes also in contra&nd. numerals in ginta. In postea it is common. E final. 260. EULE XXII. E final is short in words of two or more syllables. Exc. 1. E final is long in the first and fifth declensions. Exc. 2. Final e in the imperative active second person singular of the second conjugation is a contraction ; but it is sometimes short in cave, vale, vide. Exc. 3. Final e is long in fere, ferme, ohe, and in adverbs derived from adjectives of the second declension; but it is short in bene, male, inferne, and superne. I final. 261. EULE XXIII. /final is long. Exc. /final is common in mihi, tlbi, slbi, lbi t ubi, nisi, qudsi t and cui when a dissyllable. O final. 262. EULE XXIV. final, in words of more than one syllable, is common. Exc. 1. final is long in the dative and the ablative, and in the local adverbs quo, eo, eodem, etc. ; also in omnlno and id. Exc. 2. final is short in clto, illlco, profecto, and modd, and generally in tgo and homo. V final. 263. EULE XXV. U final is long. J>, TJ, N, It, T, final. 264. EULE XXVI. A vowel before d, I, n, r, t, final, is short. Exc. E is long in lien, Iber, and Celtlber. 328 APPENDIX IX. C final. 265. KULE XXVII. A vowel before c final is long; but e in donee is short. As, JEs, Os, final. 266. RULE XX VIIL As,es, and os, final, are long. Exc. 1. As is short in anas. Exc. 2. Es is short in nouns of the third declension, Class III. (I 35) ; and in ptnts. Exc. 3. Os is short in compos, impos, and os (ossis). Is, Us, Ts, final. 267. EULE XXIX. Is, us, and ys, final, are short. Exc. 1. Is and us are long in plural cases, and in the nomina- tive of nouns having a long stem-vowel : as, mtisls, jructds, tellds, Samius. But bits of the dative and the ablative is short. Exc. 2. Contracted final syllables in us and is are of course long: as, audls for audi-is, fructus for fru ctu-is. Exc. 3. Bis in the indicative future-perfect and subjunctive perfect is common. Remark. The last syllable of a verse (except the anapaestic and Ionic a minore) may be long or short. VERSIFICATION. 268. 1. A. foot is a combination of two or more sylla- bles. A compound foot consists of two simple feet united. 2. The simple feet of two syllables are the Spondee, two long, : as, sese. Pyrrhic, two short, ~ ~: as, bone. Trochee or ] Chor f ^ a s^ 101 ^ ~ : as Iambus, short and long, w ~: aa PKOSODY. 329 3. The simple feet of three syllables are the one long and two short, ~ w Anapcest, two short and one long, ~ ^ Tribrach, three short, Molossus, three long, Amphibrach, short, long, and short, ~ ~ Amphimdcer ") or Crete, / lon S' short ' and lon S> Bacchlus, one short, two long, ^ Antibacchlus, two long, one short, 4. The compound feet are the Dispondee, double spondee, Proceleusmatic, double Pyrrhic, Ditrochee, double trochee, Diiambus, double iambus, Ionic d mojdre, spondee and Pyrrhic, ~ Ionic d minore, Pyrrhic and spondee, ~ ~ ~ Choriambus, choree and iambus, ^ ~ Aniispast, iambus and choree, ^ First epitrit, iambus and spondee, ~ Second epitrit, choree and spondee, - Third epitrit, spondee and iambus, ** Fourth epitrit, spondee and choree, ' as, as, as, as, mlrari. as, ptrltus. corpora, bdnltds. cupcre. First pceon, Second pceon, Third pceon, Fourth pceon, choree and Pyrrhic, iambus and Pyrrhic, Pyrrhic and choree, Pyrrhic and iambus, as, ceptrdnt. as, dmabds. as, feclsse. as, dcceplssent. as, celcriter. as, eradltas. as, dmdvtrds. as, confeccrdm. as, ddolescens. as, credulllds. as, verectindus. as, dmdvertint. as, Imperdvl. as, aUcturitds. as, feclssetis. as, ddmoriitus. as, dmdbllls. as, putrllls. as, celtrltds. 5. Isochronous feet are those whose average quantity is equal. Thus, a dactyl is isochronous with a spondee ; a choree, with an iambus, etc. METRE AND VERSES. 269. 1. Metre is the arrangement of syllables and feet into verses. 28* 330 APPENDIX IX. 2. There are six kinds of metre, named from the fundamental foot employed in each : to wit, dactylic, anapaestic, iambic, trochaic, chor iambic, and Ionic. 3. A verse is a number of feet arranged in a certain order, constituting a line of poetry. Two verses are called a distich; half a verse, a hemistich. 4. Verses are sometimes named from the author who used them principally : as, Anacreontic, from Ana- creon; Asclepiadic, from AsclepiMes; Sapphic, from Sappho, etc., sometimes from the number of feet or measures which they contain : as, pentameter, containing five feet; hexameter, containing six feet, sometimes from the foot chiefly used : as, dactylic, consisting chiefly of dactyls ; spondaic, consisting chiefly of spon- dees. 5. A verse wanting one syllable at the end is called catalectic ; a verse wanting a whole foot at the end is called brachycatalectic ; a complete verse is called acata- lectic; a verse wanting a syllable at the beginning is called acephalous ; a verse having a redundant syllable or foot is called hypercatalectic or hypermeter. 6. A verse or part of a verse consisting of a foot and a half (three half- feet) is called trihem/lm8r1s ; consisting of two feet and a half (five half-feet), penthernlm&ris ; consisting of three feet and a half (seven half-feet), hept- MmlmZrts; consisting of four feet and a half (nine half- feet), enn&hem/tme'rls. 7. Scanning is dividing a verse into the feet of which it is composed, or reading it metrically. FIGURES OF PROSODY. 270. The figures of prosody are PROSODY. 331 (a.) Synalcepha, or the elision of a final vowel or diphthong when the next word begins with a vowel. Thus, si omnts is read s'omncs; illl int$r se is read iff int&r se, etc. Remark 1. 0, lieu, all, proh, vce, and vak, are not elided. Other long vowels and diphthongs sometimes stand unelided, and, if so, they are generally short in the thesis of a foot. (6.) Ecthlipsis, or the elision of a final m with the preceding vowel, when the next word begins with a vowel : as, Monstr-(ww) horrend-(ww), inform-(e), ingens, cui lumen ademptum. Final s was sometimes elided in the same way by the earlier poets. Remark 2. M final, when unelided, is short before a vowel. (c.) Synceresis, or the contraction of two separate vowels into one syllable : as, deinde, fluviorum, tennis, pronounced dine-de, fluv-yorum, ten-wis. (d.) Dicer esis, or the separation of one syllable into two : as, silua for silva ; su-adent for suadent. (e.) Systdle, or the shortening of a syllable naturally or by position long : as, Obstiipui, steterunt comae ; vox faucibus hsesit. (/.) Diastdle, or lengthening a syllable naturally short. (g.) Synapheia, or such a connection between the last syllable of one verse and the first of the next, that the former is made long by position, or cut off by synaloa- pha or ecthlipsis. RHYTHM. 271. 1. Rhythm is the alternate elevation (arsis) or depression (thesis) of the voice in pronouncing the 332 APPENDIX IX. syllables of a verse. The terms arsis and thesis are also applied to the part of the foot on which this elevation or depression takes place. The arsis of a foot is on the long syllable, and is determined by the fundamental foot of any measure. Thus, in dactylic measure the arsis is on the first syllable, while in iambic it is on the last ; therefore a spondee in dactylic measure has the arsis on the first syllable, and in iambic, on the last. 2. The ictus is the stress of voice in pronouncing the arsis of a foot. A short syllable in the arsis of a foot is sometimes lengthened by the ictus. 3. The caesura of the verse is such a division of the line by the ending of a word as affords a convenient and harmonious pause. DACTYLIC METRE. 272. I. 1. An hexameter or heroic verse consists of six feet, the last of which is a spondee, and the fifth a dactyl ; but the fifth foot is sometimes a spondee, and then the verse is called spondaic: Lndere | quse vel-|leru |[ cala-|mo per-|misit a-|gresti. Virg. JE. 1,10. In nova | fcrt ani-|mus || mu-jtatas | dicere | formas. Ov. M. 1, 1. Cara de-|um sobo-|les || mag-|num Jo vis | lucre- jmentum. Virg. 2. The ccesura in hexameter usually occurs after the arsis of the third foot, as above ; frequently, however, it occurs after the arsis of the fourth foot, and there is then a slighter one after the arsis of the second : as, Iride to-|ro || pater | JEne-|as || sic | orsus ab | alto. 3. A rapid and spirited movement is produced by the recurrence of dactyls ; a slow and heavy one, by that of spondees : Atque le-|vem st!pu-|lam || crep!-|tanti | urere | flamma. Ill-(i) in-|ter se | mag-|na vi | brachia | tollunt. PROSODY. 333 II. 1. A pentameter verse consists of five feet, of which the first and second may each be a, dactyl or a spondee; the third is always a spondee; and the fourth and fifth are anapaests (i.e. two short and one long) : Sub qua | nunc recu-|bas || arb-|ore vir-|ga fuit. Quaque ve-|nit inult-|as || ac-jcipit am-jnis aquas. 2. It is generally, however, divided into two hemi- stichs, the first containing two dactyls, two spondees, or a dactyl and a spondee, followed by a long syllable ; the second, two dactyls, followed by another long syllable. The caesura occurs at the close of the first hemistich : Sub qua | nunc recu-|bas || arbore | virga fu-|it. Quaque ve-|nit mult- 1 as || accipit | amnis a-|quas. 3. This verse usually alternates with hexameter, forming what is called elegiac verse. III. ^Eolic pentameter consists of five feet, the first being a spondee, a trochee, or an iambus ; and the rest, dactyls : IV. Phalceeian pentameter consists of the first half of a pentameter, followed by a dactyl and a spondee : -I- -I -II- H- V. Tetrameter a priore consists of the first four feet of an hexameter, the fourth being a dactyl : Garrula | per ra-|mos, avis | obstrepit. Tetrameter catalectic wants the last two syllables of the fourth foot. VI. Tetrameter a posterior e consists of the last four feet of an hexameter, the third foot being either a dac- tyl or a spondee : 334 APPENDIX IX^* Mobili-|bus po-|maria | rivis. Menso-jrem cohi-jbent Ar-jchyta. VII. Tetrameter Meiurus, or Faliscan, is the same as tetrameter a posteriore, except that the last foot is an iambus instead of a spondee : ~ I - I , I >. I I - I VIII. Dactylic trimeter consists of the last three feet of an hexameter : Nigris | aequora | ventis. IX. Archilochian trimeter catalectic consists of the first half of a pentameter: Arbori-jbusque co-|mae. X. Dactylic dimeter, or Adonic, consists of a dactyl and a spondee : More pal-jaestrae. ANAP^STIC METRE. 273. I. Anapaestic monometer consists of two ana- paests : II. Anapcestic dimeter consists of four anapaests : IAMBIC METRE. 274. I. Iambic trimeter, or sendrius, consists of six iambic feet; but the iambus is often replaced by a spon- dee in the first, third, and fifth feet. A tribrach is used instead of an iambus in any foot except the last ; and the spondee is replaced by its equivalents, the dactyl or PROSODY. 335 anapaest, and sometimes by a double Pyrrhic, in the first foot. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. There is generally a caesura in the third or fourth foot. II. The choliambus, or axd^cov, also called Hipponac- tean, from its inventor Hipptoax, is iambic trimeter, or senarius, with a spondee-or a trochee in the last foot. III. Iambic tetrameter, or octonarius, consists of eight iambic feet, varied as in iambic trimeter,. the caesura usually falling on the arsis of the fourth foot. IV. Iambic tetrameter* calalectic is an iambic tetra- meter without the last syllable of the last foot, and in the seventh place there is always an iambus. V. Iambic trimeter catalectic, or Archilochian, is iambic trimeter without the last syllable of the last foot ; but it does not admit of a spondee in the fifth place : Locas | sub ip-|sum fu-|nus et | sepul-jcrl. VI. Iambic dimeter, or Archilochian dimeter, consists of four iambic feet, with the same variations as iambic trimeter. This measure is acephalous when it wants the first syllable, and hypermeter when a syllable is added at the end : Qui ma- 1 j or ab-|sentes | habet. Acephalous, At | fides | et In-|geni. Hypermeter, Rede -| git In | veros | timo-|res. VII. Iambic dimeter catalectic, or Anacreontic, is 336 APPENDIX IX. iambic dimeter without the final syllable, and with the third foot always an iambus : VIII. The Galliambus consists of two iambic di- meters catalectic, the caesura occurring at the end of the first dimeter. TROCHAIC METRE. 275. I. Trochaic tetrameter catalectic consists of seven trochees and a catalectic syllable. The first five trochees, and sometimes the sixth, are replaced by tri- brachs ; and the second, fourth, and sixth, by a spondee or its equivalent : 3. 7. 8. The caesura falls upon the thesis of the fourth foot. II. Sapphic verse, so called from the poetess Sappho, consists of five feet, the first, fourth, and fifth being trochees, the second a spondee, and the third a dactyl. The second foot is sometimes a trochee : Audi-Jet cl-|ves acu-|isse | ferrum. The caesura falls upon the arsis of the third foot. III. Phalcecian verse, so called from the old Greek poet Phalaecus, consists of five feet, a spondee, a dac- tyl, and three trochees : IV. Trochaic dimeter catalectic consists of three tro- PEOSODY. 337 chees the second being sometimes replaced by a spon- dee or dactyl and a catalectic syllable. This measure may also be scanned as iambic dimeter acephalous (274, VI.) : At fi- |des et | inge-|ni; At | fides et in-[geni. CHOBIAMBIC METRE. 276. I. Choriambic pentameter consists of a spon- dee, three choriambi, and an iambus : Tenta-|ris imme-|ros. | Ut melius \ quidquid erit | pati. II. Choriambic tetrameter consists of three choriamb! and a Bacchius. The iambus of the first foot is some- times replaced by a spondee : Ssepe trans fin-|ein jaculo | nobilis ex-|pedito. III. Asclepiadic tetrameter, so called from the poet Asclepiades, consists of a spondee, two choriambi, and an iambus, the caesura occurring at the end of the first choriambus : MraTce-lnas, atavis || edite reg-|ibiis. This verse is sometimes scanned as dactylic penta- meter catalectic ( 272, II.) : Maece- nas, ata-|vis || edite | regibus. IY. Choriambie trimeter, or Glyconic, so called from the poet Glyco, is composed of a spondee, a choriambus, and an iambus, the spondee being sometimes replaced by a trochee or an iambus : 1111 | robur et aes | triplex. V. Choriambic trimeter catatectic, or Pherecratic (from the poet Pherecrates), is composed of a spondee, a choriambus, and a catalectic syllable ; in other words, i* 29 338 APPENDIX IX. is a catalectic Glyconic. The spondee is sometimes replaced by a trochee, anapaest, or iambus : Nigris | aequora ven-jtis. VI. A combination of Glyconic and Pherecratic pro- duces Priapean verse : VII. Choriambic dimeter consists of a choriambus and a Bacchius : Sanguine vip-|ermo. IONIC METRE. 277. I. Ionic a majore, or Sotadic (from the poet Sotades), is composed of three greater Ionics and a spondee. The Ionics are often replaced by ditrochees, and the long syllable of the trochees by two short ones: 1. 2. 3. 4. II. Ionic a minor e is composed entirely of lesser Ionics : Slmul unctos | Tibermis | humeros la-|vit in iindis. COMPOUND METRES. 278. I. Greater Alcaic is composed of two iambi and a catalectic syllable, followed by a choriambus and an iambus which may be scanned as two dactyls. The first iambus is frequently replaced by a spondee. The caesura occurs after the catalectic syllable : Vides f ut al-|ta || stet nive can-jdidum. PROSODY. 339 II. Dactylico-trochaic tetrameter, or lesser Alcaie, con- sists of two dactyls followed by two trochees : - I - . I . , I - I I I III. Dactylico-troehaic or Archilochian heptameter consists of the dactylic tetrameter a priore ( 272, V.), followed by three trochees ; the caesura after the fourth foot: Solvitur | acris hi-|ems gra-|ta vice || veris | et Fa-|voni. IV. Dactytico-iambic, or Elegiambus, is composed of two and a half dactylic feet, followed by an iambic di- meter ( 274, VI.) : Scribere | versicu-|los || amo- re per-|cussum | gravi. The caesura occurs after the penthemimeris, as in hexameter. V. lambico-dactylic verse, or lambelegus, consists of an iambic dimeter ( 274, VI.) followed by a dactylic penthemimeris; the caesura occurring after the fourth foot: Tu vi-|na Tor-|quato | move || consule | pressa me-|o. STANZAS. 279. 1. A combination of verses recurring in a certain order is called a stanza or strophe. A poem containing stanzas of two lines is called distrdphon ; of three lines, tristrdphon ; of four lines, tetrastrdphon. 2. A poem consisting of only one kind of metre is called monocolon; of two kinds, dicolon; of three kinds, tricolon. HORATIAN METRES. 280. In the lyric poems of Horace there are twenty differe* species of metre, used in nineteen different 340 APPENDIX IX. combinations, which are arranged below according to the frequency of their use: 1. Two greater Alcaics ( 278, I.), one iambic dimeter hyper- meter (| 274, VI,), and one lesser Alcaic (g 278, II. j. 2. Three Sapphics (J 275, II.) and one Adonic ( 272, X.). 3. One Glyconic ( 276, IV.) and one Asclepiadic ( 276, III.). 4. One iambic trimeter ( 274, II.) and one iambic dimeter (I 274, VL). 5. Three Asclepiadics (J 276, III.) and one Glyconic (j 276, IV.). 6. Two Asclepiadics (J 276, III.), one Pherecratic (j 276, V.), and one Glyconic (g 276, IV.). 7. Asclepiadic (276, IH.). 8. One hexameter (g 272, 1.) and one dactylic tetrameter a pos~ teriore ( 272, VI.). 9. Choriambic pentameter ( 276, I.). 10. One hexameter (g 272, I.) and one iambic dimeter (g 274, VL). 11. Iambic trimeter (g 274, I.). 12. One choriambic dimeter (g 276, VII.) and one choriambic tetrameter (g 276, II.). 13. One hexameter (g 272, I.) and one iambic trimeter (g 274, i.). 14. One hexameter (g 272, I.) and one dactylic trimeter cata- lectic (g 272, IX.). 15. One iambic trimeter (g 274, 1.), one dactylic trimeter cata- lectic (I 272, IX.), and one iambic dimeter (g 274, VI.). The last two frequently constitute an Elegiambus (g 278, IV.). 16. One hexameter ( 272, 1.), one iambic dimeter ( 274, VI.), and one dactylic trimeter catalectic (| 272, IX.). The last two frequently constitute an lambelegus ( 278, V.). 17. One Archilochian heptameter (| 278, III.) and one iambic trimeter catalectic (? 274, V.). 18. One iambic dimeter acephalous ($ 274, VI.) and one iambic trimeter catalectic ( 274, V.). 19. Ionic a minore ( 277, II.). KEY TO THE ODES OF HORACE. 341 METRICAL KEY TO THE ODES OF HORACE. 281. The following is an alphabetical list of the first words of the Odes, with the number in the preced- ing section annexed, where the metre is explained : JEli, vetusto No. 1 jEquam memento 1 Albi, ne doleas 5 Altera jam teritur 13 Angustam, amice 1 At, deorum 4 Audivere, Lyce 6 Bacchum in remotis 1 Beatus ille 4 Coelo supinas 1 Coelo tonantem 1 Cum tu, Lydia 3 Cur me querelis 1 Delicta majorum 1 Descende ccelo 1 Dianam, tenerse 6 Diffugere nives 14 Dive, quern proles 2 Divis orte bonis 5 Donarem pateras 7 Donee gratus eram 3 Eheu ! fugaces 1 Est mini nonum 2 Et thure et fidibus 3 Exegi monumentum 7 Extremum Tanaim 5 Faune, nympharum 2 Festo quid potius die 3 Herculis ritu 2 Horrida tempestas 16 Ibis Liburnis 4 Icci, beatis 1 Ille et nefasto 1 Impios parrse 2 Inclusam Dana-en 5 Intactis opulentior 3 Integer vitae 2 Intermissa, Venus, diu No. 3 Jam jam efficaci 11 Jam pauca aratro 1 Jam satis terris 2 Jam veris comites 5 Justum et tenacem 1 Laudabunt alii 8 Lupis et agnis 4 Lydia, die, per omnes 12 Maecenas atavis 7 Mala soluta 4 Martiis cselebs 2 Mater sseva Cnpidinum 3 Mercuri, facunde 2 Mercuri, nam te... 2 Miserarum est 19 Mollis inertia 10 Montium custos 2 Motum ex Metello 1 Musis amicus 1 Natis in usum 1 Ne forte credas 1 Ne sit ancillae 2 Nolis longa ferae 5 Nondum subacta 1 Non ebur neque aureum 18 Non semper imbres 1 Non usitata 1 Non vides, quanto 2 Nox erat 10 Nullam, Vare, sacra, 9 Nullus argento 2 Nunc est bibendum 1 crudelis adhuc 9 diva, gratum 1 fons Bandusiae 6 matre pulchra I 29* 342 APPENDIX X. nata mecum No. 1 navis, referent 6 saspe mecum 1 Venus, regina 2 Odi profanuin 1 Otium Divos 2 Parcius junctas 2 Parcus Deorum 1 Parentis olim 4 Pastor quum traheret 5 Persicos odi, puer 2 Petti, nihil me 15 Phoebe, silvarumque 2 Phoebus volentem 1 Pindarurn quisquis 2 Poscimur: si quid 2 Quse cura Patrum 1 Qualern ministrum 1 Quando repostum 4 Quantum distet ab Inacho 3 Queni tu, Melpomene 3 Quern virum aut heroa 2 Quid bellicosus 1 Quid dedicatum 1 Quid fles, Asterie No. 6 Quid irninerentes 4 Quid obseratis 11 Quid tibi vis 8 Quis desiderio 5 Quirf multa gracilis 6 Quo me, Bacche. 3 Quo, quo, scelesti rultis 4 Rectius vives 2 Rogare longo 4 Scriberis Vario 5 Septimi, Gades 2 Sic te Diva potens 3 Solvitur acris hiems 17 Te maris et terrse 8 Tu ne qusesieris 9 Tyrrhena regum 1 Ulla si juris 2 Uxor pauperis Ibyci 3 Velox amoenum 1 Vides, ut alta 1 Vile potabis 2 Vitas hinnuleo 6 Vixi puellis 1 APPENDIX X. FIGURES. 282. Figures of Etymology. 1. Prosthesis is prefixing a letter or syllable to a word : as, gi-g$no, gl-gno, for g%no. 2. Paragdge is affixing a letter or syllable to a word : as, amdri8r for timdrl. 3. Epentli&ns is the insertion of a letter or syllable in the middle of a word : as, cer-n-o for c8r-o. 4. Aphcer&sis is cutting off a letter or syllable from the beginning of a word : as, 'st for est. r X. FIGURES OF SYNmX. 343 5. Apocftpe is cutting off a letter end of a word : as, ve for vel. 6. Syncope is taking away a letter or syllable from the middle of a word : as,fer-re for fer-8-re. 7. Crasis is the blending of two vowels into one : as, cogo for co-dgo. 8. Antithesis is putting one letter in the place of another : as, vdlo for velo ; olli for itti. 9. Metathesis is changing the order of letters : as, certus for cretus. 283. Figures of Syntax. 1. Ellipsis is the omission of one or more words in a sentence. It includes (a.) Asyndeton, or the omission of copulative con- junctions in animated discourse : as, copias educit, aciem instruit. (6.) Zeugma, or the connection of a word with two constructions while it is properly applicable to only one : as, pollicentur se imperata facturos ; se nunquam contra populum Romanum conjurasse. (Here the second infinitive proposition depends not on pollicentur, but on dicunt implied in it.) (c.) Syllepsis, or the agreement of an adjective or verb with one of several different words, to all of which it equally belongs : as, mens enim, et ratio, et consilium in senibus est. Sociis et rege recepto. (d.) Prolepsis, or placing the parts after the whole without repeating the verb : as, consules discedunt, alter ad urbem, alter in Numidiam. 2. Pleonasm is using more tvords than are necessary. It includes 344 APPENDIX X. (a.) Polysyndeton, or redundancy of conjunctions : as, et pater, et mater, et liberi. (6.) Hendiadys (one-by-two), or the connection of two words by et when one is an attributive of the other : as, pater is et auro for aureis poMris. (c.) Periphrasis, or a roundabout mode of expres- sion : as, regina noctis for luna. 3. Enallage is a change of construction, or a depart- ure from the established usage. It includes (a.) Synesis, or a referring to the sense rather than the form : as, plebs clamant ; equitatus qui prsemissi erant ; mea ipsius causa. (6.) Anacoluihon, or beginning a sentence in one way and ending it in another, so that the harmony of its parts is destroyed. (c.) Antiptosis, or using one case for . another : as, nomen mihi Arcturo est, instead of Arcturus. 4. Hyperbdton is a change in the usual order of words or propositions. It includes (a.) Anastroplie, or inversion of the natural order of words : as, urbem circum. (6.) Hysteron protZron (hind-part-before), or inverting the natural order of the sense : as, pater tuus valetne ? vlvitne f (c.) Hypallage, or an interchange of constructions : as, In nov&fert animus mutatas dicere formas Corpora, instead of corpora in novas formas mutata. (d.) Tmesis, or the separation by intervening words of the parts of a compound : as, prius advenit quam visus est. MODELS OF ANALYSIS. 345 APPENDIX XI. MODELS OF ANALYSIS. (As these models are intended for. permanent use, they include derivation, of which beginners know nothing.) 1. To analyze a noun, state (1.) What kind of noun. (2.) Gender. (3.) Declension, and class if of the 3d declension. (4.) Decline it. (5.) Derivation. (6.) What case, and why. (7.) The rule. EXAMPLE. Imperator venit. Imperator is a common noun, masc., third, fifth class; imperator, imperatoriSj im- peratori, &c. (throughout) ; derived from impero by adding the ending or, which denotes the doer, to the supine stem ; and impero from in and paro; found in the nominative singular, subject of venit. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative. 2. To analyze an adjective, state (1.) What part of speech. (2.) Class. (3.) Decline it. (4.) Degree. (5.) Compare it. (6.) Derivation. (7.) Case, number, and gender, and why. (8.) Rule. EXAMPLE. Pastor est prudens. Prudens is an adjec- tive of the third class ; prudens, prudens ; prudentis, pru- dentis, &c. (throughout) ; positive degree, prudens, pru- dentior,prudentissimus; contracted form of providens, pre- sent participle of provideOj compounded of pro and video ; 346 APPENDIX XI. found in the nominative singular masculine, agreeing with pastor, and forming part of the predicate. An adjective in the predicate agrees with the subject. 3. To analyze a substantive-personal pronoun, state (1.) What kind of pronoun. (2.) What person. (3.) Decline it. (4.) What case, and why. (5.) Rule. EXAMPLE. Mihi librum dedit. Mihi is a substantive- personal pronoun of the first person ; ego, mei, &c. (through- out) ; found in the dative singular, indirect object of dedit. The indirect object of a verb is in the dative. 4. To analyze a possessive pronoun, state (1.) What kind of pronoun. (2.) Person (and number of primitive). (3.) Decline it. (4.) Derivation. (5.) Where found, and why. (6.) Rule. EXAMPLE. Pater noster. Nosier is a possessive pro- noun of the first person plural ; noster, nostra, nostrum, &c. (throughout); derived from nos; found in the nom. sing, masc., agreeing with pater. Adjective words agree with the nouns which they limit, in gender, number, and case. 5. To analyze a relative or demonstrative, state (1.) What kind of pronoun. (2.) Decline it. (3.) Derivation, if derived. (4.) Antecedent. (5.) Where found, and why. (6.) Rule. MODELS OF ANALYSIS. 347 EXAMPLE. Puella quam vidi. Quam is a relative pronoun; qui, quce, quo^d, &c. (throughout); referring to puella as its antecedent, with which it agrees in number and person ; found in the ace. sing, fern., direct object of vidi. The relative proiwun agrees, &c. 6. To analyze a regular verb, state (1.) What part of speech. (2.) Transitive or intransitive. (3J What conjugation. (4.) Give the principal parts. (5.) Derivation. (6.) Where found (mood, tense, voice, person, and number), and why. (7.) Eule. EXAMPLE. Imperator centuriones convocavit. Convo- cavit is a verb, transitive, first; convoco, convocare, convo- cavi, convocation; compounded of con for cum, and voco; found in the indicative present-perfect active, third person singular, agreeing with imperator as its subject. The verb agrees with its subject in number and person. 7. To analyze an irregular verb, state the same, with the addition of the fact that it is irregular. EXAMPLE. Vita brevis est. Est is a verb, intransitive, irregular; sum, esse,fori, &c. 8. To analyze an adverb, state (1.) What sort of adverb. (2.) What degree, and compare it. (3.) Derivation and formation. (4.) What it limits. EXAMPLE, Milites fortiter pugnabant. Fortiter is a modal adverb; positive degree; fortiter,fortius,fortissime; derived from fortis by adding iter to the stem ; and limits 348 APPENDIX XI. pugnabant, expressing the manner of the fighting, and answering the question "How?" 9. To analyze a preposition, state : (1.) What part of speech. ^ . ,\ (21) AVhat case follows it. (3.) Derivation. - . - -, v ; ^mjVuv (5.) What the adjunct limits, and what question it answers. EXAMPLE. ^Edui citra Khenum habitant. Citra is a preposition followed by the accusative ; originally the abl. sing. fern, of the adjective citer; having Rhenum as its object. The adjunct citra Rhenum limits habitant, and answers the question "Where?" a local limitation. 10. To analyze a conjunction, state (1.) What sort of conjunction. (2.) Derivation. (3.) What it connects. (4.) What sort of proposition it introduces. 11. To analyzes proposition, state (1.) Whether principal or dependent. (2.) Class. (3.) Subject and predicate. (4.) What part of speech, if dependent. (5.) What it limits, and how. (6.) What question it answers. EXAMPLE. Veni ut viderem. Ut viderem is a depend- ent final proposition; ego subject, viderem predicate; a noun, dative of purpose limiting veni and expressing the purpose of the coming. It answers the question " Why ?" "To what end?" LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. A or AB A. a or ab (prep.), /Vow, by ; 120, 2. ab-do, -ere, abdidi, abditum, to run for concealment, to hide. ab-eo, -ire, abii, abituin, to go away. absens, -entis (absum), absent. ab-solvo, -ere, -solvi, -solutum, to free from, clear, absolve, acquit. ab-sum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, to be away from, to be absent. Mini- mum abfuit, he lacked very little, was very near. ab-und5, -are, -avi, -atum, to abound. ab-utor, -i, -usus, to abuse. ac (cop. conj., $ 123, Rein. 3}, and. ac-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to ap- proach. ac-cendo, -ere, accendi, accensum (ad and cand5), to set on fire. ac-cido, -ere, accidl (ad and cado), to happen. ac-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptuin (ad and capio), to receive. ac-curro, -ere, -curri, seldom -cu- currl, -cursum (ad and curro), to run to. ac-cfis5, -are, -avi, -atum (ad and causa), to bring to trial, accuse, re- proach. acer or acris, -is, -e ( 59, Rein. 3], sharp. acerbus, -a, -iim, bitter. AD VERSUS Achaia, -ae, Achaia. acies, -el, edge, point, line of battle. acriter (adv. acer), sharply ; $ 119. ad (prep., ^ 120, 1), to, at, towards. ad-do, -ere, addidl, additum, to add. ad-diicO, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead to or against, to prompt, excite. adeo (adv.), so. Adherbal, -alls, a Numidian prince, son of Jlficipxa and half-brother to Jugurtha. ad-bibeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to bring to, apply, employ. ad-huc (adv.), as yet. ad-itus, -us, approach. ad-miror, -ari, -atus, to wonder. ad-mitto, -ere, -misi, ^missiim, to send forth. Equo admisso, with his horse at full speed. ad-moneo, -ere, -monul, -monitum, to remind. ad-olescens, -entis, young, a young man. ad-spici5, -ere, -spexi, -spectum, to look at, behold. adiilatio, -onis, /lattery. ad-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to arrive. ad-ventus, -us, arrival, approach. adversor, -ari, -atus, to object, op- pose. ad- versus, adversum (prep.), against. 30 349 ADVEKTO 350 ANTE ad-vert5, -ere, -verti, -versum, to turn towards. Participle, adver- sus, adversum, used as preposition aedificium, -I, building. From asdii'ico, -are, -avi, -atuin, to build. uEduus, -I, an ^Eduan. seger, -gra, -gruin, sick, lame. wiEgimuruni, -I, ^Egimurum, aequor, -oris, a level surface, the sea. From aequus, -a, -um, level, even, just. aer, -is, air. aestas, -tatis, summer. aestimo, -are, -avi, -atum, to value, esteem. aetas, -tatis, age, life. af-fero, -ferre, attuli, allatum, to bring to. Africa, -33, Africa. Hence Africanus, -a, -uin, African: a sur- name of Scipio on account of his exploits in Africa. ager, SLgrl,Jield, land, territory. Agesilaiis, -I, Agcsilaus, a distin- guished Spartan king. ag-gredior, -I, -gressus, to go to, ap- proach, attack. agilis, -e, active. agrnen, -inis, an army on the march. agntis, -I, lamb. ago, -ere, egi, actum, to lead, drive ; (of time,) to spend. agricola, -ae, farmer. ala, -33, wing. alacer or -cris, -e, cheerful ; whence alacritas, -tatis, eagerness, prompt- ness. Alexander, -dri, Alexander, king of Macedonia. alienus, -a, -um, belonging to another, foreign. aliquandS, at some time. aliquantiis, -a, -um, somewhat great, considerable; aliquantum agri, a considerable piece of ground. aliquis, -qua, -quod or -quid, some, any, some one; $ 89. aliter, otherwise. alius, -a, -ud (g 56, Eem. 1 and 2), another (of many). Allobrox, -brog-is, an Allobrogian. a!6, -ere, alui, alitum and altum, to support. Alpes, -ium, the Alps. alter, -a, -um ( 56), another (of two), second. altitudS, -inis, height, depth. altiis, -a, -um, high, deep. amans, -antis, fond; (as noun,) lover. ambulS, -are, -avi, atum, to walk. amens, -entis, mad. amicitia, -83, friendship ; from amiciis, -I, friend. a-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missum, to lose. amnis, -is ( 33, Eem. 6, Exc. 2), river. ain, -are, -avi, -atum, to love. amor, -oris, love. amplector, -T, -plexus, to embrace. amplus, -a, -um, large, ample; ain- plius, more. an (interrog. disjunc. conj.), or. aricilla, -ae, maid-servant. ancora, -ae, anchor. Ancus Martius, -i, fourth Icing of Rome. angustus, -a, -um, narrow. anjgrfff'-se, breath, life. animadverts, -ere, -verti, -versum, to turn the mind to, to perceive. animal, -alis ( 39), animal. animiis, -I, mind. soul. annus, -I, year. anser, -eris, goose. ante (g 120, 1), before. ANTEA 351 AVOCO anteu, aforetime, before. antenna, -se, sail-yard. antequain (often separated; temp. conj.), before. Autigonus, -I, Antigonus. Antiochia, -SQ, Antioch, a city of Syria. Antiochus, -i, Antiochus. anxiiis, -a, -urn, anxious, uneasy. aper, -pri, wild boar. aperio, -ire, aperui, apertum, to open. Apollo, -inis, Apollo; ab. Apollme petere, to inquire of Apollo. appello, -are, -avi, -atum, to call. appetens, -entis, eager for. ap-propinquo, -are, -avi, -atum, to approach. aptus, -a, -um,fit, suitable. apud, with, among ; (of persons,) at the house of, in the works of. aqua, -33, water. aquila, -ae, eagle. ara, -se, altar. Arar or Araris, -is (33, Rem. 1), the Saone, a river of Gaul, aratrum, -I, plough. arbitror, -ari, -atus, to think, suppose. arbor, -oris ( 38, Exc. 1), free. arcesso, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to call, bring. Arcturus, -T, Arcturus. arcus, -us, bow ; $ 48, Rem. arduus, -a, -um, high, difficult. argentum, -I, silver. argutus, -a, -um, sagacious. aries, -etis, ram, battering-ram. Ariovistus, -i, a German king. Aristides, -is, an Athenian, surnamed the Just, from his integrity, anna, -orum, arms. arm5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to arm. aro, -are, -avi, -atuni. to plough. ar-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to seize, snatch up. ars, art-is, skill, art. arx, arc-is, citadel. as, assis, a pound of copper (about sixteen and two-third cents of our money); in general, a thing of small value. ascendo, -ere, -cendi, -censum, to ascend. asintis, -I, ass. asper, -a, -um ($ 55, Rem. 3), rough. aspicio, -ere, -spexi, -spectum, to behold, see. Athense, -ariim, Athens. Atheniensis, -is, Athenian. atque or ac (cop. conj.), and ($ 123, Rem. 3], as, than (% 123, 10). Atrebas, -atis, an Atrebatian. atrox, -ocis, savage, cruel, fierce. attingo, -ere, attigi, attactiim, to touch. auctoritas, -tatis, authority, influence. audacter (adv.), boldly. audax, -acis, 60^0?, daring. audeo, -ere, ausus, to dare. audiens (participial adj.), hearing, attentive ; audiens dioto, attentive to orders, obedient. audio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to hear. augeo, -ere, auxi, auctum, to in- crease, sioell. aurejis, -a, -um, golden. From aurum, -I, gold. aut, or ; aut aut, either or. auxilium, -I, aid, help. avaritia, -ae, covetousness. avarus, -a, -um, greedy, covetous. avide (adv.), eagerly. avidus, -a, -uui, desirous, eager. avis, -is, bird; $ 33, Rem. 6. avoc, -are, -avi, -atiim, to call away, separate. BABYLON 352 CENSEO B. Babylon, -onis, Babylon. Balbiis, -I, Balbus (stammerer). barbariis, -a, -um, foreign, barbarous. beiitc, happily. beatus, -a, -urn, happy. Belga, -ae, a Belgian. bello, -are, -avi, -atum, to war. bellum, -I, war. bene (melius, optime), well. benef icium, -I, benefit. benignus, -a, -iim, kind. bestia, -ae, brute, beast. bibo, -ere, bibi, bibitum, to drink. Bibrax, -actis, a town in Gaul. bid u urn, -I, two days' time. biennium, -I, two years' time. bipartite (adv.), in two divisions. blandus, -a, -um, flattering. Bocchus, -I, Bocchua. Boeotia, -ae, Boeotia. Boeotii, -orum, the Bosotians. bonus, -a, -um, good. bos, bovis, ox or cow. brevis, -e, short. breviter (adv.), shortly. Britannia, -33, Britain. Britannus, -a, -urn, British; (as a noun,) a Briton. C. cadaver, -eris, corpse. Cadmus, -i, Cadmus. cado, -ere, cecidi, casum, to fall. caecus, -a, -um, blind. caed5, -ere, cecidi, caesum, to cut, kill. Caesar, -aris, Caesar. caespes, -itis, turf. Caius, -I, Cains. calamitas, -tatis, misfortune. calcar, -aris, spur. From calx, calc-is, heel. campester, level. From campus, -i, plain. cams, -is, dog. canto, -are, -avi, -atum, to sing. cantiis, -us, singing. capax, -acis, capable of receiving, roomy, large. capio, -ere, cepi, captum, to take. capitalis, -e, of the head, capital. captivus, -I, prisoner, captive. Capua, -as, Capua. capiit, capitis, head. career, -eris, prison. carmen, -inis, song, poem. caro, carnis, flesh. carpo, -ere, carp si, carptum, to pluck. Carthagmiensis, -is, Carthaginian. Carthago, -inis, Carthage. carus, -a, -um, dear. Cassius, -I, Cassius. castellum, -I, tower, fort. Casticus, -I, Casticus. castigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to chastise. castra, -orum, camp. casus, -us, a falling, chance. catena, -33, chain, fetter. Catilina, -ae, Catiline. catinus or -um, -i, bowl, dish. Cat5, -onis, Cato. causa, -as, reason, cause ; abl., for the sake of'( always placed after the limiting word). cave5, -ere, cavi, cautum, to beware. C^crops, C^cropis, Cecrops. cedo, -ere, cessi, cessum, to yield. celer or -is, -e, swift. Hence celeritas, -tatis, swiftness. celeriter (adv.), swiftly. celo, -are, -avi, -atum, to conceal. cense5, -ere, censui, censum, to be of opinion, to think. CENSOR 353 COMMUNICATIO censor, -oris, censor, a Roman magis- trate. centum, hundred ; $ 63. centurio, -onis, centurion, captain of a hundred men. Ceres, Cereris, Ceres. eerno, -ere, crevi, cretum, to perceive, see. certamen, -inis, contest, strife. certiis, -a, -urn, certain. cervus, -I, stag. cetera, -um (nom. sing. masc. not used), the rest (of a thing). charta, -ae, paper. cibus, -i, food. CicerS, -orris, Cicero. Cimon, -6ms, Cimon. Cingetorix, -igis, Cingetorix. cing5, -ere, cinxi, cinctum, to gird. cinis, -eris, ashes. circiter, about. circum, around. circum-dO, -dare, -dedi, -datum, to put around, to surround. circum-fundo, -ere, -fudi, -fusum, to pour around, to surround. circum-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to surround. cis, citra, on this side of. civilis, of citizens, civil. civis, -is, citizen. civitas, -tatis, state. clamito, -are, -avi, -atum, to cry out violently. clamO, -are, -avi, -atum, to shout. clamor, -oris, shouting. clariis, -a, -um, famous, renowned. classis, -is, fleet. Claudius, -T, Claudius. claudo, -ere, clausi, clausum, to shut. clavis, -is, key. dementia, -ae, mildness. cliens, -entls, client, dependant. Clodius, -I, Clodins. co3luni, -1, heaven. cosno, -are, -avi, -atum, to dine, sup. C03pi ( 113, Item. I), I begin. cogito, -are, -avi, -atum, to think, reflect. cognomen, -mis, surname. cognosce, -ere, -novl, cognitum, to find out, learn. cogo, -ere, coegi, coactum, to collect, bring together, compel. cohors, -hortis, cohort. cohortor, -ari, -atus, to encourage. collega, -ee, colleague. collig5, -ere, -legi, -lectum, to as- semble, gather, collect. collis, -Is, hill. colloco, -are, -avi, -atum, to put, station, place, set up. colloquium, conversation, conference. colloquor, -locutiis, to converse. co!5, -ere, colui, cultum, to cultivate ; (of the gods,) to worship. color, -oris, color. columba, -93, dove. com-edo, -onis, glutton. com-es, -itis, companion. comitium, -T, a place of assembling ; pi. elections. commemorS, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- late. com-meo, -are, -avi, -atum, to come and go< com-missum, -i (part, of com-mitto), tt thing done, crime. com-mitto, -ere, -misi, -niissum, to bring or send together, to commence (battle), to commit. Commius, -I, Commius. commodum, -i, convenience. com-move6, -ere, -movi, -motum, to move, disturb, disquiet. communicatio, -onis, communication. 30* COMMUNIO 354 CONSTITUO communi5, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to for- tify- cominunis, -e, common. coinmutatio, -onis, change. compare, -are, -avi, -atum, to bring together, acquire. com-pello, -are, -avi, -atum, to call, address. com-pello, -ere, -pull, -pulsum, to drive together. com-perio, -ire, -peri, -pertum, to find out, ascertain. com-plector, -I, -plexus, to embrace. compleo, -ere, -plevi, -pletum, to Jill. com-plures, -ium ( 72, 5), a great many. com-pos, -otis, having control of. comprehendo, -ere, -prehendl, -pre- hensum, to catch hold of. compulsus, -a, -urn (part, compello). conatus, -us, attempt. con-caviis, -a, -um, hollow ; mantis concava, the hollow of the hand. con-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to yield. con-cilium, -i, council. con-cito, -are, -avi, -atum, to rouse, excite, urge on, raise. con-cordia, -se, agreement, concord. con-curro, -ere, -curri, -cursum, to run together. con-cursus, -us, running together. con-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussiim, to shake violently. con-demn5, -are, -avi, -jitum, to condemn. con-do, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to found, build. condonO, -are, -avi, -atiiin, to pre- sent, give away. con-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductuin, to bring or lead together. con-fer5, -ferre, contull, collatum, to bring together, compare. con-ficio, -ere, -feel, -fectum, to finish. con-fido, -ere, -fisus, to trust. con-firm5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to as- sert, establish. con-fiteor, -eri, -fessus, to con- fess. con-gredior, -I, -gressus, to meet with (in a friendly or hostile sense). con-jicio, -ere, -jecl, -jectum, to throw, hurl. con-junctio, -onis, union, friendship , intimacy. con-jung5, -ere, -junxi, -junctum, to unite. con-jaratio, -onis, conspiracy. con-juro, -are, -avi, -atum, to swear together, conspire. con-jux, -jugis, husband or wife. Conor, -ari, -atiis, to attempt. conscius, -a, -uin, conscious. con-scribo, -ere, -scrips!, -scriptum, to levy, enroll. con-sector, -ari, -atus, to pursue eagerly and overtake. con-sequor, -I, -secutus, to pursue t attain. con-servo, -are, -avi, -atum, to pre- serve, save. Considiiis, -I, Considius. con-sido, -ere, -sedi, -sessiim, to en- camp, settle. con-siliuin, -i, counsel, advice. con-spergo, -ere, -spersi, -spersum, to sprinkle. cori-stanter, firmly, persistently. con-stat, constabat, constitit, it is evident. con-stltuo, -ere, -stitui, -stitutum, to determine, put, fix. CONSUESCO 355 DECLTVIS con-suesco, -ere, -suevi, -suetum, to accustom, con-suetiido, -inis, custom. consul, -is, consul. consulo, ere, -sului, -sultum. to counsel, reflect, consult. consultum, -i (part.), thing reflected on ; abl., on purpose. con-sumo, -ere, -suinpsi, -sumptiim, to consume. con-temno, -ere, -tempsi, -temptiim, to despise. con-tend5, -ere, -tendi, -tentum, to strive, contend, hasten. con-tinens, -entis (part, pres.), hold- ing together, continent. con-tinenter (adv.), continually. con-tineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentum, to hold on all sides, Iteep in. contra, against. con-traho, -ere, -traxi, -tractum, to draw together. contumelia, -se, insult. con-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventuin, to come together, assemble. con-voco, -are, -avi, -atum, to call together. copia, -ae, abundance; pi., forces. coquo, -ere, coxi, coctum, to cook. cor, cordis, heart. Corinthus, -I, Corinth. corniger, -a, -um, horned. cornu, -us, horn. corona, -aa, crown. corpus, -oris, body. cor-iigo, -ere, -rexT, -rectum, to set straight, correct. cor-rumpo, -ere, -rupi, -ruptum, to destroy, to corrupt. crUs (adv.), to-morrow. Crassus, -1, Crassus. creber, -a, -um, frequent. crebro (adv.), frequently. credo, -ere, didl, -ditum, to believe. creino, -are, -avi, -atiim, to burn, creo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to create, make. cresco, -ere, crevi, cretum, to grow. crinis, -is, hair. criiciatus, -us, torture. crudelis, -e, cruel. crudelitas, -tatis, cruelty. cubiciilum, -T, bedchamber. cubile, -is, couch. cujus, -a, -iim, whose ($ 88). culpa, -ae, fault. culter, -I, knife. cum, with. cupiditfis, -tatis, longing, lust. cupidus, -a, -um, desirous, eager. cupio, -ere, -Ivi, -itum, to desire. cur, why. cura, -oe, care. euro, -are, -avi, -atiim, to care for, attend to. curro, -ere, cucurrT, cursum, to run. currus, -us, chariot. cursus, -us, running, course. custos, -odis, keeper, guardian, sen- tinel. D. damno, -are, -avi, -atiim, to condemn. Daviis, -I, Davus. de (prep, with abl.), down from, con- cerning, of. dea, -ae ($ 18, Rem. 5), goddess. debeo, -ere, debul, debitum, to owe, ought. de-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to de- part. decem, ten; $ 63. decet, decebat, decuit (^ 114), it be- comes, it is right. decimiis, -a, -um, tenth. de-clivis, -e, sloping downward. DECORO 356 DIRIPIO decoro, -are, -avi, -atum, to adorn, decorus, -a, -iim, becoming. deciis, -oris, honor, dignity. de-decus, -oris, disgrace. de-ditiO, -onis, surrender. de-do, -ere, dedidi, deditum, to sur- render. de-fendo, -ere, -fendi, -fensum, to defend. de-fens5, -are, -avi, -atum, to defend diligently. de-fer5, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, to bring or carry (from one place or person to another], to report, to tell. de-fervesco, -ere, -fervi and -ferbui, to boil down, subside. defessus, -a, -urn, weary. de-flagr5, -are, -avi, -atum, to burn down. de-flu5, -ere, -fluxi, -fluxuin, to flow down or away. de-jicio, -ere, -jeci, jectum, to throw down. delecto, -are, -avi, -atum, to delight. deleo, -ere, -evi, -etum, to destroy. de-liber5, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- liberate. de-lictum, -I, fault, crime. de-lig5, -ere, -le^I, -lectum, to choow. Delphi, -oruin, Delphi, a town of Greece. Dcinaratus, -T, Demaratus. dementia, -ae, madness. de-monstrfi, -are, -ilvT, -fHum,toshow. Demosthenes, -is, Demosthenes. denl, ten at a time; 63. dens, dentis, tooth. densus, -a, -um, thick, dense. denuntio, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- nounce, threaten. deorsum (adv.), down-hill. de-pono, -ere, -posui, -itum, to lay aside. de-sili5, ire, -silui, -sultum, to leap down. de-sisto, -ere, destiti, destitum, to cease. de-sper5, -are, -avi, -atum, to de- spair. destino, -are, -avi, -atum, to fasten. de-stltu5, -ere, -stitui, -stitutum, to desert. de-stringo, -ere, -strinxi, -strictum, to draw. de-super (adv.),/rowi above. de-terreo, -ere, -terrui, -territum, to scare off, deter. deiis, -i (g 24, Rem. 3], a god. de-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to come down. de-vor5, -are, -avi, -atum, to gulp down. dexter, -tera, -terum or -tra, -trum, on the right, right. Diana, -a), Diana. dic5, -are, -avi, -atum, to dedi- cate, dlc5, -ere, dixT, dictum, to say. dictator, -oris, dictator. dictum, -I, word. dies, -ei, day. dif-fero, -ferre, dis-tuli, dl-latum, to put off, defer. dif-fleilis, -e, difficult. dif-fido, -ere, -fisus, to distrust. dignus, -a, -iim, worthy. di-labor, -I, -lapsus, to fall to pieces. diligentia, -ae, diligence. di-lig5, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to love. di-midium, -I, half. di-mitt5, -ere, -misi, -missum, to send out. Dionysius, -I, Dionysius. di-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to tear asunder, plunder, pillage. DISCEDO 357 EPISTOLA dis-cedo, -ere, -cessf, -cessiim, to de- part. discipulus, -I, pupil, learner. diseo, -ere, didici, to learn. dis-cordia, -se, disagreement. dis-pliceo, -ere, -plicui, -plicitum, to displease. dis-pono, -ere, -posui, -positum, to arrange. dis-puto, -are, avi, -atum, to dis- cuss, dispute. dis-sentio, -ire, -sensi, -sensum, to differ in opinion, dissent. dis-similis, -e, unlike. diu, -utius, -utissime (adv.), long. diuturnus, -a, -urn, lasting. dives, -itis, rich. divide,, -ere, -visi, -visum, to di- vide. divinus, -a, -urn, divine. Dlvitiacus, -I, an ^Eduan chief. divitiae, -aruin, richest. do, dare, dedi, datum, to give. doceo, -ere, docui, doctum, to teach. doctrina, -ae, teaching, doctrine. doctus, -a, -um, learned. dole5, -ere, -ui, -itum, to grieve. dolor, -oris, pain, grief. domina, -a>, mistress. dominus, -I, master. doinS, -are, -ui, -itum, to tame. clomus ( 48, Rem. 5), house. donee, until (temp. conj.). donum, -I, gift. dormio, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to sleep. dormito, -are, -avi, -atum, to fall asleep. Druides, -um, the Druids. duMtatio, -onis, doubt. dubito, -are, -avi, -atum, to doubt. dubius, -a, -um, doubtful. ducenti, -ae, -a (g 63), two hun- dred. duc5, ere, duxT, ductum, to lead t deem, consider, regard. dulcis, -e, sweet. dum, while, as long as, until. Duianorix, -igis, brother of Divitia- cus. duo, -33, -o, two. duplex, -icis, double. duplicO, -are, -avi, -atum, to double. durus, -a, -um, hard. dux, duels, leader. Dyonysiiis, -I, Dyonysiua. E. E or ex, out of, from, in consequence of, after. e-dico, -ere, -dixi, -dictum, to issue an edict. ed6, -ere, edi, esum ( 111), to eat. e-doceo, -ere, -docui, -doctum, to teach thoroughly, educate. e-duc5, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead out. effigies, -el, image, likeness. egens, -entis, needy. egeo, -ere, egui, to need. egestas, -tatis, poverty. ego Q 78), /. e-gredior, -I, egressus, to go out. egregius, -a, -um, remarkable. e-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectum, to cast out. elegans, -antis, luxurious, elegant. eloquens, -entis, eloquent. eloquentia, -ae, eloquence. emo, -ere, emi, emptum, to buy. emolumentiim, -I, advantage. eo, ire, ivi, itum, to go. fipaminondas, -se (App. I.), the greet Theban general. fiphesius, -a, -um, Ephesian. fiphesus, -I, a city of Asia Minor. epistola, -ae, letter, epistle. EQUES 358 FINIS eaues, -itis, horseman. T- ' equester or -tris, -e, of a horse. equitatus, -us, cavalry. equito, -are, -avi, -atum, to be a horseman, to ride on horseback. equus, -I, horse. erga (prep, with ace.), towards. e-ripio, -ere, -ripui, -reptum, to rescue. erro, -are, -avi, -atum, to err. error, -oris, error. esuriens, -entis, hungry. et, and; et et, both and. etiam, also. Etruria, -83, Etruria. ex (prep, with abl.), out of. ex-ced5, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to re- tire. exemplum, -i, example. ex-eo, -ire, exii, exitum, to go out. exerceS, -ere, -ui, -itum, to exercise. exercitus, -us, army. exigo, -ere, -egl, -actum, to demand. exiguiis, -a, -um, slight, small. existimo, -are, -avi, -atiim, to judge, think. exitium, -i, destruction. cx-pello, -ere, -pull, -pulsum, to drive out. expers, -pertis, destitute. expleo, -ere, -plevi, -pletum, to Jill out, satisfy. ex-plorator, -oris, scout. ex-ploro, -are, -avi, -atum, to search out. ex-pon5, -ere, -posui, -positum, to explain. ex-pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, to storm. ex-sist5, -ere, exstiti, exstitum, to stand out. ex-spect5, -are, -avi, -atum, to await, look for. ex-uro, -ere, -ussl, -ustum, to burn uy>. F. facies, -el, form, face* facile, easily. From facilis, -e, eany. faciuus, -oris, deed, crime. From facio, -ere, feel, factum, to do, make, esteem,value. plur is, to think mom facultas, -tatis, means, power. [of. fallo, -ere, fefelll, falsum, to deceive. fama, -ae, fame, reputation. fames, -is, hunger, famine. fainilia, -ae, family. familiaris, -e, pertaining to the family ; res fam., property. fateor, -eri, fassiis, to confess. fat!g5, -are, -avi, -atum, to weary. fave5, -ere, favi, fautumj to favor. febris, -is, fever. femina, -83, woman. femiir, -oris and -inis, thigh. ferax, -acis, fertile. fere (adv.), almost. fero, ferre, tiili, latum, to bear f carry, acquire. ferox, -ocis, jierce. ferreus, -a, -um, made of iron. ferrum, -I, iron. ferus, -a, -um, wild, savage. fessus, -a, -um, wearied. festlno, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. fictilis, -e, earthen. fides, -ei, faith, promise. fides, -iiim, strings, a lute, lyre. fid5, -ere, fisus, to trust. fidiis, -a, -um, faithful. figo, -ere, nxi, fixum, to fix, fasten. f igura, -93, figure, shape. f ilia, -ae, daughter. filius, -i, son. fingo, -ere, finxi, fictum, to make, feign. finis, -is, end, limit, boundary. FINITIMUS 359 HABITO fimtimus, -a, -um, neighboring. fio, fieri, factus, to become, to be made. firiuus, -a, -um, strong, firm. flagito, -are, -avi, -atum, to demand (earnestly). flatus, -us, blast. flecto, -ere, flexi, flexum, to bend. fle5, flere, flevi, fletum, to weep. fletus, -us, weeping. floccus, a lock of wool (any thing of small -value}. flos, floris, flower. fluctus, -us, wave. flumen, -in Is, river. flu6, -ere, fluxi, fluxum, to flow. foedus, -eris, league, treaty. folium, -I, leaf. fons, fontis, fountain. forma, -ae, form, shape. formid8, -are, -avi, -atum, to dread. forsitan (adv.), perhaps. fortis, -e, brave. fortiter (adv.), bravely. fortitud5, -inis, fortitude, firmness. fortuna, -ae, fortune. fortunatus, -a, -um, fortunate. fossa, -se, ditch. frater, -tris, brother. fratricida, -&, fratricide. fraus, fraudis, deceit. frern5, -ere, fremui, fremitum, to murmur, rage. frenum, -I, pi. -I and -a, bit, bridle. fretus, -a, -um, trusting. frons, frontis, forehead. fructus, -us, fruit. frumentarius, -a, -um, of c6rn. fruinentor, -ari, -atus, to forage. frumentum, -I, corn, grain. fruor, -T, fructus, fruitus, to enjoy. frustra (adv.), in vain. fuga, -&, flight. fugio, -ere, fugi, fugitum, to flee. fugo, -are, -avi, -atuui, to put to flight, rout. fulguratio, -onis, lightning. funditor, -oris, slinger. fungor, -I, functiis, to perform. fur, furls, thief. furfur, -uris, bran. furor, -oris, rage, fury. futurus, -a, -um, about to be. G. Galba, -ae, Galba. Gallia, -as, Gaul. Gallicus, -a, -um, Gallic. gallma, -ae, hen. Gallus, -I, a Gaul. gaudeo, -ere, gavisus, to rejoice. gener, -I, son-in-law. generatim (adv.), by tribes. gens, gentis, race, family. genus, -eris, kind, race. Germania, -ae, Germany. Germanus, -I, a German. ger5, -ere, gessi, gestum, to wage, carry on. gladius, -I, sword. glans, glandis, acorn. Glaucus, -I, Glaucus. gloria, -ae, glory. Graecia, -83, Greece. Graecus, -I, a Greek. grammatica, -ae, grammar. gratus, -a, -um, acceptable, pleasant. gravis, -e, heavy, severe. graviter, heavily, severely. gregatim, in flocks, herds. grex, gregis, flock, herd. H. habeS, -ere, habui, habitum, to have, hold. tiabitS, to have frequently, dwell. 360 INCIPIO haedus, -i, kid. hgereo, -ere, hsesi, haesiim, to stick. Hannibal, -alls, Hannibal. Harudes, -urn, Harudians. hasta, -83, spear. baud, not. Helotes, -urn, Helots. Helvetius, -I, a Helvetian. Hercules, -is, Hercules. Herminius, -I, Herminius. herus, -I, master. hiberna (castra), winter quarters. Hibernia, -ae, Ireland. hie, haee, hoc, this. hiemd, -are, -avi, -atum, to winter. hiems, -is, winter. hodie, to-day. Homerus, -i, Homer. hom5, -inis, man. honeste, honorably. honestus, honorable. honor, -oris, honor. bora, -ae, hour. horreuni, -I, granary. hortor, -ari, -atus, to encourage. hortiis, -I, garden. hospes, -itis, guest. host Ills, -e, of an enemy, hostile. hostis, -is, enemy. humanitas, -tatis, refinement. hunianus, -a, -um, human. hranerus, -I, shoulder. humilis, -e, low. humus, -I, ground. ibi, there. idem, eadem, idem, same. idoneus, -a, -um, fit, suitable. ignarus, -a, -iim, ignorant. ignis, -is, fire. ignosc5, -ere, -novi, -notiim, to for- give. ignotus, -a, -um, unknown. ille, -a, -iid, that, the former, he. illiciSj -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to decoy. imber, -bris, rain, shower. imitor, -ari, -atiis, to imitate. immanis, -e, immense, huge. immemor, -oris, unmindful. immortalis, -is, -e, immortal. immortalitas, -tatis, immortality. impatiens, -entis, not able or willing to bear, impatient. impedlmentum, -I, hindrance. impedio, -ire, -ivi, -itiim, to hinder. impello, -ere, -pull, -pulsiim, to drive on. imperator, -oris, general, emperor. imperatum, -I, order. imperitus, -a, -um, ignorant, un- skilled. imperium, -I, command, government. imperS, -are, -avi, -atum, to order. impetr5, -are, -avi, -aturn, to obtain. impetus, -us, attack. impietas, -tatis, undutifulness. im-piger, -a, -um, active. impleo,-ere, -plevi, -pletum, to fill. iinpono, -ere, posui, -positiim, to put upon. imports, -are, -avi, -atiim, to bring in, import. impotens, -entis, unable to restrain. improbus, -a, -um, wicked. imprudens, -entis, imprudent. imiis, -a, -um. See inferus. n (with ace.), into, upon; (with ahl,,) in, among. incendium, a burning, conflagration. incendo, -ere, -cendi, -censum, to set on fire, to burn up, incertus, -a, -um, uncertain. .ncido, -ere, incidi, -casiim, to happen. incipi5, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to be. gin. INCITO 361 INVENTOR inclt8, -are, -avi, -atuin, to set in mo- tion, arouse, excite. incola, -OB, inhabitant. inco!5, ere, -colui, to inhabit, dwell, live. incolumis, -e, unhurt, safe. inconditus, -a, -um, rude, uncouth. incredibilis, -e, incredible. incuso, -are, -avi, -atum, to blame, censure, find fault with, accuse. indignus, -a, -um, unworthy. in-diico, -ere, -duxi, ductum, to lead on. indulge5, -ere, -dulsi, -dultum, to indulge. infans, -antis, infant. infelix, -ids, unfruitful, unhappy. infer5, -ferre, intuli, illatum, to bring upon, wage upon, inflict. inferus, -a, -um, low ; 72, 4. infmitus, -a, -um, boundless. infirmus, -a, -um, loeak. in-fluo, -ere, -fluxi, -fluxum, to flow into. infren5, -are, -avi, -atflm, to bridle. ingenium, -I, intellect, natural dis- position. ingens, -entis, huge. ingratus, -a, -um, disagreeable, un- grateful. inimicitia, -ae, enmity. inimiciis, -I, enemy. iniquus, -a, -um, unjust. initium, -i, beginning. injaria, -ae, injury. in-nascor, -I, -natus, to spring up. innocens, -entis, innocent. innocentia, -ae, innocence, purity. inopia, -33, want, scarcity. inquam (g 11^), / say (used only after one or more words of a quota- tion). insidiae, -arum, ambush, snares. in-silio, -ire, -sllii and -silui, to leap upon. instigo, -are, -avi, -atum, to stir up. in-stituo, -ere, -stitul. -stitutiim, to arrange, instruct. in-struo, -erS, -struxi, -structum, to set in order, draw up, build. in-suetus, -a, -um, unaccustomed. insula, -ae, island. integer, -gra, -griim, sound, un- hurt. integratio, -onis, renewal. intelligo, -ere, -lexi, -lectum, to understand. inter, between, among, in the midst of ; inter se, with or against one another ; inter spoliandum, in the act of despoiling. inter-cedS, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to come between, intervene. inter-dicB, -ere, -dixi, -dictum, to forbid. interdum, sometimes. intereo, -ire, intern, interitum, to die, perish. interest. See intersum. interficiS, -ere, -feel, -fectum, to kill. inter-rog5, -are, -avi, -atum, to ask. intersum, -esse, -fui, to be of import- . ance, to be between ; nihil interest, it makes no difference. interus, -a, -um, inward. introduco, -ere, -duxi, -duetum, to introduce. in -ut ills, -e, useless. in-vado, -ere, -vasi, -vasiim, to at- tack, invade. in-veni5, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to come upon, find, invent. in-ventor, -oris, inventor. INVESTIGO 362 LEX in-vestig5, -are, -avi, -atum, to search out. in-victiis, -a, -urn, invincible. invidia, -83, envy. invito, -are, -avi, -atum, to invite. invitus, -a, -urn, unwilling. ipse, -a, -urn, self. ira, -83, anger. iracundia, -83, hasty temper. irascor, -i, to be angry. iratus, -a, -urn, angry. is, ea, id, this, that; 82. iste, -a, -ud, that (of yours). ita, thus, so. Italia, -ae, Italy. Italic!, the Italians. Italicus, -a, -urn, Italian. itaque, and so, therefore. item, likewise. iter, itineris, journey, march,, way. J. jacio, -ere, jeci, jactum, to throw. jacto, -are, -avi, -atiiui, to throw about, discuss. jam, now, already. jeciir ($45), the liver. jiibar, -aris, sunshine. jubeo, -ere, jussi, jussum, to order. jucundiis, -a, -um, delightful. judex, -ids, judge. judic5, -are, -avi, -atum, to judge. jugum, -i, a yoke. Two spears set upright, with a third laid across the top, were called jugum. Jtigurtha, -89, king of Numidia. jumentum, -i, beast of burden, work- horse or ox. Jupiter, Jo vis, Jupiter. Jura, -83, Jura, a mountain. jus, juris, law, right (usually un- written law, as opposed to lex, statute law). jusjurandiim ($ 45), oath. Justus, -a, -unij/w-sZ. juvat, -abat, juvit, it pleases. juvenis, -is, young man. juventus, -tutis, youth. juvO, -are, juvi, jutuin, juvaturus, to help, please. Labienus, -i, a lieutenant of Csesar. labor, -oris, labor. lac, lactis, milk. Lacedagmon, -onis, Sparta. lacesso, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to pro- voke; injuria lacessere, to in- jure. lacrima, -83, tear. lacus, -us, lake. lastus, -a, -um, joyful. lanio, -are, -avi, -atum, to tear to pieces. lapis, -idis, stone. largior, -iri, -itiis, to bribe. lateo, -ere, latui, to lie hid. latitudo, -inis,. breadth. latro, -onis, robber. latiis, -a, -um, wide, broad. latus, -eris, side, flank. Iaud5, -are, -avi, -atum, to praise. laus, laudis, praise, glory. Iav5, -are, lavi, lotiim, lautum, lava- tiim, to bathe. legatio, -onis, embassy. legatus, -i, ambassador, lieutenant. legio, -onis, legion. lego, -ere, legi, lectum, to read. Lemannus, -I, the lake of Geneva. leo, -onis, lion. lepus, -oris, hare. levis, -e, light, slight. levo, -are, -avi, -atum, /art; una ex parte, on pa parviis, -a, passiis, -us, pace ; mille passus, mile. pastor, -5ris, shepherd. PATEFACIO 367 PHILOSOPHUS p&tefacio, -fed, -factum, to lay open, $ 107, Bern. L pateo, -ere patui, to lie open. pater, patris, father. paterfamilias, $ ^, father of a/am- ily. patiens, -entis, capable of enduring, patient. patienter, patiently. patientia, -83, patience. patina, -ae, dish. patior, -I, passus, to suffer, endure, permit. patria, -ae, country. pauci, -ae, -a, few. paulatiin, by degrees. paulus, -a, -urn, little; usually in the ace. and abl. neuter, pauper, -is, poor. paupertas, -atis, poverty. pavor, -oris, trembling. pax, pacis, peace. peccatum, -I, fault, sin. pecco, -are, -avi, -atum, to do wrong, sin. pectus, -oris, breast. pecunia, -ae, sum of money. pecus, -oris, cattle, flock, herd. pedes, -itis, footman. pedester, -tris, -tre, on foot. pejor, -us (malus), worse. pellis, -is, skin, hide. pel!5, -ere, pepuli, pulsum, to beat, drive, rout. pend5, -ere, pependi, pensum, to cause to hang, weigh, pay. penes (prep, with a^^t'n the powe of- pensu penus, -u ancT^T, storehouse. per, through. per-ciiti5, -ere, -cussi, -cussuin, to strike through, kill. perdo, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to destroy, lone, per-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead through, extend. per-eB, -Ire, -ii, -itum, to perish. pcr-facilis, -e, very easy. per-fringo, -ere, -fregi, -fractum, to break through. perfuga, -ae, deserter. pergo, -ere, perrexi, -rectum, to pro- ceed. periculosus, -a, -um, dangerous. periculum, -I, trial, danger; peri- culum facere, to make a trial. perinde (adv.), exactly, precisely. peritus, skilled. permagniis, -a, -um, very great. per-moveo, -ere, -movi, -motiim, to move thoroughly, alarm. perm-ltus, -a, -um, very much. pernicies, -ei, destruction. perpetuo (adv.), continually. perpetuiis, -a, -urn, unending. Persa, -ae, Persian. per-sequor, -I, -secutus, to follow pcrseveringly, overtake. per-suadeo, -ere, -suasi, -suasum, to persuade. per-terreo, -ere, -terrui, -territum, to frighten thoroughly, terrify. per-t!ne5, -ere, -tinui, to reach, ex- tend, pertain, belong. per-turb8, -are, -avi, -atum, to con- found. per-veni5, -ire, -ve"nl, -ventum, to come through, arrive. >, pedis,/oo#. Isirniis, -a, -um (malus), worst. pet5, -ere, -ivT, -itum, to seek, ask. phalanx, -gis, phalanx ; ace. sing, -em and -a ; ace. pi. -es and -as. Philippiis, -I, Philip. philosophiis, -I, philosopher. PHOCION 368 PR^ETER-EO Phocion, -onis, Phocion. pietils, -atis, dutifulness. piger, -a, -um, slow, lazy. pigct, piguit and pigitum est, it dis- gusts, irks, troubles; piget me tui, I am disgusted with you. pilum, -I, javelin. piruta, -as, pirate. piscis, -is, fish. Piso, -onis, Piso. plus, -a, -urn, dutiful, pious. placeo, -ere, -ui, itum, to please. Plat5, -onis, a Grecian philosopher. plebes, -el and -is, and plebs, plebis, common people. plenus, -a, -urn, full. plerumque (adv.), for the most part. pluma, -33, feather. plus, pluris.( 72, 7), more. poculuqs,'-!, drink ing-cup. poema, -atis, poem. PoenI, Carthaginians. poenitet, -uit, it repents; p. me peccati, / repent of my sin. poeta, -33, poet. polliceor, -eri, -itus, to promise. pollicitatio, -onis, promise. Pompeius, -I, Pompey. pomum, -I, fruit. pondtis, -eris, weight. pono, -ere, posul, positum, to put, place. pons, pontis, bridge. populor, -ari, -atus, to lay waste. populus, -i, people. porrigS, -ere, porrexi, porrectum, to stretch out. port a, -33, gate of a city. porto, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry. portus, -us, harbor. poscS, -ere, poposcT, to demand. possum, posse, potui, to be able. post, after, behind. postea, afterwards. posterus, posterior, postremiis or postumus, coming after; comp., of less account, inferior. postquam (temp, conj.), after. postiilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to demand. potens, -entis, powerful. potentia, -as, power, ability. potestas, -atis, power, right. potior, -iri, -itus, to get possession of, acquire. prse, before, in comparison with) for; pras maarore, for grief. pra3be5, -ere, -ui, itum, to furnish. praa-ceptiim, -I, precept. From praecipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to in- struct, order, command. praecipito, -are, -avi, -atum, to hurry forward. praecipue, especially. praecipuus, -a, -iim, especial. praaclarus, -a, -iim, very distin- guished. prasco, -onis, crier, herald. praada, -ae, booty. pra3-dico, -are, -avi, -atum, to boast. prae-ditus, -a, -iim, endowed. praedor, -ari, -atiis, to plwider. prae-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fecttim, to put over. prae-mitto, -ere', -misi, -missiim, to send forward. praemium, -i, reward. prae-pono, -posui, -positiim, to place before, to prefer. praeeens, -entis, present. praesidiiim, -i, garrison. praestans, -antis, excellent, distin- guished, [statum, to excel.] prae-sto, -are, -stiti, -stitiim and prae-sum, -esse, -fui, to be over. praeter, past, besides, beyond. pra3ter-e5, -ire, -Ivi, itum, to pats by. PR^TER-MITTO 369 QUALIS praeter-mitt5, -ere, -misi, -missfim, to let slip. prseter modum, beyond measure, un- duly. praetor, -oris, prsctor, chief. pravus, -a, -urn, crooked, depraved. prSmS, -ere, press!; ^ressum, to press. pretium, -i, price, value. Priamus, -I, Priam. primus, -a, -urn, first. princeps, -ipis, chief. prior, primus, former, sooner. pristmus, -a, -um, former. priusquam, before. prlvatus, -a, -um, private. pro, for, before. probitas, -atis, honesty. pro-cedo, -ere, -cessl, -cessum, to go forward. procul, at a distance. pro-curr5, -ere, -cucurri and -curri, -cursum, to run forward. proditio, -onis, treachery. proditor, -oris, traitor. prcelium, -I, battle. profectio, -onis, departure. pro-ficiscor, -I, -fectus, to set out. pro-fligo, -are, -avi, -atum, to dash in pieces. pro-fugi5, -ere, -fugi, -fugitum, to flee, run away, escape. progenies, -ei, offspring. progredior, -i, -gressiis, to go forth or forward. pro-hibeo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to prevent, Jccep off. promissum, -i, promise. prornptus, -a, -um, ready, quick. pronus, -a, -iim, headlong, bending over. prope, -ius, proxime, near, nearer, next. properS, -are, -avi, -atum, to hasten. propinquus, -a, -um, near. propior, proximus, nearer, next. pro-pono, -ere, -posul, -positum, to set up. propooitum, -I, jmrpose. propter, on account of. propterca, on this account. pro-pulso, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- pel. pro-sequor, -i, -secutus, to pursue. pro-sum, prodesse, proful, to benefit, to do good. providentia, -ae, foresight, provi- dence. provincia, -ae, province. proxiine (adv.), nearest, next. proximus, -a, -um, nearest, next. prudens, -entis, prudent. prudentia, -ae, prudence. publicus, -a, -um, public. pudet, puduit, it shames. pudor, -oris, shame, modesty. puella, -ae, girl. puer, -I, boy. pugna, -ae, fight. pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, to fight. pulcher, -a, -iim, beautiful. pulchritud5, -inis, beauty. pulvis, -eris, dmt. Punicus, -a, -um, Carthaginian. punio, -ire, -Ivi, -itum, to punish. purgo, -are, -avi, -atum, to cleanse t excuse. put8, -are, -avi, -atum, to think. Pythagoras, -ae (g 219), Pythagoras. qualragesimus, -a, -urn, fortieth. qnadraginta ( ), forty. qusero, -ere, quassivi, quaesitum, to qualis, of what kind, as. QUAM 370 RENUNCIATIO quam, than, as. quamquani, although. quanivis, however much, although. quantus, -a, -um, how great, as j tantus quantus, as great as. quasi (I 203), as if. quatriduum, -I, four days. quatuor (g 63), four. queror, -I, questus, to complain. qui, quae, quod, who, which. qui a (conj.), because. quicumque, whoever. quidam ( 89), a certain, a certain one, some one, some. quidem, indeed. quin, but that, that, but. quindecim ( 63 ), fifteen. quingenti, -33, -a (g 63), five hun- dred. quippe, surely, since. quis, $ 89 ; quis, 88. quisnain, g 88. quispiam, "| quisquam, I ^ 89. quisque, J quisquis, 87, 4. qulvis, qullibet, ^ 89. quo, whither. quo-ad, to what point, as long as, until. quod, because. quo-minus, 193, Bern. 5. quoniain, since, because. quoque, also. quot, how many, as. quot mnis, yearly. quotUie, daily. quiini, when, since, although,. R. ramus, -I, branch, bough. rapina, -ae, plunder, pillage. rapiB, -ere, rapui, raptura, to snatch, seize, carry off. raptO, -are, -avi, -atum, to seize vio- lently. ratio, -onis, plan, reasoning, cause,, Rauraci, -oruin, a tribe of Gauls. rebellio, -onis, rebellion. recens, -entis, recent. reeeptus, -us, retreat. recipioj -cepi, -ceptum, to take back, regain, recover; se recipere, to retreat, to recover oneself. rectus, -a, -um, straight, right. reciipero, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- cover. recuso, -are, -avi, -atiim, to object, repudiate. red-do, -ere, -didl, -ditum, to give back, render, make. red-e5, -ire, redii, reditum, to re- turn. redigS, -ere, -egi, -actum, to re- duce. red-integr5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to re- new. reditus, -us, return. re-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead back. re-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum, to with- draw. re-fert, retulit, it concerns. reficio, -ere, -feel, -fee turn, to re- pair. r-egina, -se, queen. regi5, -onis, region, tract. re2:num, -I, kingdom. rego, -ere, rexi, rectum, to rule. Regulus, -i, Regulus. religio, -onis, vow, religion. re-linquo, -ere, -liqul, -lictiim, to leave. reliquiis, -a, -um, the rest. renunciatio, -onis, report. EENUNCIO 371 SEDES re-nuncio, -are, -avi, -atum, to carry back word. reor, reii, ratus, to suppose. repens, -eutis, sudden. repente, suddenly. repentlnus, -a, -urn, sudden. reperio, -ire, reperi, repertum, to find out. repeto, -ere, -ivi, -itum, to seek lack. reprehendo, -ere, -di, -sum, to re- buke. repudio, -are, -avi, -atum, to refuse. res, rei, thing. re-scind5, -ere, -scidi, -scissum, to cut down. re-sist5, -ere, -stiti, to resist. re-spondeo, -ere, -spondi, -sponsum, to answer. respublica ( 49, 5), commonwealth. rete, -is, net. retineS, -ere, -ui, -tentum, to hold back, restrain. re-vello, -ere, -velli, -vulsum, to tear off. re-vereor, -eri, -itus, to reverence. re-voco, -are, -avi, -atum, to recall. rex, regis, king. Rheniis, -I, the Rhine. Rhodanus, -i, the Rhone. robur, -oris, heart of oak, strength. rogo, -are, -avi, -atum, to ask. Roma, -se, Rome. Romanus, -a, -um, Roman. rosa, -SQ, rose. ruber, -a, -um, red. rudens, -entis, rope, cable. rudis, -e, rude, uncivilized. rumpo, -ere, rupl, ruptum, to break. tupcs, -is, rock. rursus, again. rus, ruris, country. rusticus, -a, -Um, living in the coun- try, rustic. S- Sabini, -orum, Sabines. sacer, -a, -uni, sacred. sacerdos, -otis, priest. saepe, often. saevus, -a, -um, savage, fierce. sagitta, -se, arrow. Sagittarius, -I, archer. salar, -aris, trout. salto, -are, -avi,, -atum, to dance. saluber, -bris, -bre, wholesome. salus, -utis, safety, health. sanctus, -a, -um, sacred, pure. sanguis, -inis, blood. sanus, sound, healthy. sapiens, -entis, wise. sapientia, -se, wisdom. satis, enough, sufficient, sufficiently. saucius, -a, -um, wounded. saxiim, -I, rock. scapha, -ae, boat, skiff. scelus, -eris, crime, wickedness. sci5, -ire, -ivi, -itum, to know. Scipio, -onis, Scipio. scrib5, -ere, scrips!, scriptum, to write. scriptor, -oris, writer. scutum, -I, shield. se-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to se- cede. se-cern, -ere, -crevi, -cretiim, to separate. seco, -are, secui, sectuin, secaturua, to cut. secum, I 79, 2. secundiim, following, according to. secundus, -a, -um, following, second, favorable. securis, -is, axe. sed, but. sedeo, -ere, sedi, sessum, to sit. sedes, -is, seat, settlement. SEDILE 372 SUBITO e, -is, seat. seditio, -onis, sedition. semper (adv.), always. sempiternus, -a, -um, everlasting. senutus, -us and -I, senate. senex, senis, old. sens us, -us, feeling. scntentia, -s&, opinion; ex senten- tia, satisfactorily. senti5, -Ire, sensi, sensum, to per- ceive. Sequanus, -a, -fim, Sequan. As a noun, a Sequan. sequor, -I, secutus, to follow. sermo, -onis, conversation, talk. serpens, -entis, serpent. servi5, -Ire, -IvI, -Itum, to be a slave, serve. servitus, -tutis, slavery. servo, -are, -avi, -atum, to preserve. servus, -I, slave. sex ($ 63), six. sibilo, -are, -avi, -atum, to hiss. sic, thus. sicut or sicuti, as, just as. sidus, -eris, star, constellation. signuin, -I, sign, signal. silentium, -I, silence. silva, -ae, wood, forest. ifilvestris or -ter, -e, woody. simTlis, -e, like. gimul, ot the same time. simul uc, as soon as. sine, without. singull, -83, -a, single, one at a time. sino, -ere, sivi, situm, to put, per- mit. sinus, -us, gulf, bay. sitio, -ire, -ivi, to be thirsty. Sitis, -is, thirst. situs, -a, -um (part. sin5j. socer, -I, father-in-law. gocius, -I, companion. Socrates, -is, Socrates. s5l, soils, sun. sole5, -ere, solitus, to be used, wont. solus, -a, -urn, only, alone. solv6, -ere, solvl, solutum, to loose. somnus, -I, sleep. sonus, -I, sound. soror, -oris, sister. sors, sortis, lot. ,- spatiiim, -I, room, space, time. spectatiis, -a, -iim, looked at, ap- proved. spect5, -are, -avi, -atum, to look at. speculator, -oris, scout. specus, -us, den, cave, grotto. spelunca, -se, cave. sper5, -are, -avi, -atum, to hope. . spes, -el, hope. spoli5, -are, -avi, -atum, to spoil f rob, plunder. stabuluin, -I, fold. statim, immediately. statuo, -ere, statui, statutum, to place, put, determine. statura, -ae, stature , size, height. stella, -83, star. stimulS, -are, -avi, -atum, to goad. stimulus, -I, goad. stipendiariiis, -a, -um, tributary. stipendium, -I, tax, tribute. st5, stare, stetl, statum, to stand. strenuiis, -a, -um, nimble, active. stude5, -ere, -ui, to attend to, be eager for. studium, zeal, desire; pi. studies. stultitia, -3d, folly. stultus, -a, -um, foolish. suade5, -ere, suasl, suasum, to ad- vise. subefi, -ire, -ii, itiim, to go under. sublg5, -ere, -egi, -actum, to sub^ due. SubitS (adv.), suddenly. SUBITUS 373 TIMOR Silbitus, -a, -urn, sudden. sub-levo, -are, -avi, -atum, to re- lieve. subsequSr, -I, -secutus, to follow closely. subsidiura, -i, reserve, support, help. sub-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventum, to come to one's assistance, help. mccedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessum, to come close up. Suessiones, -uin, the Suessiones. sm, J 78. sum, esse, fui, futurus, to be. summus, -a, -um, the highest, the top, I 72, 4, 128, Eem. 8. sumo, -ere, sumpsl, sumptum, to take. supellex, -lectilis, furniture. superbia, -se, pride. superbus, -a, -um, proud. supero, -are, -avi, -atum, to over- come. superstitiS, -onis, superstition. superus, -a, -iim, ^ 72, 4. supplicium, -I, punishment. gurgo, -ere, surrexi, surrectum, to rise. sus-cipiS, -ere, -cepi, -ceptum, to undertake. suspicor, -an, -atus, to suspect. sustineo, -ere, -tinul, -tentum, to sustain. suus, -a, -um, his, her, its, their, $ 80, Rein. 2. Syphax, -acis, Syphax. Syracusae, -arum, Syracuse. T. taceo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to be silent. tasdet, -nit, it wearies, disgusts. talentum, -I, talent. tails, -e, such. tarn, so. 32 tamen, nevertheless. tametsi, although. tandem, at length. tango, -ere, tetigl, tactum, to touch. tanquam or tamquSm, as if, 203. tantiis, -a, -iim, so much, so great. tantus-dem, -adem, -undem, just as much. tardo, -are, -avi, -atum, to delay, retard. tardus, -a, -um, slow. Tarqumil, -orurn, Tarquinii. Tarquinius, -I, Tarquin. taurus, -i, bull. tectum, -I, roof. tellus, -uris, earth. telum, -I, dart. temere, (adv.), rashly. temperantia, -38, self-control, tem- perance. tempestas, -tatis, time, weather (good or bad), tempest. templum, -I, temple. tempus, -oris, time. tenax, -acis, tenacious. tene, -ere, tenui, tentum, to hold. tento, -are, -avi, -atum, to attempt. tenuis, -e, slender. tergum, -i, back. terminus, -I, end, limit. terra, -se, earth, ground, land. terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum, to frighten. terror, -oris, terror, fright. tertius, -a, -um (g 63), third. testis, -is, witness. Thebse, -arum, Thebes. Thrax, -acis, Thracian. thronus, -i, throne. Tiberis, -is, the Tiber. timeo, -ere, timui, to fear. timidiis, -a, -um, cowardly. timor, -oris, fear, panic. TITUS 374 UTINAM Titus, -i, Titus. tolero, -are, -avi, -atum, to endure. tondeo, -ere, totondl, tonsum, to shear. tonitrus, -us, thunder. tot, so many. totus, -a, -urn, whole. tra-dO, -ere, -didi, -ditum, to deliver over, hand down. tra-jicio, -ere, -jeci, -jectum, to ship over. trames, -itis, by-path. tra-no, -are, -avi, -atum, to swim across. trans, across, beyond. trans-duc5, -ere, -duxi, -ductum, to lead over.. trans-eo, -ire, transil, transitiim, to go across, pass over, pass away, to spend. transjicio. See trajici. tres, tria ( 63), three. tribiinus, -I, tribune. tribuo, -ere, -ui, -utum, to give, as- sign. tribus, -us, tribe. triduum, -i, three days' time. triennium, -I, three years' time. trlginta (g 63), thirty. tripartite, in three divisions. triplex, -icis, triple. tristis, -e, sad. Troja, -ae, Troy. trucido, -are, -avi, -atum, to slay, butcher. tuba, -ae, trumpet. tueor, -eri, tuitus and tutus, to pro- tect. Tullia, -83, Tullia. Tullianum, -I, a prison at Home, built by king Serviua Tullius. Tulliiis, -i, Tully. turn, then. tumultus, -us, tumult, uproar. tumulus, -i, mound. tune, then. turba, -93, crowd. turbidus, -a, -um, disordered, muddy. turbo, -are, -avi, -atum, to thron into confusion. turbo, -inis, whirlwind. turpis, -e, base. turris, -is, tower. tutor, -ari, -atus, to defend, protect. tutus, -a, -um, safe. tuus, -a, -um (g 80), thy, thine, your, yours. tyrannus, -I, tyrant. u. ubi, where, when. ubic[ue, everywhere. ulciscor, -I, ultus, to avenge. ullus, -a, -urn (g 56, 1), any. ulterior, -us (g 74, 1), farther. ultimus, -a, -um ( 74, 1), farthest, last. ululo, -are, -avi, -atum, to howl. umbra, -83, shadow, shade. umquam or unquam, ever. una (parte), in one place, together. unda, -83, icave. unde, whence, from which. undique, on all sides. universiis, -a, -um, all, universal. unquam (adv.), ever. uniis, -a, -iim, one. unusquisque, each ($ 89, 7). urbs, urbis, city. uro, -ere, ussi, ustum, to burn. usus, -us, using, use, practice. ut or uti, that, in order that. uter ? -a ? -um ? which of the two ? uterque, -aque, -umque, both. utills, -e, tiseful. utinam, that I UTRIMQUE 375 VOLO tltrimque (adv.), on both sides. fitor, -i, usiis, to tise. uxor, -oris, tvife. V. rac5, -are, -avi, -atum, to be unoc- cupied. vacuus, -a, -urn, empty. vadum, -I, ford. va^or, -ari, -atus, to wander about. valeo, -ere, -ui, to be strong, well. vallis, -is, valley. vallum, -I, rampart. varius, -a, -um, various. Varro, -onis, Varro. vastitas, -atis, devastation. vasto, -are, -avi, -atum, to lay waste. vatcs, -is, prophet. vectigal, -alls, tax. vehementer, excessively. veho, -ere, vexi, vectum, to carry. vel, or, even. veles, -itis, skirmisher. velox, -ocis, swift. velum, -I, sail. veluti (g 203) >t ;< as, like. venator, -oris, hunter. vend5, -ere, vendidi, venditum, to sell. venenum, -I, poison. Veneti, -orum, the Veneti. veniS, -ire, veni, ventum, to come. venter, -tris, belly. ventus, -I, wind. ver, veris, spring. verbum, -I, word. vereor, -eri, -itus, to reverence, fear. vergo, -ere, versi, to turn, incline. veritas, -atis, truth. Verres, -is, Verres (boar). versus, -us, verse. verto, -ere, verti, versum, to turn. Verus, -a, -urn, true. verutum, -I, javelin. vescor, -I, to eat. vesper, -I and -is, evening. vester, -a, -um, 80. vestigium, -I, footprint. vestis, -is, clothing. vetus, -eris, old, ancient. vexillum, -i, flag, ensign. vex 5, -are, -avi, -atum, to vex, harass, annoy. via, -88, way. vicesimiis, -a, -um, twentieth. victor, -oris, conqueror. victoria, -ae, victory. vicus, -I, village. video, -ere, vidi, visum, to see; passive, to seem. vigilia, -aB, watch. vigi!5, -are, -avi, -atfim, to watch. vlginti ( 63), twenty. vincio, -ire, vinxi, vinctum, to bind. vinc5, -ere, vici, victum, to conquer. vinculum, -I, chain. vinum, -i, wine. vio!5, -are, -avi, -atum, to injure t maltreat; (of a law,) to break. vir, viri, man, husband. Virgilius, -I, Virgil. virgS, -inis, virgin. viridis, -e, green. virtus, -tutis, courage, virtue. vis, strength, $ 45. vita, -ae, life. vitium, -i, vice. vit5, -are, -avi, -atum, to shun, escape. vitreus, -a, -urn, made of glass. vivo, -ere, vixi, victum, to live. vivus, -a, -um, alive. vix (adv.), scarcely. voc5, -are, -avi, -atum, to call. vo!5, -are, -avi, -atum, to fly, volo, velle, volui, to will. VOLUPTAS 376 VULTUS voluptas, -tatis, pleasure. volv5, -ere, volvi, volutum, to roll. vor5, -are, -avi, -atiim, to devour. votiira, -I, vow. voveo, -ere, vovi, votum, to vow. vox, vocis, voice. vulgus, -I, common people. vulnero, -are, -avi, -atum, to wound. vulnus, -eris, wound. vultur, -uris, vulture. vultus, -us, countenance. ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY. ABILITY A. ability, potestas. able (to be), possum. abound, abundB. about, circiter, de. above, super, supra. absent, absens ; to be absent, abesse. abuse, abuti (use amiss) ; maledlcere (speak amiss). abusive (to be), maledicS. access, aditus. accomplish, conficio ; for the accom- plishment of those things, ad eas res conficiendas. account (on account of), ob. accuse, arguB, accus5. accustom, consuesc5. accustomed (to be), sole5. acquire, compar5. acquit, absolv5. across, trans. active, agilis. add, add5. address, appellare, compellare. Adherbal, Adherbal, -alls. admire, miror. ALL admonish, mone5. adorn, decor5. advance, progredior, pr5ce"d5. advantage, commodum. advice, consilium. advise, moneS. jEditan, ^Iduus. affair, res. afford, prsebeS. afraid (to be), timeo, metuS, vereor. after (prep.) t post ; (conj.), postquam, posteaquam. afterwards, postea. against, contra, ad, adversiis. age, setas. agreeable, acceptus, gratus. agreement, pactum, -1; conventtis, -us. agriculture, agricultura. ah ! heu. aid (n.), auxilium. aid (v.), subvenio, auxilium fer5. air, aer. alarm, perturbS, permoveS. Alexander, Alexander. all, omi^is. ALLEGE 377 BECOME allege (as you allege, etc.), by the subjunctive, 190 ; to allege, dic5, prsedico. allure, illiciS. already, jam. also, etiam, quoque. altar, ara. although, licet, quamvis, quanquam, etsi, etc. always, semper. ambassador, legatui. ambassy, legatiS. ambush, insidise. among (of things), inter } (of persons), apud. ancient, vetus, antiquus. anger, Ira. angry, iracundus, iratus. angry (to be], Irascor. animal, animal. announce, nuncio. annoy, vex5. another (of two), alter; (of many), alms. answer, responded. any, 89. apiece, expressed by distributive numerals ($ 63, 1 c). Apollo, Apollo, -inis. approach (v.), aggredior, acced5; (n.), adventus. archer, Sagittarius. ^.riovistus, Ariovistus, -I. arise, orior. Aristides, Xristides. arm (v.), arm5. arms, arma. army, exercitus. around, circum. arrange, constituS. arrival, adventus. arrow, eagitta. art, ars. as (cow/.), quam ; as great as, tan- tus quant us ; as many as, tot quot ', just as much as, tantus- dem quantusdem ; such as, talis qualis. ascend, ascendo. ascertain, cognosc5. ashamed (to be}, pudet, 135 c. ask, rogo, pet, interrog5. asleep (to fall), dormltS. assault, oppugn5. assert, confirmo. assistance, auxilium ; to come to one't assistance, subveniS. atrocious, atrox. attack (n.), impetus. attack (v.), oppugn 5, aggredior. attempt, tent5, conor. authority, auctoritas. auxiliaries, auxilia, -orum. avarice, avaritia. avenge, ulciscor. avoid, vito. await, exspect8. aware (all are), constat inter omnSs. B. Babylon, Babylon, -onis. back, tergum. bad, malus. badly, male. \Balbus, Balbiis. banish, patria pel!8. barbarian, barbariis. base, turpis. bathe, la>5. battle, proelium. be, esse. bear, ferS, toler5. beat (defeat), pe!15, vinc8. beautiful, pulcher. beauty, pulchritudS. because, quod, quia, quum. become, 16 j it becomes, 32* BEDCHAMBEK 378 CANTON bedchamber, cubiculum. bee, apis. before (prep.), ante; (conj.), ante- quam, priusquam. beg, rogo, peto. begin, ccepi, incipiS. behold, conspicio, aspiciB. behoove, it behooves, oportet. Belgian, Belga. believe, cred5. benefit, beneficium. beseech, obsecrS. besiege, obside5. best, optimiis. bestow (labor, pains), operam daYe. between, inter. beware, cave5. Bibrax, Bibrax, -actis. big, magnus, amplus. bind, vinciS. bird, avis. birth, natus, -us ; before one's birth, ante aliquem natum. bite, mordeB. biting, morsus. blame, reprehend^, inciis5. blind, csecus. blood, sanguis. boar, aper. boast, praedicS. boat, scapha, linter. Bacchus, B ocellus, -I. body, corpus ; nobody, nem5, nullus j anybody, $ 89. bold, audax. boldly, audaciter, audactSr. book, liber. booty, prseda. born (to be), nascor. both, amb5 (both together) ; iiterque (both separately) ; on both sides, utrimque; by both parties, ab boundary, finis. boundless, infinitus. bow, arcus. bowl, catinus or -urn. boy, puer. brave, fortis. bravely, fortiter. bread, panis. break (a law), violB. break through, perfringS. bribe (n.), largitio, pecunia. bribe (v.), largior. bridge, pons. bridle (v.), infren5; (n.), frenjim. bring, fero ; bring word, nuntiu j bring back word, renuntiS. Britain, Britannia. Briton, Britannus. broad, latus. brother, fratSr. build, aedificare, condS ; build nest, nidificB. bull t taurus. burden, onus. burn, incend5, exur5; burn down t be burnt down, deflagr5. business, negotium, res (pi.), but, sed, verum, ver5. buy, em5. by, a or ab, with abl.; per, with ace. byfar,longe. bypath, trames. Cadmus, Cadmus. Caesar, Caesar. Caius, Caius. calamity, calamitas. call, vocarej call together, care ; call back, revocare. camp, castra. can, possum. canton, pagus. CAPITAL 379 CKASSUS capital, cSput. captive, captlvus. care, cur a. cares not a straw, flood n5n fScit. carry, port, fer5. Carthage, Carthag5. Carthaginian, Poenus, Carthagini- ensis. case (this is the), res ita se habet. Catiline, Catillna. Cato, Cat5. cause, causa. cavalry, equitatiis. cave, spelunca. cease, desisto. centurion, centuri5. certain, certus ; a certainone, quidam. certainly (he will certainly come), fieri non potest qum. chain, vinculum. champ, morde5. chance, casus, fora. change, mut5. characteristic (it is characteristic of a poor man), pauperis est. chariot, curriis. chief, princeps. children, HberL choose, delig5. citizen, civis. city, urbs. civil, civllis. civilization, culttts, h&manitas. claim (v.), postfilo. cloud, nubSs. colleague, collSga. collect, collig5, comparS. combatant, pugnans, -antis. come, veniS. command, jube, imper5. commander, imperator, praefectus. commence (battle), committS. commit (to any one), maad&. common, commtmis ; common people^ plebs. commonwealth, respublica. companion, comes, socius. compel, cog5. complain, queror. conceal, ce!5. concerning, de. concerns, refert, interest. concord, concordia. condemn, condemnS. confer, colloquor. confej*cnce, colloquium. confess, confiteor. conquer, vincS. conscious, conscius. conspiracy, conjuratiS. conspire, conjiir6. consul, consul. consult, consul5. contend, contends, cert5. contest, certamen. continual, perpetuus. control (unable to), iuip5te convenience, commoduni. conversation, sermS. converse, colloquor. cook, coquS. corn, frumentum. corpse, cadaver. correct, corrig5. corrupt, corrump5. cost, stare aliqua r5. council, concilium. count, numerS. countenance, vultus. country, terra, regi5 ; flnSe, pi. courage, virtus, fortitude 5 . course, cursus. covetous, avarus. cow, bos, vacca. cowardly, coward, timidus. Cravsue, Grassus. CREATE 380 DRAW UP create, cre5. crime, scelus. cross, trans e5. crown, corona. cruel, crudelis, atrox. cruelty, crudelitas. cultivate, col5. cup, poculum. custom, consuetudS ; according custom, ex consuetudine. cut, seco. cut down, rescinds. / cut off, interdict, interdic5. D. dance, salt5. danger, periculum. dare, aude. dart, telum. daughter, filia. day, dies; to-day , hodie. dead, mortuus. dear, i&wtf~ death, mors. debate, disput5.J deceive, fal!5. declare, confirm5, prsedicS. decoy, illiciS. dedicate, dic5. deem, existimS, ducb, habe5. deep, altus. defend, defend5, defensS, tueSr. defer, diflferS. delay, moror. delight, delectS, juv5. Delphi, Delphi, -orum. demand, posc5, postu!8, flagXtS. dense, densus. deny, neg. depart, discedS. depraved, pravus. deprive, privS, sp5H5. depth, altitudS. design, consilittm, consulttim. desire (v.), ciipio ; (7i.),cupidltas, ctt- pld5. desirous, avidus, cupidus. despair, desperS. destitute, expers, inops. destroy, deleS. destruction (part, o/deleo, 185, 3 c). determine, constitu5. devoid, vacuus, expers. devour, vor5, devorS. dictator, dictator. die, morior. differ (in opinion), dissentiS. difference (what difference does it make ?) quid interest ? difficult, difficilis. diligence, dlligentia. diligent, diligens. disagreeable, ingratus. disagreement, dissensi5, discordia. disaster, calamitas. discuss, jact5. disgrace, dedecus. disgusts, piget, taedet. dish, catinus, catinum. dismiss, dimitt5. displease, displice5. dispute, disput5. distant (to be), absum. distinguished, praestans, praeclarfig. ditch, fossa. divide, dividS. do, faci5. do good, prosum. dock-yard, navalS. dog, canis. double, dfiplex ; to double, duplic5. doubt, dubitati5 ; to doubt, dublt5. doubtful, diibius. dove, columba. down-hill, deorsum. draw up, instru5. DEEAD 381 FIGHT dread, formid5. drink, bib 5. drive, pello. Druids, Drtrides. Dumnorix, Dumnorix, -igis. dust, pulvis. duty, officium, munus; it is the king's duty, my duty, $ 133. dwell, habit5, incolS. E. each, quisque, iinusquisque. eager, avidiis, cupiens. eagle, aquila. earth, terra, telliis. earthen, fictilis. easy, facilis ; easily, facile; very easy, perfa&ilis. eat, ed5, vescor. edict, edictum; to issue an edict, edlc5. egg, ovum. eight, oct5, $ 63. either or, aut aut. eloquence, eloquentia. eloquent, eloquens. embassy, Iegiiti5. encamp, castra pon5, considS. encourage, hortor, cohortor. end, finis. endeavor, Conor. endure, ferS, patior, tolerS. enemy, hostis. enjoy, fruor. enmity, inimicitia. enough, satis. err, err5. especial, praecipuus. especially, praecipue. establish, confirmS, constitu5. esteem, aestimS. even, etiam ; not even, ne quidem. every, omnis. evil (adj.), malus ; (n.), malum. excellence, praestantiS. excellent, praestans. exchange, niuto. excite, concito, excit5, instigo. excuse, purg5. exercise, exerce5. exhort, hortor, cohortor. expect, exspectS. expel, pello, expel!5. explain, causain afferre. F. face, facies. fact (in fact), re. faith, fides. faithful, fidus, fldelis. fall, cad5. fame, f^ma. family, familia. famous, clariis. far (adv.), longe. farmer, Sgricola. farthing, as, assis. fasten, fig8, destinS. father, pater. father-in-law, socer. fault, culpa, delictum, peccatum; it is my fault, per me stat. favor, fave5. favorable, secundus. fear, timor, metus ; to fear, timeS, metu5, vereor. feather, pluma. feeling, sensus. fellow (that fellow), iste hom5. fertile, fera^x. fecer, febris. few, pauci. field, ager. fierce, acer, atrox. fiercely, acriter. fifty, I 3. fight (.), pugnS; (n.), pugnS. FIGURE 382 GOVERNMENT figure, figura. fiU, compleo, expleo, imple5. find, invenio, reperio. fine (v.), condemno, mulct5. finish, conficio. fire, ignis; with fire and sword, ferro ignique. first, primus. fish, piscis. fit, aptus, idoneus. five, $ 63. fiag, vexillum. flank, latus ', on the flank, ab latere. flattering, blandiis. flattery, adulatiS. fiee, fugi5, perfugiS. fleet, classis. flesh, car5. flight, fuga. flock, grex. flog, verberS. flow, flu5 ; flow into, influ5. flower, flos. fly, v615. follow, sequor. folly, stultitia. fond, amans, cupldus. food, cibus. fool, foolish, stultus. foot, pes j at the foot of a mountain, sub inonte. footman, pedes. for (con/.), nam, enim, etc. for grief (preventing cause), prse maerore. for the purpose, causa. for these things, 6b has res. forbid, prShibeo, interdlc5. force, vis. forces, copise. forest, silva. forget, obliviscor. form, forma, form a design, consilium capere. fortify, communio, munio. fortitude, aequus animus, fortitud3 fortune, fortuna. four, I 63. fratricide, fratricida. free (adj.), liber ; (v.), Hber5. frequently, saepe. fresh, integer. friend, amicus. friendship, amicitia. fright, pavor, timor, terror. frighten, terre5. from, a or ab. fruit, fructus. full, plenus. furnish, praebe5. furniture, supellex. a. Galba, Galba, -83. garden, hortus. gate, porta. Gaul, Gallia; a Gaul, Gallus. general, imperator. German, Gerinanus. Germany, Germania. gift, doniim. gird, cing5. girl, puella. give, d5. glory, gloria. glutton, comedS. go, eo, proficiscor j go out, exe<5. goad, stimulus. God, deiis. goddess, dea. gold, aurum. golden, aureus. good, bonus ; to do good, prosiim. goose, anser. govern, reg5, imper5. government, imperium. GRAMMAR 383 INCREASE grammar, grammatical grandson, nepos. great, magnus. greatness, magnitudS. Greece, Grsecia. green, viridis. grief, dolor, msertfr. ground, terra, humus. grove, nemus. grow, crescS. guard, prsesidium, custos. guest, hospes. guidance (e.g. of nature), natura duce. guide, dux. gulp down, devSrS. H. half, dimidium. hand, man us. happily, bente. happy, beatus. harbor, portus. hard, durus. haste, properatiS. hasten, proper5, festinS, matur5. hasty temper, iracundia. hatred, odium. have, habe5, esse with dative. he, him, is, 83, 1. head, caput. hear, audi5. heart, cor. heavy, gravis ; heavily, graviter. heel, calxr*" height, altitud5, statura. help, auxiliuin. Helvetian, Helvetia's. hide, abdB, latefi. high, altus. highly (at a high price), magni, 137. hill, collis. himself, se ; ipsum. hinder, impediS, obstO. hindrance, impedimentum. hold, teneo, habeo ; hold in, contmeS. home, domus. honesty, probitas. honor, honor. honorable, honestus. hope, spes j to hope, sper5. horn, cornu. horned, corniger. horse, equus ; on horseback, ex equO, ex equis. horseman, eques. hostage, obses. hour, hora. house, domus. howl, ulu!5. huge, in gens. human, humanus. hunger, fames. hungry, esuriens. hunter, venator. hurl, conjici5. hurt, noceo. hurtful, noxius. if, si. ignorant, ignarus, inscius, impSritfis. image, effigies. imitate, imitor. immediately, statim. immortal, immortalis. immortality, immortalitas. impatient, impatiens. implore, obsecrS. import, import5. important (it is), interest. impossible (it is), fieri non potest. in, into, in. incapable of restraining, impotens. increase, augeS, crescS. INCREDIBLE 384 LET incredible, incredibilis. indulge, indulgeo. infant, in fans. infantry, pedites. inferior (of less account), inferior. infinite, infinitus. inflict, inferre. inform, certiorein facere. inhabit, inco!5. inhabitant, incola. injure, noce5, injuria Iacess5. injury, injuria. innocent, in sons, innocuuS. insolence, insolentia. instigate, incit5, instigS. instruct, institu5, prsecipi5. instructions were given, praeceptum est. integrity, probitas. intellect, ingenium. intimacy, conjuncti5. into, in. introduce, introducS. intrust, mando. invade, invadS. inventor, inventor. invincible, invictus. invite, invitS. Ireland, Hibernia. iron, ferrum. island, insula. issue (an edict), edicS. J. javelin, pilum. journey, iter. joyful, Isetus, jucundus. judge, judex, Jugurtha, Jugurtha, -89. Jupiter, $ 45. Jura, Jura. just, Justus, aequusj just as, tan- quam ; just as if, pSrinde quasi. K. keep, serv8; keep in, contlneS; keep of, prohibeS. key, clavis. kid, haedus. kitty occid5, trucid5, ngc6. kind, benignus. kindness, beneficiiim. king, rex. kingdom, regnum. knife, culter. know, nosc5, sci8 ; not to know, nesciS. L. Labienus, Labienus. labor, labor. lake, lacus. lamb, agnus. lame, seger pedibus, land, terra, ager. language, lingua. last, ultimus. law, lex, jus. lawful (it is), licet. lay waste, vastS. lazy, piger. lead, duc5 ; to lead on, adduc5, in- duc5 ; to lead over, transducS ; to lead against, adduc5; to lead back, reduco. leaf, folium. leap (v.), sali5; leap upon, insiliS. learn, disc5. learned, doctus. leave, relinqu5. legion, Iegi5. Leman, LemannuS. length, longitudS. less, minor. let (him), third person, imperative. let (w), first person plural, subjunc- tive, I 183, fiemark. LETTER 385 NEAR letter (of the alphabet), litera; (epistle), epistola. levy, conscribS. liar, mendax. liberty, Hbertas. lie (falsehood), mendacium; to lie, mentior. lie (to lie hid), late. lieutenant, legatus. life, vita, anima. light (adj.), levis; (n.), lux. like, similis. limbs, membra. line of battle, acies. lion*) Ie5. Liscus, Liscus, -1. little, parvus. live, vlv5, habit5. liver, jecur. load, onus; to load, onerS. lock (of wool), floccus. long (adj.), longus; (adv.), diu. look at., aspicio. look to, consulo (with dative), lose, amitto. love, amor; to love, am5. lover, amans. low, humilis. lurk, late. lust, cupido, libido. lute, fides, -ium. Lycurgus, Lycurgus, -I. M. magnanimous, magn animus. maid-servant, ancilla. make, facio, redd5. maltreat, violo. man, homo, vir. Manlius, Manlius. manner, modus. many, multi ; how many, quot. marble, marmSr. 33 Mark, Marcus. marriage, matrimonium. marry, in matrimonium ducere. mast, malus. master, magister, dominus. means, facultas. measure, metior. medicine, medicina. memory, memoria. merchant, mercator. Mercury, Mercuriiis. messenger, nuntius. Micipsa, INIicipsa, -ae. mile, mille passus. Miletus, Miletus. milk, lac. mind, animus, mens. mindful, memor. miserable, miser. money, pecunia, nummiis. month, mensis. moon, luna. morals, mores. more, plus, amplius, magis. mother, mater; of a family, mater- familias. mountain, mons. move, moveS. much, multus. mullet, mugilis. multitude, multitudS. murder, neco, occidS. music, musica. must, $ 178. my, meus. N. naked, nudus. name, nomen. nation, natio, gens. nature, natura. navigation, navigatio. near (prep.), prop e; (adj.), propin- quus. NECKLACE 386 PEOPLE necklace, monile. need } opus. neglect, negligo. neighboring, f initimus. neither (of two], neuter. neither nor, neque neque, nee neque. Neptune f Neptunus. nest, nidus ; to build a nest, nidif icO. net, rete. never, nunquam, ne unquani, $ 194. new, novus. next, proximus. night, nox. nine, $ 63. no, nulliis. no one, nem5, ne quisquarn, g 194. nobility, nobilitas. noble, nobilis. noise, clamor, strepitus. none, nulliis. not, non. nothing, nihil. Numantian, Numantinus. number, numerus. Numidia, Numidia. Numidian, Numida. 0. 0! 0! oh! that! utinam. oath, jusjurandum. obedient, dicto audiens. obey, pareB. obscure, obscuro. obtain, potior, nanciscor. occupy, occup5. off, two miles off, a duobus milli- bus. often, saepe. old, senex j Jive years old, quinque annos natus. oldest, maximus natu. on, in. on horseback, ex equ5 or equis. one, unus; one of two, alter; one of many, aliiis (when followed by another}. opinion, sententia. opportunity, facultas, potestas. oppress, opprimo. or, vel, ve, aut, 123, 2. oracle, oraculum. oration, oratio. orator, orator. order, impero, jube5. origin, origB. ought, oportet, gerundive with esse, 178. our, noster ; our men, nostri. out of, e, ex. over, trans. overcome, supero, vinco. overtake, consequor. ox, bos. P. pace, passus. pain, dolor. pains, opera. panic, timor. paper, charta. parent, parens. parricide, parricida. part, pars; for the most part, pi? rumque. parties (by both], ab utrisque. partly, partim. pass away, transe5. pass by, praetereo. patiently, aequO animO. pay, pendo. peace, pax. people, populus; common people^ plebs, plebes. PERCEIVE 387 REDRESS perceive, intelligS, animadverts. perish, pereo. persuade, persuadeo. philosopher, phllosophus. pirate, pirata. pitch camp, castra ponere. pity, misereor, miseret, 135. place, locus. plan, consilium. play (v.), ludo. pleasant, gratus. please, placed. pleasure, voluptas. plough, aro. plunder (v.), prsedor, dmpiSj (.), poet, poeta. point, acies. poison, venenum. Pompey, Pompeius. poor, pauper. post, locus. poverty, paupertas, egestas. power, potestas, vis. powerful, potens. praise (v.), Iaud5j (n.), laus. pray (who, pray ?), quisnam? precept, praeceptum. prefer, prsepono. prepare, paro. presence (in the presence of many), multis prsesentibus. present, praesens. preserve, serv5, conservS. prevent, impedib, obsto, deterreS. prey, prasda. Priam, Priamiis. price, pretium. pride, superbia. priest, sacerdos. prison, career. prisoner, captivus. private, privatiis. productive, ferax. promise (v.), polliceor; (n.),promis sum, fides. property (wealth), res f amiliaris. protect, tutari. proud, superbus. providence, providentia. province, provincia. provoke, Iacess5. prudence, prudentia. prudent, prudens. public, publicus. punish, puni. punishment, supplicium. purpose, propositumj on purpose, consulto. pursue, persequor. put, pon5 ; put into winter quarters, in hiberna collocare. put over, praeficio. Pythagoras, Pythagoras. Q. queen, regina. quickly, celeriter. K. race, cursuB. rain, imber. ram, aries. rampart, vallum. rank, ordo. reach, ad locum pervenire. read, lego. ready, promptus, paratus. reason (mental faculty), rati5. rebellion, rebelli5. rebuke, reprehend5. recall, revoco. receive, accipiS. recent, recens. recollect, memini. redress (to ask), res repetSre. EEFINEMENT 388 SET refinement, hiimanitas. refrain, sib!' temperare quin. reign (in the reign of), aliquO reg- nante. reject, repudiS. rejoice, gaudeo. relieve, levo. religion, religio. remain, maneo. remember, memini, memoria teneo. remind, moneo, admone5 t render, reddO. renew, redintegro. repair, reficio. repent, poenitet, 135. reply, respondeo. report, renuntiatio. reprove, reprehend5. republic, respublica. resolve, statu5. respect, revereor. rest, reliquus, l2S^Rem. 8. retard, tardo. retire, excedo, se recipere. retreat, recipio. return, redeo, reddO. reverence, revereor. reward, praemium. Rhine, Rhenus. Rhone, Rhodanus. rich, dives. riches, divitiaB. ride, equit5. river, flamen, amnis. road, via, iter. robber, praedo, latrS. rock, rapes, saxum. flnian, Romanus. Ho ne, Roma. fopc, rudens. i-oxe, rosa. rough, asper. rout, fug5, profligd. rule, regS. run, curro. run forward, procurrS. S. sacred, sacer, sanctus. sacrifice, macto. safe, tutus. safety, saliis. spgtf&ious, argutus. sail, velum; to sail, navig5. sailor, nauta. sail-yard, antenna. sake, causa. same, idem. satisfactorily, ex sententia. satisfy, exple5, satisfaci5. savage, atrox, ferus. save, servo. say, dico, inquam. scout, explorator. sea, mare. search out. exploro, investig5. seat, sedile. secede, seced5. second, secundus. see, videS. seek, peto, quaer5. seem, videor. seize, occupo, rapio, arripiS. select, delig5. self, ipse. sell, vend5. senate, senatus. send, mitto ; send forward, prsemitto sense, sensus. separate, divide, secern5. Sequan, Sequaniis. serpent, serpens. servant, servus. serve, servi5. service, officium. set, pon5 \ set up, colloc5, propon5. SEVEN 389 SUPPKESS seven, $ 63. severe, gravis. severely, graviter. shade, umbra. shame, pudor. sharp, aeer, acutus. sheaf, merges. shear, tondeo. sheep, ovis. shepherd, pastor. shield, scutum. ship, navis. shore, litus. short, brevis. shortness, brevitas. shout, clamor; to shout, clamS. show, monstro. side, latus, pars. signal, sigrmm. silver, argentum. sin, peccatum. since, quum, quoniam. sing, canto. singing, cantus. sister, soror. sit, sedeo. six, I 63. size, magmtud5. skirmisher, veles. slave, servus. slavery, servitus. slay, trucido, occld5. sleep, dormio. slight, levis. slinger, funditor. slow, tardus, piger. small, parvus, exiguiis. snares, insidias. snatch up, ariipio. soldier, miles. some, aliquis, quidam, etc., % 8i son, filius. son-in-law, gener. soon, mature. soul, animus. space, spatium. spare, parco. speak, loquor. speech, orati5. spend, consum5 ; to spend iume, ag5. spoil (booty), praeda. spur, calcar. stag, cervus. stand, stO ; to stand out, exoistS. state, civitas. stature, statura. stay, maneo. still (as yet), adhuc. stir up, excito, conclt5. stone, lapis. storm, tempestas ; to stor strength, robur, vis. stretch (out), porrigo. strike, percutio. strip, nudo. strong, firmus, validus. strongly, vehementer. study, studia, pi. subdue, paco, domo. subjugate, siibigo. such, talis. sudden, subitus, repentinus. suddenly, repente, subito. sue for, pet5. su/er, patior. sufficiently, satis. suitable, aptiis, idoneus. summer, sestas. sun, sol. sunset, solis occasus. snp, cceno. superior, prsestantior. superstition, superstiti6. support, sustineo. suppose, arbitror, oplnor, existlmo. suppress, opprimo. 33* SURRENDER 390 TURN surrender, deditiS ; to surrender, trado, dedo. surround, circumdO, circumfundo. suspect, suspicor. sustain, sustineo. sweet, dulcis. swell, augeo. swift, celer, velox. swiftly, celeriter. swiftness, celeritas. swim across, tranS. sword, gladius ; the sword, ferrum. T. table, mensa. take, sumo, capi5; take possession of, oecupo. talent, talentum. talk, loquor, colloquor. tame, doino. teach, doceo. teacher, doctor, magister. teaching, doctrina. tear, lacrima. tear to pieces, Iani5. temper (hasty), Iracundia. tempest, tempestas. temple, templum. ten, I 63. tenacious, tenax. tenth, decimus, 63. terrible, atrox, terribilis. terrify, perterre5. thani, quam. their, suus, eorum, 83, 2. then, turn. thick, densus. thief, fur. thing, res. [m.ore of, pluris faciS.] think, reor, cogito, existimd, put5. third, tertius, 63. thirst, sitis; to thirst, Siti5. thirty, 63. this, hie. though, I 200. thousand, mille. ThraciaK, Thrax. threaten, minor. three, tres, 63. through, per. throw, jacio, jactS ; throw across, transjicio. thrust through, transfigS. thunder, tonitru. till, dum, donee, quoad. time, tempus. to, ad, in. together, una, con-. too, $ 68, Bern. S. too much, minium. tooth, dens. top, summus (mons, etc.). torture, cruciatus. towards, ad, adversus. tower, turns. town, oppidum. townsman, oppidanus. traitor, proditor. transport, transport?. treachery, proditi5. treaty, foediis. tree, arbor. tribune, tribunus. tribute, stipendium. triple, triplex. trouble, opera, labor. true, verus. trumpet, tuba. trust, confidB. trusting, fretus. truth, veritas. Tullia, Tullia. Tally, Tullius. tumult, tumultus. turf, caespes. turn, verto. TWELVE 391 WILD BOAR twelve, twelfth, $ 63. twenty^ two, etc., 63. U. unable, impoteris ; to be unable, non posse. unaccustomed, insuetuS. unarmed, inermis. uncertain, incertus. under, sub. understand, intellig5. undertake, suscipi5. unduly, prseter modum. undutifulness, impietas. uneasy, anxius, sollicituS. unfortunate, infelix. ungrateful, ingratus. unhurt, integer. unjust, iniquus. unknown, ignotus. unless, nisi. unlike, dissimilis. unmindful, immemor. until, dum, donee, quoad. unwilling, invitus j to be unwilling, no!5. uproar, tumultus. urge on, conclt5, inclto. use, usus. useful, utilis. useless, inutilis. V. vacant (to be), vac5. valor, virtus, fortitudo. value, pretiiim. vast, ingens, immanis. very, valde, maxime (superlative). vex, vex5. vice, vitium. victory, victoria. village, vicus, violate, violS. violence, vis. virgin, virg5. virtue, virtus, probitas. voice, vox. vow, votum. vulture, vultur. W. wage, gero ; wage upon, inferS. icaitfor, exspecto. walk, ambul5. ivall, murus. wander, err5, vagor. want (to be in want of), ege. war, bellum. warlike, ferox, acer. warn, moneo, admone5. watch, vigilia; to watch, vigilS. water, aqua. wave, fluctus. way, via, iter. weak, infirmus. weary, fessus, defessus. weep, lacrimo, fleo. weight, pondiis. well, bene; to be well, vale5. what? quid? qui? what r quod when, quum. whence, unde. where, ubi. where in the world, ubi gentium. whether, num, utrum, an. which ? quis ? uter (of two). whirlwind, turb. white, albiis. whither, quo. who? qui? quis? whole, totus. why? cur? quare? wicked, improbus. wide, latus. wife, uxor, conjux. wild boar f aper. WILLING 392 YOUTH willing (to be), vo!5. wind, venttis. wine, vlnum. winy, ala. winter, hiems; to winter (spend the winter), hiemo. winter quarters, hlberna. wisdom, sapientia. wise, sapiens. wih, vo!5. with, cum. without, sine. witness, testis. wolf, lupus. woman, mulier. wonder, miror. wonderful, minis. wood, silva. word, verbuin; briny word, nuntiS. work, opus. work-horse, jumentum. world, mundus, orbis terrarum. worse, worst, pejor, pessimus. worship, co!5. worthy, dignus. wound, vulnus ; to wound, vulnerS. wrath, Ira. wretched, imser. write, scribS. writer, scriptor. wrong (to do), pecc5, male facio. Y. yard, antenna. year, annus. yearly, quotannis. yesterday, herl. yet, tamen. yield, ced5, concedS. yoke, jugum. you, tu, vos. young, juvenis, adolescens. your, tuus, vester. youth, juventus. THE END. ELECTROTYPED BY L. JOHNSON & CO. PHILADELPHIA. LD 21-100m-8,'34 IB .UUIJb U.C.BERKELEY LIBRARIES UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY